OLD | NEW |
(Empty) | |
| 1 // Amalgamated source file |
| 2 /* |
| 3 ** Defs are upb's internal representation of the constructs that can appear |
| 4 ** in a .proto file: |
| 5 ** |
| 6 ** - upb::MessageDef (upb_msgdef): describes a "message" construct. |
| 7 ** - upb::FieldDef (upb_fielddef): describes a message field. |
| 8 ** - upb::EnumDef (upb_enumdef): describes an enum. |
| 9 ** - upb::OneofDef (upb_oneofdef): describes a oneof. |
| 10 ** - upb::Def (upb_def): base class of all the others. |
| 11 ** |
| 12 ** TODO: definitions of services. |
| 13 ** |
| 14 ** Like upb_refcounted objects, defs are mutable only until frozen, and are |
| 15 ** only thread-safe once frozen. |
| 16 ** |
| 17 ** This is a mixed C/C++ interface that offers a full API to both languages. |
| 18 ** See the top-level README for more information. |
| 19 */ |
| 20 |
| 21 #ifndef UPB_DEF_H_ |
| 22 #define UPB_DEF_H_ |
| 23 |
| 24 /* |
| 25 ** upb::RefCounted (upb_refcounted) |
| 26 ** |
| 27 ** A refcounting scheme that supports circular refs. It accomplishes this by |
| 28 ** partitioning the set of objects into groups such that no cycle spans groups; |
| 29 ** we can then reference-count the group as a whole and ignore refs within the |
| 30 ** group. When objects are mutable, these groups are computed very |
| 31 ** conservatively; we group any objects that have ever had a link between them. |
| 32 ** When objects are frozen, we compute strongly-connected components which |
| 33 ** allows us to be precise and only group objects that are actually cyclic. |
| 34 ** |
| 35 ** This is a mixed C/C++ interface that offers a full API to both languages. |
| 36 ** See the top-level README for more information. |
| 37 */ |
| 38 |
| 39 #ifndef UPB_REFCOUNTED_H_ |
| 40 #define UPB_REFCOUNTED_H_ |
| 41 |
| 42 /* |
| 43 ** upb_table |
| 44 ** |
| 45 ** This header is INTERNAL-ONLY! Its interfaces are not public or stable! |
| 46 ** This file defines very fast int->upb_value (inttable) and string->upb_value |
| 47 ** (strtable) hash tables. |
| 48 ** |
| 49 ** The table uses chained scatter with Brent's variation (inspired by the Lua |
| 50 ** implementation of hash tables). The hash function for strings is Austin |
| 51 ** Appleby's "MurmurHash." |
| 52 ** |
| 53 ** The inttable uses uintptr_t as its key, which guarantees it can be used to |
| 54 ** store pointers or integers of at least 32 bits (upb isn't really useful on |
| 55 ** systems where sizeof(void*) < 4). |
| 56 ** |
| 57 ** The table must be homogenous (all values of the same type). In debug |
| 58 ** mode, we check this on insert and lookup. |
| 59 */ |
| 60 |
| 61 #ifndef UPB_TABLE_H_ |
| 62 #define UPB_TABLE_H_ |
| 63 |
| 64 #include <assert.h> |
| 65 #include <stdint.h> |
| 66 #include <string.h> |
| 67 /* |
| 68 ** This file contains shared definitions that are widely used across upb. |
| 69 ** |
| 70 ** This is a mixed C/C++ interface that offers a full API to both languages. |
| 71 ** See the top-level README for more information. |
| 72 */ |
| 73 |
| 74 #ifndef UPB_H_ |
| 75 #define UPB_H_ |
| 76 |
| 77 #include <assert.h> |
| 78 #include <stdarg.h> |
| 79 #include <stdbool.h> |
| 80 #include <stddef.h> |
| 81 |
| 82 /* UPB_INLINE: inline if possible, emit standalone code if required. */ |
| 83 #ifdef __cplusplus |
| 84 #define UPB_INLINE inline |
| 85 #elif defined (__GNUC__) |
| 86 #define UPB_INLINE static __inline__ |
| 87 #else |
| 88 #define UPB_INLINE static |
| 89 #endif |
| 90 |
| 91 /* Define UPB_BIG_ENDIAN manually if you're on big endian and your compiler |
| 92 * doesn't provide these preprocessor symbols. */ |
| 93 #if defined(__BYTE_ORDER__) && (__BYTE_ORDER__ == __ORDER_BIG_ENDIAN__) |
| 94 #define UPB_BIG_ENDIAN |
| 95 #endif |
| 96 |
| 97 /* Macros for function attributes on compilers that support them. */ |
| 98 #ifdef __GNUC__ |
| 99 #define UPB_FORCEINLINE __inline__ __attribute__((always_inline)) |
| 100 #define UPB_NOINLINE __attribute__((noinline)) |
| 101 #define UPB_NORETURN __attribute__((__noreturn__)) |
| 102 #else /* !defined(__GNUC__) */ |
| 103 #define UPB_FORCEINLINE |
| 104 #define UPB_NOINLINE |
| 105 #define UPB_NORETURN |
| 106 #endif |
| 107 |
| 108 /* A few hacky workarounds for functions not in C89. |
| 109 * For internal use only! |
| 110 * TODO(haberman): fix these by including our own implementations, or finding |
| 111 * another workaround. |
| 112 */ |
| 113 #ifdef __GNUC__ |
| 114 #define _upb_snprintf __builtin_snprintf |
| 115 #define _upb_vsnprintf __builtin_vsnprintf |
| 116 #define _upb_va_copy(a, b) __va_copy(a, b) |
| 117 #elif __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L |
| 118 /* C99 versions. */ |
| 119 #define _upb_snprintf snprintf |
| 120 #define _upb_vsnprintf vsnprintf |
| 121 #define _upb_va_copy(a, b) va_copy(a, b) |
| 122 #else |
| 123 #error Need implementations of [v]snprintf and va_copy |
| 124 #endif |
| 125 |
| 126 |
| 127 #if ((defined(__cplusplus) && __cplusplus >= 201103L) || \ |
| 128 defined(__GXX_EXPERIMENTAL_CXX0X__)) && !defined(UPB_NO_CXX11) |
| 129 #define UPB_CXX11 |
| 130 #endif |
| 131 |
| 132 /* UPB_DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN() |
| 133 * UPB_DISALLOW_POD_OPS() |
| 134 * |
| 135 * Declare these in the "private" section of a C++ class to forbid copy/assign |
| 136 * or all POD ops (construct, destruct, copy, assign) on that class. */ |
| 137 #ifdef UPB_CXX11 |
| 138 #include <type_traits> |
| 139 #define UPB_DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN(class_name) \ |
| 140 class_name(const class_name&) = delete; \ |
| 141 void operator=(const class_name&) = delete; |
| 142 #define UPB_DISALLOW_POD_OPS(class_name, full_class_name) \ |
| 143 class_name() = delete; \ |
| 144 ~class_name() = delete; \ |
| 145 UPB_DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN(class_name) |
| 146 #define UPB_ASSERT_STDLAYOUT(type) \ |
| 147 static_assert(std::is_standard_layout<type>::value, \ |
| 148 #type " must be standard layout"); |
| 149 #else /* !defined(UPB_CXX11) */ |
| 150 #define UPB_DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN(class_name) \ |
| 151 class_name(const class_name&); \ |
| 152 void operator=(const class_name&); |
| 153 #define UPB_DISALLOW_POD_OPS(class_name, full_class_name) \ |
| 154 class_name(); \ |
| 155 ~class_name(); \ |
| 156 UPB_DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN(class_name) |
| 157 #define UPB_ASSERT_STDLAYOUT(type) |
| 158 #endif |
| 159 |
| 160 /* UPB_DECLARE_TYPE() |
| 161 * UPB_DECLARE_DERIVED_TYPE() |
| 162 * UPB_DECLARE_DERIVED_TYPE2() |
| 163 * |
| 164 * Macros for declaring C and C++ types both, including inheritance. |
| 165 * The inheritance doesn't use real C++ inheritance, to stay compatible with C. |
| 166 * |
| 167 * These macros also provide upcasts: |
| 168 * - in C: types-specific functions (ie. upb_foo_upcast(foo)) |
| 169 * - in C++: upb::upcast(foo) along with implicit conversions |
| 170 * |
| 171 * Downcasts are not provided, but upb/def.h defines downcasts for upb::Def. */ |
| 172 |
| 173 #define UPB_C_UPCASTS(ty, base) \ |
| 174 UPB_INLINE base *ty ## _upcast_mutable(ty *p) { return (base*)p; } \ |
| 175 UPB_INLINE const base *ty ## _upcast(const ty *p) { return (const base*)p; } |
| 176 |
| 177 #define UPB_C_UPCASTS2(ty, base, base2) \ |
| 178 UPB_C_UPCASTS(ty, base) \ |
| 179 UPB_INLINE base2 *ty ## _upcast2_mutable(ty *p) { return (base2*)p; } \ |
| 180 UPB_INLINE const base2 *ty ## _upcast2(const ty *p) { return (const base2*)p;
} |
| 181 |
| 182 #ifdef __cplusplus |
| 183 |
| 184 #define UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C extern "C" { |
| 185 #define UPB_END_EXTERN_C } |
| 186 #define UPB_PRIVATE_FOR_CPP private: |
| 187 #define UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(cppname, cname) typedef cppname cname; |
| 188 |
| 189 #define UPB_DECLARE_DERIVED_TYPE(cppname, cppbase, cname, cbase) \ |
| 190 UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(cppname, cname) \ |
| 191 UPB_C_UPCASTS(cname, cbase) \ |
| 192 namespace upb { \ |
| 193 template <> \ |
| 194 class Pointer<cppname> : public PointerBase<cppname, cppbase> { \ |
| 195 public: \ |
| 196 explicit Pointer(cppname* ptr) : PointerBase(ptr) {} \ |
| 197 }; \ |
| 198 template <> \ |
| 199 class Pointer<const cppname> \ |
| 200 : public PointerBase<const cppname, const cppbase> { \ |
| 201 public: \ |
| 202 explicit Pointer(const cppname* ptr) : PointerBase(ptr) {} \ |
| 203 }; \ |
| 204 } |
| 205 |
| 206 #define UPB_DECLARE_DERIVED_TYPE2(cppname, cppbase, cppbase2, cname, cbase, \ |
| 207 cbase2) \ |
| 208 UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(cppname, cname) \ |
| 209 UPB_C_UPCASTS2(cname, cbase, cbase2) \ |
| 210 namespace upb { \ |
| 211 template <> \ |
| 212 class Pointer<cppname> : public PointerBase2<cppname, cppbase, cppbase2> { \ |
| 213 public: \ |
| 214 explicit Pointer(cppname* ptr) : PointerBase2(ptr) {} \ |
| 215 }; \ |
| 216 template <> \ |
| 217 class Pointer<const cppname> \ |
| 218 : public PointerBase2<const cppname, const cppbase, const cppbase2> { \ |
| 219 public: \ |
| 220 explicit Pointer(const cppname* ptr) : PointerBase2(ptr) {} \ |
| 221 }; \ |
| 222 } |
| 223 |
| 224 #else /* !defined(__cplusplus) */ |
| 225 |
| 226 #define UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C |
| 227 #define UPB_END_EXTERN_C |
| 228 #define UPB_PRIVATE_FOR_CPP |
| 229 #define UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(cppname, cname) \ |
| 230 struct cname; \ |
| 231 typedef struct cname cname; |
| 232 #define UPB_DECLARE_DERIVED_TYPE(cppname, cppbase, cname, cbase) \ |
| 233 UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(cppname, cname) \ |
| 234 UPB_C_UPCASTS(cname, cbase) |
| 235 #define UPB_DECLARE_DERIVED_TYPE2(cppname, cppbase, cppbase2, \ |
| 236 cname, cbase, cbase2) \ |
| 237 UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(cppname, cname) \ |
| 238 UPB_C_UPCASTS2(cname, cbase, cbase2) |
| 239 |
| 240 #endif /* defined(__cplusplus) */ |
| 241 |
| 242 #define UPB_MAX(x, y) ((x) > (y) ? (x) : (y)) |
| 243 #define UPB_MIN(x, y) ((x) < (y) ? (x) : (y)) |
| 244 |
| 245 #define UPB_UNUSED(var) (void)var |
| 246 |
| 247 /* For asserting something about a variable when the variable is not used for |
| 248 * anything else. This prevents "unused variable" warnings when compiling in |
| 249 * debug mode. */ |
| 250 #define UPB_ASSERT_VAR(var, predicate) UPB_UNUSED(var); assert(predicate) |
| 251 |
| 252 /* Generic function type. */ |
| 253 typedef void upb_func(); |
| 254 |
| 255 /* C++ Casts ******************************************************************/ |
| 256 |
| 257 #ifdef __cplusplus |
| 258 |
| 259 namespace upb { |
| 260 |
| 261 template <class T> class Pointer; |
| 262 |
| 263 /* Casts to a subclass. The caller must know that cast is correct; an |
| 264 * incorrect cast will throw an assertion failure in debug mode. |
| 265 * |
| 266 * Example: |
| 267 * upb::Def* def = GetDef(); |
| 268 * // Assert-fails if this was not actually a MessageDef. |
| 269 * upb::MessgeDef* md = upb::down_cast<upb::MessageDef>(def); |
| 270 * |
| 271 * Note that downcasts are only defined for some types (at the moment you can |
| 272 * only downcast from a upb::Def to a specific Def type). */ |
| 273 template<class To, class From> To down_cast(From* f); |
| 274 |
| 275 /* Casts to a subclass. If the class does not actually match the given To type, |
| 276 * returns NULL. |
| 277 * |
| 278 * Example: |
| 279 * upb::Def* def = GetDef(); |
| 280 * // md will be NULL if this was not actually a MessageDef. |
| 281 * upb::MessgeDef* md = upb::down_cast<upb::MessageDef>(def); |
| 282 * |
| 283 * Note that dynamic casts are only defined for some types (at the moment you |
| 284 * can only downcast from a upb::Def to a specific Def type).. */ |
| 285 template<class To, class From> To dyn_cast(From* f); |
| 286 |
| 287 /* Casts to any base class, or the type itself (ie. can be a no-op). |
| 288 * |
| 289 * Example: |
| 290 * upb::MessageDef* md = GetDef(); |
| 291 * // This will fail to compile if this wasn't actually a base class. |
| 292 * upb::Def* def = upb::upcast(md); |
| 293 */ |
| 294 template <class T> inline Pointer<T> upcast(T *f) { return Pointer<T>(f); } |
| 295 |
| 296 /* Attempt upcast to specific base class. |
| 297 * |
| 298 * Example: |
| 299 * upb::MessageDef* md = GetDef(); |
| 300 * upb::upcast_to<upb::Def>(md)->MethodOnDef(); |
| 301 */ |
| 302 template <class T, class F> inline T* upcast_to(F *f) { |
| 303 return static_cast<T*>(upcast(f)); |
| 304 } |
| 305 |
| 306 /* PointerBase<T>: implementation detail of upb::upcast(). |
| 307 * It is implicitly convertable to pointers to the Base class(es). |
| 308 */ |
| 309 template <class T, class Base> |
| 310 class PointerBase { |
| 311 public: |
| 312 explicit PointerBase(T* ptr) : ptr_(ptr) {} |
| 313 operator T*() { return ptr_; } |
| 314 operator Base*() { return (Base*)ptr_; } |
| 315 |
| 316 private: |
| 317 T* ptr_; |
| 318 }; |
| 319 |
| 320 template <class T, class Base, class Base2> |
| 321 class PointerBase2 : public PointerBase<T, Base> { |
| 322 public: |
| 323 explicit PointerBase2(T* ptr) : PointerBase<T, Base>(ptr) {} |
| 324 operator Base2*() { return Pointer<Base>(*this); } |
| 325 }; |
| 326 |
| 327 } |
| 328 |
| 329 #endif |
| 330 |
| 331 |
| 332 /* upb::reffed_ptr ************************************************************/ |
| 333 |
| 334 #ifdef __cplusplus |
| 335 |
| 336 #include <algorithm> /* For std::swap(). */ |
| 337 |
| 338 namespace upb { |
| 339 |
| 340 /* Provides RAII semantics for upb refcounted objects. Each reffed_ptr owns a |
| 341 * ref on whatever object it points to (if any). */ |
| 342 template <class T> class reffed_ptr { |
| 343 public: |
| 344 reffed_ptr() : ptr_(NULL) {} |
| 345 |
| 346 /* If ref_donor is NULL, takes a new ref, otherwise adopts from ref_donor. */ |
| 347 template <class U> |
| 348 reffed_ptr(U* val, const void* ref_donor = NULL) |
| 349 : ptr_(upb::upcast(val)) { |
| 350 if (ref_donor) { |
| 351 assert(ptr_); |
| 352 ptr_->DonateRef(ref_donor, this); |
| 353 } else if (ptr_) { |
| 354 ptr_->Ref(this); |
| 355 } |
| 356 } |
| 357 |
| 358 template <class U> |
| 359 reffed_ptr(const reffed_ptr<U>& other) |
| 360 : ptr_(upb::upcast(other.get())) { |
| 361 if (ptr_) ptr_->Ref(this); |
| 362 } |
| 363 |
| 364 ~reffed_ptr() { if (ptr_) ptr_->Unref(this); } |
| 365 |
| 366 template <class U> |
| 367 reffed_ptr& operator=(const reffed_ptr<U>& other) { |
| 368 reset(other.get()); |
| 369 return *this; |
| 370 } |
| 371 |
| 372 reffed_ptr& operator=(const reffed_ptr& other) { |
| 373 reset(other.get()); |
| 374 return *this; |
| 375 } |
| 376 |
| 377 /* TODO(haberman): add C++11 move construction/assignment for greater |
| 378 * efficiency. */ |
| 379 |
| 380 void swap(reffed_ptr& other) { |
| 381 if (ptr_ == other.ptr_) { |
| 382 return; |
| 383 } |
| 384 |
| 385 if (ptr_) ptr_->DonateRef(this, &other); |
| 386 if (other.ptr_) other.ptr_->DonateRef(&other, this); |
| 387 std::swap(ptr_, other.ptr_); |
| 388 } |
| 389 |
| 390 T& operator*() const { |
| 391 assert(ptr_); |
| 392 return *ptr_; |
| 393 } |
| 394 |
| 395 T* operator->() const { |
| 396 assert(ptr_); |
| 397 return ptr_; |
| 398 } |
| 399 |
| 400 T* get() const { return ptr_; } |
| 401 |
| 402 /* If ref_donor is NULL, takes a new ref, otherwise adopts from ref_donor. */ |
| 403 template <class U> |
| 404 void reset(U* ptr = NULL, const void* ref_donor = NULL) { |
| 405 reffed_ptr(ptr, ref_donor).swap(*this); |
| 406 } |
| 407 |
| 408 template <class U> |
| 409 reffed_ptr<U> down_cast() { |
| 410 return reffed_ptr<U>(upb::down_cast<U*>(get())); |
| 411 } |
| 412 |
| 413 template <class U> |
| 414 reffed_ptr<U> dyn_cast() { |
| 415 return reffed_ptr<U>(upb::dyn_cast<U*>(get())); |
| 416 } |
| 417 |
| 418 /* Plain release() is unsafe; if we were the only owner, it would leak the |
| 419 * object. Instead we provide this: */ |
| 420 T* ReleaseTo(const void* new_owner) { |
| 421 T* ret = NULL; |
| 422 ptr_->DonateRef(this, new_owner); |
| 423 std::swap(ret, ptr_); |
| 424 return ret; |
| 425 } |
| 426 |
| 427 private: |
| 428 T* ptr_; |
| 429 }; |
| 430 |
| 431 } /* namespace upb */ |
| 432 |
| 433 #endif /* __cplusplus */ |
| 434 |
| 435 |
| 436 /* upb::Status ****************************************************************/ |
| 437 |
| 438 #ifdef __cplusplus |
| 439 namespace upb { |
| 440 class ErrorSpace; |
| 441 class Status; |
| 442 } |
| 443 #endif |
| 444 |
| 445 UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::ErrorSpace, upb_errorspace) |
| 446 UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::Status, upb_status) |
| 447 |
| 448 /* The maximum length of an error message before it will get truncated. */ |
| 449 #define UPB_STATUS_MAX_MESSAGE 128 |
| 450 |
| 451 /* An error callback function is used to report errors from some component. |
| 452 * The function can return "true" to indicate that the component should try |
| 453 * to recover and proceed, but this is not always possible. */ |
| 454 typedef bool upb_errcb_t(void *closure, const upb_status* status); |
| 455 |
| 456 #ifdef __cplusplus |
| 457 class upb::ErrorSpace { |
| 458 #else |
| 459 struct upb_errorspace { |
| 460 #endif |
| 461 const char *name; |
| 462 /* Should the error message in the status object according to this code. */ |
| 463 void (*set_message)(upb_status* status, int code); |
| 464 }; |
| 465 |
| 466 #ifdef __cplusplus |
| 467 |
| 468 /* Object representing a success or failure status. |
| 469 * It owns no resources and allocates no memory, so it should work |
| 470 * even in OOM situations. */ |
| 471 |
| 472 class upb::Status { |
| 473 public: |
| 474 Status(); |
| 475 |
| 476 /* Returns true if there is no error. */ |
| 477 bool ok() const; |
| 478 |
| 479 /* Optional error space and code, useful if the caller wants to |
| 480 * programmatically check the specific kind of error. */ |
| 481 ErrorSpace* error_space(); |
| 482 int code() const; |
| 483 |
| 484 const char *error_message() const; |
| 485 |
| 486 /* The error message will be truncated if it is longer than |
| 487 * UPB_STATUS_MAX_MESSAGE-4. */ |
| 488 void SetErrorMessage(const char* msg); |
| 489 void SetFormattedErrorMessage(const char* fmt, ...); |
| 490 |
| 491 /* If there is no error message already, this will use the ErrorSpace to |
| 492 * populate the error message for this code. The caller can still call |
| 493 * SetErrorMessage() to give a more specific message. */ |
| 494 void SetErrorCode(ErrorSpace* space, int code); |
| 495 |
| 496 /* Resets the status to a successful state with no message. */ |
| 497 void Clear(); |
| 498 |
| 499 void CopyFrom(const Status& other); |
| 500 |
| 501 private: |
| 502 UPB_DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN(Status) |
| 503 #else |
| 504 struct upb_status { |
| 505 #endif |
| 506 bool ok_; |
| 507 |
| 508 /* Specific status code defined by some error space (optional). */ |
| 509 int code_; |
| 510 upb_errorspace *error_space_; |
| 511 |
| 512 /* Error message; NULL-terminated. */ |
| 513 char msg[UPB_STATUS_MAX_MESSAGE]; |
| 514 }; |
| 515 |
| 516 #define UPB_STATUS_INIT {true, 0, NULL, {0}} |
| 517 |
| 518 #ifdef __cplusplus |
| 519 extern "C" { |
| 520 #endif |
| 521 |
| 522 /* The returned string is invalidated by any other call into the status. */ |
| 523 const char *upb_status_errmsg(const upb_status *status); |
| 524 bool upb_ok(const upb_status *status); |
| 525 upb_errorspace *upb_status_errspace(const upb_status *status); |
| 526 int upb_status_errcode(const upb_status *status); |
| 527 |
| 528 /* Any of the functions that write to a status object allow status to be NULL, |
| 529 * to support use cases where the function's caller does not care about the |
| 530 * status message. */ |
| 531 void upb_status_clear(upb_status *status); |
| 532 void upb_status_seterrmsg(upb_status *status, const char *msg); |
| 533 void upb_status_seterrf(upb_status *status, const char *fmt, ...); |
| 534 void upb_status_vseterrf(upb_status *status, const char *fmt, va_list args); |
| 535 void upb_status_seterrcode(upb_status *status, upb_errorspace *space, int code); |
| 536 void upb_status_copy(upb_status *to, const upb_status *from); |
| 537 |
| 538 #ifdef __cplusplus |
| 539 } /* extern "C" */ |
| 540 |
| 541 namespace upb { |
| 542 |
| 543 /* C++ Wrappers */ |
| 544 inline Status::Status() { Clear(); } |
| 545 inline bool Status::ok() const { return upb_ok(this); } |
| 546 inline const char* Status::error_message() const { |
| 547 return upb_status_errmsg(this); |
| 548 } |
| 549 inline void Status::SetErrorMessage(const char* msg) { |
| 550 upb_status_seterrmsg(this, msg); |
| 551 } |
| 552 inline void Status::SetFormattedErrorMessage(const char* fmt, ...) { |
| 553 va_list args; |
| 554 va_start(args, fmt); |
| 555 upb_status_vseterrf(this, fmt, args); |
| 556 va_end(args); |
| 557 } |
| 558 inline void Status::SetErrorCode(ErrorSpace* space, int code) { |
| 559 upb_status_seterrcode(this, space, code); |
| 560 } |
| 561 inline void Status::Clear() { upb_status_clear(this); } |
| 562 inline void Status::CopyFrom(const Status& other) { |
| 563 upb_status_copy(this, &other); |
| 564 } |
| 565 |
| 566 } /* namespace upb */ |
| 567 |
| 568 #endif |
| 569 |
| 570 #endif /* UPB_H_ */ |
| 571 |
| 572 #ifdef __cplusplus |
| 573 extern "C" { |
| 574 #endif |
| 575 |
| 576 |
| 577 /* upb_value ******************************************************************/ |
| 578 |
| 579 /* A tagged union (stored untagged inside the table) so that we can check that |
| 580 * clients calling table accessors are correctly typed without having to have |
| 581 * an explosion of accessors. */ |
| 582 typedef enum { |
| 583 UPB_CTYPE_INT32 = 1, |
| 584 UPB_CTYPE_INT64 = 2, |
| 585 UPB_CTYPE_UINT32 = 3, |
| 586 UPB_CTYPE_UINT64 = 4, |
| 587 UPB_CTYPE_BOOL = 5, |
| 588 UPB_CTYPE_CSTR = 6, |
| 589 UPB_CTYPE_PTR = 7, |
| 590 UPB_CTYPE_CONSTPTR = 8, |
| 591 UPB_CTYPE_FPTR = 9 |
| 592 } upb_ctype_t; |
| 593 |
| 594 typedef struct { |
| 595 uint64_t val; |
| 596 #ifndef NDEBUG |
| 597 /* In debug mode we carry the value type around also so we can check accesses |
| 598 * to be sure the right member is being read. */ |
| 599 upb_ctype_t ctype; |
| 600 #endif |
| 601 } upb_value; |
| 602 |
| 603 #ifdef NDEBUG |
| 604 #define SET_TYPE(dest, val) UPB_UNUSED(val) |
| 605 #else |
| 606 #define SET_TYPE(dest, val) dest = val |
| 607 #endif |
| 608 |
| 609 /* Like strdup(), which isn't always available since it's not ANSI C. */ |
| 610 char *upb_strdup(const char *s); |
| 611 /* Variant that works with a length-delimited rather than NULL-delimited string, |
| 612 * as supported by strtable. */ |
| 613 char *upb_strdup2(const char *s, size_t len); |
| 614 |
| 615 UPB_INLINE void _upb_value_setval(upb_value *v, uint64_t val, |
| 616 upb_ctype_t ctype) { |
| 617 v->val = val; |
| 618 SET_TYPE(v->ctype, ctype); |
| 619 } |
| 620 |
| 621 UPB_INLINE upb_value _upb_value_val(uint64_t val, upb_ctype_t ctype) { |
| 622 upb_value ret; |
| 623 _upb_value_setval(&ret, val, ctype); |
| 624 return ret; |
| 625 } |
| 626 |
| 627 /* For each value ctype, define the following set of functions: |
| 628 * |
| 629 * // Get/set an int32 from a upb_value. |
| 630 * int32_t upb_value_getint32(upb_value val); |
| 631 * void upb_value_setint32(upb_value *val, int32_t cval); |
| 632 * |
| 633 * // Construct a new upb_value from an int32. |
| 634 * upb_value upb_value_int32(int32_t val); */ |
| 635 #define FUNCS(name, membername, type_t, converter, proto_type) \ |
| 636 UPB_INLINE void upb_value_set ## name(upb_value *val, type_t cval) { \ |
| 637 val->val = (converter)cval; \ |
| 638 SET_TYPE(val->ctype, proto_type); \ |
| 639 } \ |
| 640 UPB_INLINE upb_value upb_value_ ## name(type_t val) { \ |
| 641 upb_value ret; \ |
| 642 upb_value_set ## name(&ret, val); \ |
| 643 return ret; \ |
| 644 } \ |
| 645 UPB_INLINE type_t upb_value_get ## name(upb_value val) { \ |
| 646 assert(val.ctype == proto_type); \ |
| 647 return (type_t)(converter)val.val; \ |
| 648 } |
| 649 |
| 650 FUNCS(int32, int32, int32_t, int32_t, UPB_CTYPE_INT32) |
| 651 FUNCS(int64, int64, int64_t, int64_t, UPB_CTYPE_INT64) |
| 652 FUNCS(uint32, uint32, uint32_t, uint32_t, UPB_CTYPE_UINT32) |
| 653 FUNCS(uint64, uint64, uint64_t, uint64_t, UPB_CTYPE_UINT64) |
| 654 FUNCS(bool, _bool, bool, bool, UPB_CTYPE_BOOL) |
| 655 FUNCS(cstr, cstr, char*, uintptr_t, UPB_CTYPE_CSTR) |
| 656 FUNCS(ptr, ptr, void*, uintptr_t, UPB_CTYPE_PTR) |
| 657 FUNCS(constptr, constptr, const void*, uintptr_t, UPB_CTYPE_CONSTPTR) |
| 658 FUNCS(fptr, fptr, upb_func*, uintptr_t, UPB_CTYPE_FPTR) |
| 659 |
| 660 #undef FUNCS |
| 661 #undef SET_TYPE |
| 662 |
| 663 |
| 664 /* upb_tabkey *****************************************************************/ |
| 665 |
| 666 /* Either: |
| 667 * 1. an actual integer key, or |
| 668 * 2. a pointer to a string prefixed by its uint32_t length, owned by us. |
| 669 * |
| 670 * ...depending on whether this is a string table or an int table. We would |
| 671 * make this a union of those two types, but C89 doesn't support statically |
| 672 * initializing a non-first union member. */ |
| 673 typedef uintptr_t upb_tabkey; |
| 674 |
| 675 #define UPB_TABKEY_NUM(n) n |
| 676 #define UPB_TABKEY_NONE 0 |
| 677 /* The preprocessor isn't quite powerful enough to turn the compile-time string |
| 678 * length into a byte-wise string representation, so code generation needs to |
| 679 * help it along. |
| 680 * |
| 681 * "len1" is the low byte and len4 is the high byte. */ |
| 682 #ifdef UPB_BIG_ENDIAN |
| 683 #define UPB_TABKEY_STR(len1, len2, len3, len4, strval) \ |
| 684 (uintptr_t)(len4 len3 len2 len1 strval) |
| 685 #else |
| 686 #define UPB_TABKEY_STR(len1, len2, len3, len4, strval) \ |
| 687 (uintptr_t)(len1 len2 len3 len4 strval) |
| 688 #endif |
| 689 |
| 690 UPB_INLINE char *upb_tabstr(upb_tabkey key, uint32_t *len) { |
| 691 char* mem = (char*)key; |
| 692 if (len) memcpy(len, mem, sizeof(*len)); |
| 693 return mem + sizeof(*len); |
| 694 } |
| 695 |
| 696 |
| 697 /* upb_tabval *****************************************************************/ |
| 698 |
| 699 #ifdef __cplusplus |
| 700 |
| 701 /* Status initialization not supported. |
| 702 * |
| 703 * This separate definition is necessary because in C++, UINTPTR_MAX isn't |
| 704 * reliably available. */ |
| 705 typedef struct { |
| 706 uint64_t val; |
| 707 } upb_tabval; |
| 708 |
| 709 #else |
| 710 |
| 711 /* C -- supports static initialization, but to support static initialization of |
| 712 * both integers and points for both 32 and 64 bit targets, it takes a little |
| 713 * bit of doing. */ |
| 714 |
| 715 #if UINTPTR_MAX == 0xffffffffffffffffULL |
| 716 #define UPB_PTR_IS_64BITS |
| 717 #elif UINTPTR_MAX != 0xffffffff |
| 718 #error Could not determine how many bits pointers are. |
| 719 #endif |
| 720 |
| 721 typedef union { |
| 722 /* For static initialization. |
| 723 * |
| 724 * Unfortunately this ugliness is necessary -- it is the only way that we can, |
| 725 * with -std=c89 -pedantic, statically initialize this to either a pointer or |
| 726 * an integer on 32-bit platforms. */ |
| 727 struct { |
| 728 #ifdef UPB_PTR_IS_64BITS |
| 729 uintptr_t val; |
| 730 #else |
| 731 uintptr_t val1; |
| 732 uintptr_t val2; |
| 733 #endif |
| 734 } staticinit; |
| 735 |
| 736 /* The normal accessor that we use for everything at runtime. */ |
| 737 uint64_t val; |
| 738 } upb_tabval; |
| 739 |
| 740 #ifdef UPB_PTR_IS_64BITS |
| 741 #define UPB_TABVALUE_INT_INIT(v) {{v}} |
| 742 #define UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT {{-1}} |
| 743 #else |
| 744 |
| 745 /* 32-bit pointers */ |
| 746 |
| 747 #ifdef UPB_BIG_ENDIAN |
| 748 #define UPB_TABVALUE_INT_INIT(v) {{0, v}} |
| 749 #define UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT {{-1, -1}} |
| 750 #else |
| 751 #define UPB_TABVALUE_INT_INIT(v) {{v, 0}} |
| 752 #define UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT {{-1, -1}} |
| 753 #endif |
| 754 |
| 755 #endif |
| 756 |
| 757 #define UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(v) UPB_TABVALUE_INT_INIT((uintptr_t)v) |
| 758 |
| 759 #undef UPB_PTR_IS_64BITS |
| 760 |
| 761 #endif /* __cplusplus */ |
| 762 |
| 763 |
| 764 /* upb_table ******************************************************************/ |
| 765 |
| 766 typedef struct _upb_tabent { |
| 767 upb_tabkey key; |
| 768 upb_tabval val; |
| 769 |
| 770 /* Internal chaining. This is const so we can create static initializers for |
| 771 * tables. We cast away const sometimes, but *only* when the containing |
| 772 * upb_table is known to be non-const. This requires a bit of care, but |
| 773 * the subtlety is confined to table.c. */ |
| 774 const struct _upb_tabent *next; |
| 775 } upb_tabent; |
| 776 |
| 777 typedef struct { |
| 778 size_t count; /* Number of entries in the hash part. */ |
| 779 size_t mask; /* Mask to turn hash value -> bucket. */ |
| 780 upb_ctype_t ctype; /* Type of all values. */ |
| 781 uint8_t size_lg2; /* Size of the hashtable part is 2^size_lg2 entries. */ |
| 782 |
| 783 /* Hash table entries. |
| 784 * Making this const isn't entirely accurate; what we really want is for it to |
| 785 * have the same const-ness as the table it's inside. But there's no way to |
| 786 * declare that in C. So we have to make it const so that we can statically |
| 787 * initialize const hash tables. Then we cast away const when we have to. |
| 788 */ |
| 789 const upb_tabent *entries; |
| 790 } upb_table; |
| 791 |
| 792 typedef struct { |
| 793 upb_table t; |
| 794 } upb_strtable; |
| 795 |
| 796 #define UPB_STRTABLE_INIT(count, mask, ctype, size_lg2, entries) \ |
| 797 {{count, mask, ctype, size_lg2, entries}} |
| 798 |
| 799 #define UPB_EMPTY_STRTABLE_INIT(ctype) \ |
| 800 UPB_STRTABLE_INIT(0, 0, ctype, 0, NULL) |
| 801 |
| 802 typedef struct { |
| 803 upb_table t; /* For entries that don't fit in the array part. */ |
| 804 const upb_tabval *array; /* Array part of the table. See const note above. */ |
| 805 size_t array_size; /* Array part size. */ |
| 806 size_t array_count; /* Array part number of elements. */ |
| 807 } upb_inttable; |
| 808 |
| 809 #define UPB_INTTABLE_INIT(count, mask, ctype, size_lg2, ent, a, asize, acount) \ |
| 810 {{count, mask, ctype, size_lg2, ent}, a, asize, acount} |
| 811 |
| 812 #define UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(ctype) \ |
| 813 UPB_INTTABLE_INIT(0, 0, ctype, 0, NULL, NULL, 0, 0) |
| 814 |
| 815 #define UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT -1 |
| 816 |
| 817 UPB_INLINE size_t upb_table_size(const upb_table *t) { |
| 818 if (t->size_lg2 == 0) |
| 819 return 0; |
| 820 else |
| 821 return 1 << t->size_lg2; |
| 822 } |
| 823 |
| 824 /* Internal-only functions, in .h file only out of necessity. */ |
| 825 UPB_INLINE bool upb_tabent_isempty(const upb_tabent *e) { |
| 826 return e->key == 0; |
| 827 } |
| 828 |
| 829 /* Used by some of the unit tests for generic hashing functionality. */ |
| 830 uint32_t MurmurHash2(const void * key, size_t len, uint32_t seed); |
| 831 |
| 832 UPB_INLINE uintptr_t upb_intkey(uintptr_t key) { |
| 833 return key; |
| 834 } |
| 835 |
| 836 UPB_INLINE uint32_t upb_inthash(uintptr_t key) { |
| 837 return (uint32_t)key; |
| 838 } |
| 839 |
| 840 static const upb_tabent *upb_getentry(const upb_table *t, uint32_t hash) { |
| 841 return t->entries + (hash & t->mask); |
| 842 } |
| 843 |
| 844 UPB_INLINE bool upb_arrhas(upb_tabval key) { |
| 845 return key.val != (uint64_t)-1; |
| 846 } |
| 847 |
| 848 /* Initialize and uninitialize a table, respectively. If memory allocation |
| 849 * failed, false is returned that the table is uninitialized. */ |
| 850 bool upb_inttable_init(upb_inttable *table, upb_ctype_t ctype); |
| 851 bool upb_strtable_init(upb_strtable *table, upb_ctype_t ctype); |
| 852 void upb_inttable_uninit(upb_inttable *table); |
| 853 void upb_strtable_uninit(upb_strtable *table); |
| 854 |
| 855 /* Returns the number of values in the table. */ |
| 856 size_t upb_inttable_count(const upb_inttable *t); |
| 857 UPB_INLINE size_t upb_strtable_count(const upb_strtable *t) { |
| 858 return t->t.count; |
| 859 } |
| 860 |
| 861 /* Inserts the given key into the hashtable with the given value. The key must |
| 862 * not already exist in the hash table. For string tables, the key must be |
| 863 * NULL-terminated, and the table will make an internal copy of the key. |
| 864 * Inttables must not insert a value of UINTPTR_MAX. |
| 865 * |
| 866 * If a table resize was required but memory allocation failed, false is |
| 867 * returned and the table is unchanged. */ |
| 868 bool upb_inttable_insert(upb_inttable *t, uintptr_t key, upb_value val); |
| 869 bool upb_strtable_insert2(upb_strtable *t, const char *key, size_t len, |
| 870 upb_value val); |
| 871 |
| 872 /* For NULL-terminated strings. */ |
| 873 UPB_INLINE bool upb_strtable_insert(upb_strtable *t, const char *key, |
| 874 upb_value val) { |
| 875 return upb_strtable_insert2(t, key, strlen(key), val); |
| 876 } |
| 877 |
| 878 /* Looks up key in this table, returning "true" if the key was found. |
| 879 * If v is non-NULL, copies the value for this key into *v. */ |
| 880 bool upb_inttable_lookup(const upb_inttable *t, uintptr_t key, upb_value *v); |
| 881 bool upb_strtable_lookup2(const upb_strtable *t, const char *key, size_t len, |
| 882 upb_value *v); |
| 883 |
| 884 /* For NULL-terminated strings. */ |
| 885 UPB_INLINE bool upb_strtable_lookup(const upb_strtable *t, const char *key, |
| 886 upb_value *v) { |
| 887 return upb_strtable_lookup2(t, key, strlen(key), v); |
| 888 } |
| 889 |
| 890 /* Removes an item from the table. Returns true if the remove was successful, |
| 891 * and stores the removed item in *val if non-NULL. */ |
| 892 bool upb_inttable_remove(upb_inttable *t, uintptr_t key, upb_value *val); |
| 893 bool upb_strtable_remove2(upb_strtable *t, const char *key, size_t len, |
| 894 upb_value *val); |
| 895 |
| 896 /* For NULL-terminated strings. */ |
| 897 UPB_INLINE bool upb_strtable_remove(upb_strtable *t, const char *key, |
| 898 upb_value *v) { |
| 899 return upb_strtable_remove2(t, key, strlen(key), v); |
| 900 } |
| 901 |
| 902 /* Updates an existing entry in an inttable. If the entry does not exist, |
| 903 * returns false and does nothing. Unlike insert/remove, this does not |
| 904 * invalidate iterators. */ |
| 905 bool upb_inttable_replace(upb_inttable *t, uintptr_t key, upb_value val); |
| 906 |
| 907 /* Handy routines for treating an inttable like a stack. May not be mixed with |
| 908 * other insert/remove calls. */ |
| 909 bool upb_inttable_push(upb_inttable *t, upb_value val); |
| 910 upb_value upb_inttable_pop(upb_inttable *t); |
| 911 |
| 912 /* Convenience routines for inttables with pointer keys. */ |
| 913 bool upb_inttable_insertptr(upb_inttable *t, const void *key, upb_value val); |
| 914 bool upb_inttable_removeptr(upb_inttable *t, const void *key, upb_value *val); |
| 915 bool upb_inttable_lookupptr( |
| 916 const upb_inttable *t, const void *key, upb_value *val); |
| 917 |
| 918 /* Optimizes the table for the current set of entries, for both memory use and |
| 919 * lookup time. Client should call this after all entries have been inserted; |
| 920 * inserting more entries is legal, but will likely require a table resize. */ |
| 921 void upb_inttable_compact(upb_inttable *t); |
| 922 |
| 923 /* A special-case inlinable version of the lookup routine for 32-bit |
| 924 * integers. */ |
| 925 UPB_INLINE bool upb_inttable_lookup32(const upb_inttable *t, uint32_t key, |
| 926 upb_value *v) { |
| 927 *v = upb_value_int32(0); /* Silence compiler warnings. */ |
| 928 if (key < t->array_size) { |
| 929 upb_tabval arrval = t->array[key]; |
| 930 if (upb_arrhas(arrval)) { |
| 931 _upb_value_setval(v, arrval.val, t->t.ctype); |
| 932 return true; |
| 933 } else { |
| 934 return false; |
| 935 } |
| 936 } else { |
| 937 const upb_tabent *e; |
| 938 if (t->t.entries == NULL) return false; |
| 939 for (e = upb_getentry(&t->t, upb_inthash(key)); true; e = e->next) { |
| 940 if ((uint32_t)e->key == key) { |
| 941 _upb_value_setval(v, e->val.val, t->t.ctype); |
| 942 return true; |
| 943 } |
| 944 if (e->next == NULL) return false; |
| 945 } |
| 946 } |
| 947 } |
| 948 |
| 949 /* Exposed for testing only. */ |
| 950 bool upb_strtable_resize(upb_strtable *t, size_t size_lg2); |
| 951 |
| 952 /* Iterators ******************************************************************/ |
| 953 |
| 954 /* Iterators for int and string tables. We are subject to some kind of unusual |
| 955 * design constraints: |
| 956 * |
| 957 * For high-level languages: |
| 958 * - we must be able to guarantee that we don't crash or corrupt memory even if |
| 959 * the program accesses an invalidated iterator. |
| 960 * |
| 961 * For C++11 range-based for: |
| 962 * - iterators must be copyable |
| 963 * - iterators must be comparable |
| 964 * - it must be possible to construct an "end" value. |
| 965 * |
| 966 * Iteration order is undefined. |
| 967 * |
| 968 * Modifying the table invalidates iterators. upb_{str,int}table_done() is |
| 969 * guaranteed to work even on an invalidated iterator, as long as the table it |
| 970 * is iterating over has not been freed. Calling next() or accessing data from |
| 971 * an invalidated iterator yields unspecified elements from the table, but it is |
| 972 * guaranteed not to crash and to return real table elements (except when done() |
| 973 * is true). */ |
| 974 |
| 975 |
| 976 /* upb_strtable_iter **********************************************************/ |
| 977 |
| 978 /* upb_strtable_iter i; |
| 979 * upb_strtable_begin(&i, t); |
| 980 * for(; !upb_strtable_done(&i); upb_strtable_next(&i)) { |
| 981 * const char *key = upb_strtable_iter_key(&i); |
| 982 * const upb_value val = upb_strtable_iter_value(&i); |
| 983 * // ... |
| 984 * } |
| 985 */ |
| 986 |
| 987 typedef struct { |
| 988 const upb_strtable *t; |
| 989 size_t index; |
| 990 } upb_strtable_iter; |
| 991 |
| 992 void upb_strtable_begin(upb_strtable_iter *i, const upb_strtable *t); |
| 993 void upb_strtable_next(upb_strtable_iter *i); |
| 994 bool upb_strtable_done(const upb_strtable_iter *i); |
| 995 const char *upb_strtable_iter_key(upb_strtable_iter *i); |
| 996 size_t upb_strtable_iter_keylength(upb_strtable_iter *i); |
| 997 upb_value upb_strtable_iter_value(const upb_strtable_iter *i); |
| 998 void upb_strtable_iter_setdone(upb_strtable_iter *i); |
| 999 bool upb_strtable_iter_isequal(const upb_strtable_iter *i1, |
| 1000 const upb_strtable_iter *i2); |
| 1001 |
| 1002 |
| 1003 /* upb_inttable_iter **********************************************************/ |
| 1004 |
| 1005 /* upb_inttable_iter i; |
| 1006 * upb_inttable_begin(&i, t); |
| 1007 * for(; !upb_inttable_done(&i); upb_inttable_next(&i)) { |
| 1008 * uintptr_t key = upb_inttable_iter_key(&i); |
| 1009 * upb_value val = upb_inttable_iter_value(&i); |
| 1010 * // ... |
| 1011 * } |
| 1012 */ |
| 1013 |
| 1014 typedef struct { |
| 1015 const upb_inttable *t; |
| 1016 size_t index; |
| 1017 bool array_part; |
| 1018 } upb_inttable_iter; |
| 1019 |
| 1020 void upb_inttable_begin(upb_inttable_iter *i, const upb_inttable *t); |
| 1021 void upb_inttable_next(upb_inttable_iter *i); |
| 1022 bool upb_inttable_done(const upb_inttable_iter *i); |
| 1023 uintptr_t upb_inttable_iter_key(const upb_inttable_iter *i); |
| 1024 upb_value upb_inttable_iter_value(const upb_inttable_iter *i); |
| 1025 void upb_inttable_iter_setdone(upb_inttable_iter *i); |
| 1026 bool upb_inttable_iter_isequal(const upb_inttable_iter *i1, |
| 1027 const upb_inttable_iter *i2); |
| 1028 |
| 1029 |
| 1030 #ifdef __cplusplus |
| 1031 } /* extern "C" */ |
| 1032 #endif |
| 1033 |
| 1034 #endif /* UPB_TABLE_H_ */ |
| 1035 |
| 1036 /* Reference tracking will check ref()/unref() operations to make sure the |
| 1037 * ref ownership is correct. Where possible it will also make tools like |
| 1038 * Valgrind attribute ref leaks to the code that took the leaked ref, not |
| 1039 * the code that originally created the object. |
| 1040 * |
| 1041 * Enabling this requires the application to define upb_lock()/upb_unlock() |
| 1042 * functions that acquire/release a global mutex (or #define UPB_THREAD_UNSAFE). |
| 1043 * For this reason we don't enable it by default, even in debug builds. |
| 1044 */ |
| 1045 |
| 1046 /* #define UPB_DEBUG_REFS */ |
| 1047 |
| 1048 #ifdef __cplusplus |
| 1049 namespace upb { class RefCounted; } |
| 1050 #endif |
| 1051 |
| 1052 UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::RefCounted, upb_refcounted) |
| 1053 |
| 1054 struct upb_refcounted_vtbl; |
| 1055 |
| 1056 #ifdef __cplusplus |
| 1057 |
| 1058 class upb::RefCounted { |
| 1059 public: |
| 1060 /* Returns true if the given object is frozen. */ |
| 1061 bool IsFrozen() const; |
| 1062 |
| 1063 /* Increases the ref count, the new ref is owned by "owner" which must not |
| 1064 * already own a ref (and should not itself be a refcounted object if the ref |
| 1065 * could possibly be circular; see below). |
| 1066 * Thread-safe iff "this" is frozen. */ |
| 1067 void Ref(const void *owner) const; |
| 1068 |
| 1069 /* Release a ref that was acquired from upb_refcounted_ref() and collects any |
| 1070 * objects it can. */ |
| 1071 void Unref(const void *owner) const; |
| 1072 |
| 1073 /* Moves an existing ref from "from" to "to", without changing the overall |
| 1074 * ref count. DonateRef(foo, NULL, owner) is the same as Ref(foo, owner), |
| 1075 * but "to" may not be NULL. */ |
| 1076 void DonateRef(const void *from, const void *to) const; |
| 1077 |
| 1078 /* Verifies that a ref to the given object is currently held by the given |
| 1079 * owner. Only effective in UPB_DEBUG_REFS builds. */ |
| 1080 void CheckRef(const void *owner) const; |
| 1081 |
| 1082 private: |
| 1083 UPB_DISALLOW_POD_OPS(RefCounted, upb::RefCounted) |
| 1084 #else |
| 1085 struct upb_refcounted { |
| 1086 #endif |
| 1087 /* TODO(haberman): move the actual structure definition to structdefs.int.h. |
| 1088 * The only reason they are here is because inline functions need to see the |
| 1089 * definition of upb_handlers, which needs to see this definition. But we |
| 1090 * can change the upb_handlers inline functions to deal in raw offsets |
| 1091 * instead. |
| 1092 */ |
| 1093 |
| 1094 /* A single reference count shared by all objects in the group. */ |
| 1095 uint32_t *group; |
| 1096 |
| 1097 /* A singly-linked list of all objects in the group. */ |
| 1098 upb_refcounted *next; |
| 1099 |
| 1100 /* Table of function pointers for this type. */ |
| 1101 const struct upb_refcounted_vtbl *vtbl; |
| 1102 |
| 1103 /* Maintained only when mutable, this tracks the number of refs (but not |
| 1104 * ref2's) to this object. *group should be the sum of all individual_count |
| 1105 * in the group. */ |
| 1106 uint32_t individual_count; |
| 1107 |
| 1108 bool is_frozen; |
| 1109 |
| 1110 #ifdef UPB_DEBUG_REFS |
| 1111 upb_inttable *refs; /* Maps owner -> trackedref for incoming refs. */ |
| 1112 upb_inttable *ref2s; /* Set of targets for outgoing ref2s. */ |
| 1113 #endif |
| 1114 }; |
| 1115 |
| 1116 #ifdef UPB_DEBUG_REFS |
| 1117 #define UPB_REFCOUNT_INIT(refs, ref2s) \ |
| 1118 {&static_refcount, NULL, NULL, 0, true, refs, ref2s} |
| 1119 #else |
| 1120 #define UPB_REFCOUNT_INIT(refs, ref2s) {&static_refcount, NULL, NULL, 0, true} |
| 1121 #endif |
| 1122 |
| 1123 UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C |
| 1124 |
| 1125 /* It is better to use tracked refs when possible, for the extra debugging |
| 1126 * capability. But if this is not possible (because you don't have easy access |
| 1127 * to a stable pointer value that is associated with the ref), you can pass |
| 1128 * UPB_UNTRACKED_REF instead. */ |
| 1129 extern const void *UPB_UNTRACKED_REF; |
| 1130 |
| 1131 /* Native C API. */ |
| 1132 bool upb_refcounted_isfrozen(const upb_refcounted *r); |
| 1133 void upb_refcounted_ref(const upb_refcounted *r, const void *owner); |
| 1134 void upb_refcounted_unref(const upb_refcounted *r, const void *owner); |
| 1135 void upb_refcounted_donateref( |
| 1136 const upb_refcounted *r, const void *from, const void *to); |
| 1137 void upb_refcounted_checkref(const upb_refcounted *r, const void *owner); |
| 1138 |
| 1139 #define UPB_REFCOUNTED_CMETHODS(type, upcastfunc) \ |
| 1140 UPB_INLINE bool type ## _isfrozen(const type *v) { \ |
| 1141 return upb_refcounted_isfrozen(upcastfunc(v)); \ |
| 1142 } \ |
| 1143 UPB_INLINE void type ## _ref(const type *v, const void *owner) { \ |
| 1144 upb_refcounted_ref(upcastfunc(v), owner); \ |
| 1145 } \ |
| 1146 UPB_INLINE void type ## _unref(const type *v, const void *owner) { \ |
| 1147 upb_refcounted_unref(upcastfunc(v), owner); \ |
| 1148 } \ |
| 1149 UPB_INLINE void type ## _donateref(const type *v, const void *from, const void
*to) { \ |
| 1150 upb_refcounted_donateref(upcastfunc(v), from, to); \ |
| 1151 } \ |
| 1152 UPB_INLINE void type ## _checkref(const type *v, const void *owner) { \ |
| 1153 upb_refcounted_checkref(upcastfunc(v), owner); \ |
| 1154 } |
| 1155 |
| 1156 #define UPB_REFCOUNTED_CPPMETHODS \ |
| 1157 bool IsFrozen() const { \ |
| 1158 return upb::upcast_to<const upb::RefCounted>(this)->IsFrozen(); \ |
| 1159 } \ |
| 1160 void Ref(const void *owner) const { \ |
| 1161 return upb::upcast_to<const upb::RefCounted>(this)->Ref(owner); \ |
| 1162 } \ |
| 1163 void Unref(const void *owner) const { \ |
| 1164 return upb::upcast_to<const upb::RefCounted>(this)->Unref(owner); \ |
| 1165 } \ |
| 1166 void DonateRef(const void *from, const void *to) const { \ |
| 1167 return upb::upcast_to<const upb::RefCounted>(this)->DonateRef(from, to); \ |
| 1168 } \ |
| 1169 void CheckRef(const void *owner) const { \ |
| 1170 return upb::upcast_to<const upb::RefCounted>(this)->CheckRef(owner); \ |
| 1171 } |
| 1172 |
| 1173 /* Internal-to-upb Interface **************************************************/ |
| 1174 |
| 1175 typedef void upb_refcounted_visit(const upb_refcounted *r, |
| 1176 const upb_refcounted *subobj, |
| 1177 void *closure); |
| 1178 |
| 1179 struct upb_refcounted_vtbl { |
| 1180 /* Must visit all subobjects that are currently ref'd via upb_refcounted_ref2. |
| 1181 * Must be longjmp()-safe. */ |
| 1182 void (*visit)(const upb_refcounted *r, upb_refcounted_visit *visit, void *c); |
| 1183 |
| 1184 /* Must free the object and release all references to other objects. */ |
| 1185 void (*free)(upb_refcounted *r); |
| 1186 }; |
| 1187 |
| 1188 /* Initializes the refcounted with a single ref for the given owner. Returns |
| 1189 * false if memory could not be allocated. */ |
| 1190 bool upb_refcounted_init(upb_refcounted *r, |
| 1191 const struct upb_refcounted_vtbl *vtbl, |
| 1192 const void *owner); |
| 1193 |
| 1194 /* Adds a ref from one refcounted object to another ("from" must not already |
| 1195 * own a ref). These refs may be circular; cycles will be collected correctly |
| 1196 * (if conservatively). These refs do not need to be freed in from's free() |
| 1197 * function. */ |
| 1198 void upb_refcounted_ref2(const upb_refcounted *r, upb_refcounted *from); |
| 1199 |
| 1200 /* Removes a ref that was acquired from upb_refcounted_ref2(), and collects any |
| 1201 * object it can. This is only necessary when "from" no longer points to "r", |
| 1202 * and not from from's "free" function. */ |
| 1203 void upb_refcounted_unref2(const upb_refcounted *r, upb_refcounted *from); |
| 1204 |
| 1205 #define upb_ref2(r, from) \ |
| 1206 upb_refcounted_ref2((const upb_refcounted*)r, (upb_refcounted*)from) |
| 1207 #define upb_unref2(r, from) \ |
| 1208 upb_refcounted_unref2((const upb_refcounted*)r, (upb_refcounted*)from) |
| 1209 |
| 1210 /* Freezes all mutable object reachable by ref2() refs from the given roots. |
| 1211 * This will split refcounting groups into precise SCC groups, so that |
| 1212 * refcounting of frozen objects can be more aggressive. If memory allocation |
| 1213 * fails, or if more than 2**31 mutable objects are reachable from "roots", or |
| 1214 * if the maximum depth of the graph exceeds "maxdepth", false is returned and |
| 1215 * the objects are unchanged. |
| 1216 * |
| 1217 * After this operation succeeds, the objects are frozen/const, and may not be |
| 1218 * used through non-const pointers. In particular, they may not be passed as |
| 1219 * the second parameter of upb_refcounted_{ref,unref}2(). On the upside, all |
| 1220 * operations on frozen refcounteds are threadsafe, and objects will be freed |
| 1221 * at the precise moment that they become unreachable. |
| 1222 * |
| 1223 * Caller must own refs on each object in the "roots" list. */ |
| 1224 bool upb_refcounted_freeze(upb_refcounted *const*roots, int n, upb_status *s, |
| 1225 int maxdepth); |
| 1226 |
| 1227 /* Shared by all compiled-in refcounted objects. */ |
| 1228 extern uint32_t static_refcount; |
| 1229 |
| 1230 UPB_END_EXTERN_C |
| 1231 |
| 1232 #ifdef __cplusplus |
| 1233 /* C++ Wrappers. */ |
| 1234 namespace upb { |
| 1235 inline bool RefCounted::IsFrozen() const { |
| 1236 return upb_refcounted_isfrozen(this); |
| 1237 } |
| 1238 inline void RefCounted::Ref(const void *owner) const { |
| 1239 upb_refcounted_ref(this, owner); |
| 1240 } |
| 1241 inline void RefCounted::Unref(const void *owner) const { |
| 1242 upb_refcounted_unref(this, owner); |
| 1243 } |
| 1244 inline void RefCounted::DonateRef(const void *from, const void *to) const { |
| 1245 upb_refcounted_donateref(this, from, to); |
| 1246 } |
| 1247 inline void RefCounted::CheckRef(const void *owner) const { |
| 1248 upb_refcounted_checkref(this, owner); |
| 1249 } |
| 1250 } /* namespace upb */ |
| 1251 #endif |
| 1252 |
| 1253 #endif /* UPB_REFCOUNT_H_ */ |
| 1254 |
| 1255 #ifdef __cplusplus |
| 1256 #include <cstring> |
| 1257 #include <string> |
| 1258 #include <vector> |
| 1259 |
| 1260 namespace upb { |
| 1261 class Def; |
| 1262 class EnumDef; |
| 1263 class FieldDef; |
| 1264 class MessageDef; |
| 1265 class OneofDef; |
| 1266 } |
| 1267 #endif |
| 1268 |
| 1269 UPB_DECLARE_DERIVED_TYPE(upb::Def, upb::RefCounted, upb_def, upb_refcounted) |
| 1270 |
| 1271 /* The maximum message depth that the type graph can have. This is a resource |
| 1272 * limit for the C stack since we sometimes need to recursively traverse the |
| 1273 * graph. Cycles are ok; the traversal will stop when it detects a cycle, but |
| 1274 * we must hit the cycle before the maximum depth is reached. |
| 1275 * |
| 1276 * If having a single static limit is too inflexible, we can add another variant |
| 1277 * of Def::Freeze that allows specifying this as a parameter. */ |
| 1278 #define UPB_MAX_MESSAGE_DEPTH 64 |
| 1279 |
| 1280 |
| 1281 /* upb::Def: base class for defs *********************************************/ |
| 1282 |
| 1283 /* All the different kind of defs we support. These correspond 1:1 with |
| 1284 * declarations in a .proto file. */ |
| 1285 typedef enum { |
| 1286 UPB_DEF_MSG, |
| 1287 UPB_DEF_FIELD, |
| 1288 UPB_DEF_ENUM, |
| 1289 UPB_DEF_ONEOF, |
| 1290 UPB_DEF_SERVICE, /* Not yet implemented. */ |
| 1291 UPB_DEF_ANY = -1 /* Wildcard for upb_symtab_get*() */ |
| 1292 } upb_deftype_t; |
| 1293 |
| 1294 #ifdef __cplusplus |
| 1295 |
| 1296 /* The base class of all defs. Its base is upb::RefCounted (use upb::upcast() |
| 1297 * to convert). */ |
| 1298 class upb::Def { |
| 1299 public: |
| 1300 typedef upb_deftype_t Type; |
| 1301 |
| 1302 Def* Dup(const void *owner) const; |
| 1303 |
| 1304 /* upb::RefCounted methods like Ref()/Unref(). */ |
| 1305 UPB_REFCOUNTED_CPPMETHODS |
| 1306 |
| 1307 Type def_type() const; |
| 1308 |
| 1309 /* "fullname" is the def's fully-qualified name (eg. foo.bar.Message). */ |
| 1310 const char *full_name() const; |
| 1311 |
| 1312 /* The def must be mutable. Caller retains ownership of fullname. Defs are |
| 1313 * not required to have a name; if a def has no name when it is frozen, it |
| 1314 * will remain an anonymous def. On failure, returns false and details in "s" |
| 1315 * if non-NULL. */ |
| 1316 bool set_full_name(const char* fullname, upb::Status* s); |
| 1317 bool set_full_name(const std::string &fullname, upb::Status* s); |
| 1318 |
| 1319 /* Freezes the given defs; this validates all constraints and marks the defs |
| 1320 * as frozen (read-only). "defs" may not contain any fielddefs, but fields |
| 1321 * of any msgdefs will be frozen. |
| 1322 * |
| 1323 * Symbolic references to sub-types and enum defaults must have already been |
| 1324 * resolved. Any mutable defs reachable from any of "defs" must also be in |
| 1325 * the list; more formally, "defs" must be a transitive closure of mutable |
| 1326 * defs. |
| 1327 * |
| 1328 * After this operation succeeds, the finalized defs must only be accessed |
| 1329 * through a const pointer! */ |
| 1330 static bool Freeze(Def* const* defs, int n, Status* status); |
| 1331 static bool Freeze(const std::vector<Def*>& defs, Status* status); |
| 1332 |
| 1333 private: |
| 1334 UPB_DISALLOW_POD_OPS(Def, upb::Def) |
| 1335 }; |
| 1336 |
| 1337 #endif /* __cplusplus */ |
| 1338 |
| 1339 UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C |
| 1340 |
| 1341 /* Native C API. */ |
| 1342 upb_def *upb_def_dup(const upb_def *def, const void *owner); |
| 1343 |
| 1344 /* Include upb_refcounted methods like upb_def_ref()/upb_def_unref(). */ |
| 1345 UPB_REFCOUNTED_CMETHODS(upb_def, upb_def_upcast) |
| 1346 |
| 1347 upb_deftype_t upb_def_type(const upb_def *d); |
| 1348 const char *upb_def_fullname(const upb_def *d); |
| 1349 bool upb_def_setfullname(upb_def *def, const char *fullname, upb_status *s); |
| 1350 bool upb_def_freeze(upb_def *const *defs, int n, upb_status *s); |
| 1351 |
| 1352 UPB_END_EXTERN_C |
| 1353 |
| 1354 |
| 1355 /* upb::Def casts *************************************************************/ |
| 1356 |
| 1357 #ifdef __cplusplus |
| 1358 #define UPB_CPP_CASTS(cname, cpptype) \ |
| 1359 namespace upb { \ |
| 1360 template <> \ |
| 1361 inline cpptype *down_cast<cpptype *, Def>(Def * def) { \ |
| 1362 return upb_downcast_##cname##_mutable(def); \ |
| 1363 } \ |
| 1364 template <> \ |
| 1365 inline cpptype *dyn_cast<cpptype *, Def>(Def * def) { \ |
| 1366 return upb_dyncast_##cname##_mutable(def); \ |
| 1367 } \ |
| 1368 template <> \ |
| 1369 inline const cpptype *down_cast<const cpptype *, const Def>( \ |
| 1370 const Def *def) { \ |
| 1371 return upb_downcast_##cname(def); \ |
| 1372 } \ |
| 1373 template <> \ |
| 1374 inline const cpptype *dyn_cast<const cpptype *, const Def>(const Def *def) { \ |
| 1375 return upb_dyncast_##cname(def); \ |
| 1376 } \ |
| 1377 template <> \ |
| 1378 inline const cpptype *down_cast<const cpptype *, Def>(Def * def) { \ |
| 1379 return upb_downcast_##cname(def); \ |
| 1380 } \ |
| 1381 template <> \ |
| 1382 inline const cpptype *dyn_cast<const cpptype *, Def>(Def * def) { \ |
| 1383 return upb_dyncast_##cname(def); \ |
| 1384 } \ |
| 1385 } /* namespace upb */ |
| 1386 #else |
| 1387 #define UPB_CPP_CASTS(cname, cpptype) |
| 1388 #endif /* __cplusplus */ |
| 1389 |
| 1390 /* Dynamic casts, for determining if a def is of a particular type at runtime. |
| 1391 * Downcasts, for when some wants to assert that a def is of a particular type. |
| 1392 * These are only checked if we are building debug. */ |
| 1393 #define UPB_DEF_CASTS(lower, upper, cpptype) \ |
| 1394 UPB_INLINE const upb_##lower *upb_dyncast_##lower(const upb_def *def) { \ |
| 1395 if (upb_def_type(def) != UPB_DEF_##upper) return NULL; \ |
| 1396 return (upb_##lower *)def; \ |
| 1397 } \ |
| 1398 UPB_INLINE const upb_##lower *upb_downcast_##lower(const upb_def *def) { \ |
| 1399 assert(upb_def_type(def) == UPB_DEF_##upper); \ |
| 1400 return (const upb_##lower *)def; \ |
| 1401 } \ |
| 1402 UPB_INLINE upb_##lower *upb_dyncast_##lower##_mutable(upb_def *def) { \ |
| 1403 return (upb_##lower *)upb_dyncast_##lower(def); \ |
| 1404 } \ |
| 1405 UPB_INLINE upb_##lower *upb_downcast_##lower##_mutable(upb_def *def) { \ |
| 1406 return (upb_##lower *)upb_downcast_##lower(def); \ |
| 1407 } \ |
| 1408 UPB_CPP_CASTS(lower, cpptype) |
| 1409 |
| 1410 #define UPB_DEFINE_DEF(cppname, lower, upper, cppmethods, members) \ |
| 1411 UPB_DEFINE_CLASS2(cppname, upb::Def, upb::RefCounted, cppmethods, \ |
| 1412 members) \ |
| 1413 UPB_DEF_CASTS(lower, upper, cppname) |
| 1414 |
| 1415 #define UPB_DECLARE_DEF_TYPE(cppname, lower, upper) \ |
| 1416 UPB_DECLARE_DERIVED_TYPE2(cppname, upb::Def, upb::RefCounted, \ |
| 1417 upb_ ## lower, upb_def, upb_refcounted) \ |
| 1418 UPB_DEF_CASTS(lower, upper, cppname) |
| 1419 |
| 1420 UPB_DECLARE_DEF_TYPE(upb::FieldDef, fielddef, FIELD) |
| 1421 UPB_DECLARE_DEF_TYPE(upb::MessageDef, msgdef, MSG) |
| 1422 UPB_DECLARE_DEF_TYPE(upb::EnumDef, enumdef, ENUM) |
| 1423 UPB_DECLARE_DEF_TYPE(upb::OneofDef, oneofdef, ONEOF) |
| 1424 |
| 1425 #undef UPB_DECLARE_DEF_TYPE |
| 1426 #undef UPB_DEF_CASTS |
| 1427 #undef UPB_CPP_CASTS |
| 1428 |
| 1429 |
| 1430 /* upb::FieldDef **************************************************************/ |
| 1431 |
| 1432 /* The types a field can have. Note that this list is not identical to the |
| 1433 * types defined in descriptor.proto, which gives INT32 and SINT32 separate |
| 1434 * types (we distinguish the two with the "integer encoding" enum below). */ |
| 1435 typedef enum { |
| 1436 UPB_TYPE_FLOAT = 1, |
| 1437 UPB_TYPE_DOUBLE = 2, |
| 1438 UPB_TYPE_BOOL = 3, |
| 1439 UPB_TYPE_STRING = 4, |
| 1440 UPB_TYPE_BYTES = 5, |
| 1441 UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE = 6, |
| 1442 UPB_TYPE_ENUM = 7, /* Enum values are int32. */ |
| 1443 UPB_TYPE_INT32 = 8, |
| 1444 UPB_TYPE_UINT32 = 9, |
| 1445 UPB_TYPE_INT64 = 10, |
| 1446 UPB_TYPE_UINT64 = 11 |
| 1447 } upb_fieldtype_t; |
| 1448 |
| 1449 /* The repeated-ness of each field; this matches descriptor.proto. */ |
| 1450 typedef enum { |
| 1451 UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL = 1, |
| 1452 UPB_LABEL_REQUIRED = 2, |
| 1453 UPB_LABEL_REPEATED = 3 |
| 1454 } upb_label_t; |
| 1455 |
| 1456 /* How integers should be encoded in serializations that offer multiple |
| 1457 * integer encoding methods. */ |
| 1458 typedef enum { |
| 1459 UPB_INTFMT_VARIABLE = 1, |
| 1460 UPB_INTFMT_FIXED = 2, |
| 1461 UPB_INTFMT_ZIGZAG = 3 /* Only for signed types (INT32/INT64). */ |
| 1462 } upb_intfmt_t; |
| 1463 |
| 1464 /* Descriptor types, as defined in descriptor.proto. */ |
| 1465 typedef enum { |
| 1466 UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_DOUBLE = 1, |
| 1467 UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_FLOAT = 2, |
| 1468 UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_INT64 = 3, |
| 1469 UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UINT64 = 4, |
| 1470 UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_INT32 = 5, |
| 1471 UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_FIXED64 = 6, |
| 1472 UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_FIXED32 = 7, |
| 1473 UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_BOOL = 8, |
| 1474 UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STRING = 9, |
| 1475 UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_GROUP = 10, |
| 1476 UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_MESSAGE = 11, |
| 1477 UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_BYTES = 12, |
| 1478 UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UINT32 = 13, |
| 1479 UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_ENUM = 14, |
| 1480 UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SFIXED32 = 15, |
| 1481 UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SFIXED64 = 16, |
| 1482 UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SINT32 = 17, |
| 1483 UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SINT64 = 18 |
| 1484 } upb_descriptortype_t; |
| 1485 |
| 1486 /* Maximum field number allowed for FieldDefs. This is an inherent limit of the |
| 1487 * protobuf wire format. */ |
| 1488 #define UPB_MAX_FIELDNUMBER ((1 << 29) - 1) |
| 1489 |
| 1490 #ifdef __cplusplus |
| 1491 |
| 1492 /* A upb_fielddef describes a single field in a message. It is most often |
| 1493 * found as a part of a upb_msgdef, but can also stand alone to represent |
| 1494 * an extension. |
| 1495 * |
| 1496 * Its base class is upb::Def (use upb::upcast() to convert). */ |
| 1497 class upb::FieldDef { |
| 1498 public: |
| 1499 typedef upb_fieldtype_t Type; |
| 1500 typedef upb_label_t Label; |
| 1501 typedef upb_intfmt_t IntegerFormat; |
| 1502 typedef upb_descriptortype_t DescriptorType; |
| 1503 |
| 1504 /* These return true if the given value is a valid member of the enumeration.
*/ |
| 1505 static bool CheckType(int32_t val); |
| 1506 static bool CheckLabel(int32_t val); |
| 1507 static bool CheckDescriptorType(int32_t val); |
| 1508 static bool CheckIntegerFormat(int32_t val); |
| 1509 |
| 1510 /* These convert to the given enumeration; they require that the value is |
| 1511 * valid. */ |
| 1512 static Type ConvertType(int32_t val); |
| 1513 static Label ConvertLabel(int32_t val); |
| 1514 static DescriptorType ConvertDescriptorType(int32_t val); |
| 1515 static IntegerFormat ConvertIntegerFormat(int32_t val); |
| 1516 |
| 1517 /* Returns NULL if memory allocation failed. */ |
| 1518 static reffed_ptr<FieldDef> New(); |
| 1519 |
| 1520 /* Duplicates the given field, returning NULL if memory allocation failed. |
| 1521 * When a fielddef is duplicated, the subdef (if any) is made symbolic if it |
| 1522 * wasn't already. If the subdef is set but has no name (which is possible |
| 1523 * since msgdefs are not required to have a name) the new fielddef's subdef |
| 1524 * will be unset. */ |
| 1525 FieldDef* Dup(const void* owner) const; |
| 1526 |
| 1527 /* upb::RefCounted methods like Ref()/Unref(). */ |
| 1528 UPB_REFCOUNTED_CPPMETHODS |
| 1529 |
| 1530 /* Functionality from upb::Def. */ |
| 1531 const char* full_name() const; |
| 1532 |
| 1533 bool type_is_set() const; /* set_[descriptor_]type() has been called? */ |
| 1534 Type type() const; /* Requires that type_is_set() == true. */ |
| 1535 Label label() const; /* Defaults to UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL. */ |
| 1536 const char* name() const; /* NULL if uninitialized. */ |
| 1537 uint32_t number() const; /* Returns 0 if uninitialized. */ |
| 1538 bool is_extension() const; |
| 1539 |
| 1540 /* For UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE fields only where is_tag_delimited() == false, |
| 1541 * indicates whether this field should have lazy parsing handlers that yield |
| 1542 * the unparsed string for the submessage. |
| 1543 * |
| 1544 * TODO(haberman): I think we want to move this into a FieldOptions container |
| 1545 * when we add support for custom options (the FieldOptions struct will |
| 1546 * contain both regular FieldOptions like "lazy" *and* custom options). */ |
| 1547 bool lazy() const; |
| 1548 |
| 1549 /* For non-string, non-submessage fields, this indicates whether binary |
| 1550 * protobufs are encoded in packed or non-packed format. |
| 1551 * |
| 1552 * TODO(haberman): see note above about putting options like this into a |
| 1553 * FieldOptions container. */ |
| 1554 bool packed() const; |
| 1555 |
| 1556 /* An integer that can be used as an index into an array of fields for |
| 1557 * whatever message this field belongs to. Guaranteed to be less than |
| 1558 * f->containing_type()->field_count(). May only be accessed once the def has |
| 1559 * been finalized. */ |
| 1560 int index() const; |
| 1561 |
| 1562 /* The MessageDef to which this field belongs. |
| 1563 * |
| 1564 * If this field has been added to a MessageDef, that message can be retrieved |
| 1565 * directly (this is always the case for frozen FieldDefs). |
| 1566 * |
| 1567 * If the field has not yet been added to a MessageDef, you can set the name |
| 1568 * of the containing type symbolically instead. This is mostly useful for |
| 1569 * extensions, where the extension is declared separately from the message. */ |
| 1570 const MessageDef* containing_type() const; |
| 1571 const char* containing_type_name(); |
| 1572 |
| 1573 /* The OneofDef to which this field belongs, or NULL if this field is not part |
| 1574 * of a oneof. */ |
| 1575 const OneofDef* containing_oneof() const; |
| 1576 |
| 1577 /* The field's type according to the enum in descriptor.proto. This is not |
| 1578 * the same as UPB_TYPE_*, because it distinguishes between (for example) |
| 1579 * INT32 and SINT32, whereas our "type" enum does not. This return of |
| 1580 * descriptor_type() is a function of type(), integer_format(), and |
| 1581 * is_tag_delimited(). Likewise set_descriptor_type() sets all three |
| 1582 * appropriately. */ |
| 1583 DescriptorType descriptor_type() const; |
| 1584 |
| 1585 /* Convenient field type tests. */ |
| 1586 bool IsSubMessage() const; |
| 1587 bool IsString() const; |
| 1588 bool IsSequence() const; |
| 1589 bool IsPrimitive() const; |
| 1590 bool IsMap() const; |
| 1591 |
| 1592 /* How integers are encoded. Only meaningful for integer types. |
| 1593 * Defaults to UPB_INTFMT_VARIABLE, and is reset when "type" changes. */ |
| 1594 IntegerFormat integer_format() const; |
| 1595 |
| 1596 /* Whether a submessage field is tag-delimited or not (if false, then |
| 1597 * length-delimited). May only be set when type() == UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE. */ |
| 1598 bool is_tag_delimited() const; |
| 1599 |
| 1600 /* Returns the non-string default value for this fielddef, which may either |
| 1601 * be something the client set explicitly or the "default default" (0 for |
| 1602 * numbers, empty for strings). The field's type indicates the type of the |
| 1603 * returned value, except for enum fields that are still mutable. |
| 1604 * |
| 1605 * Requires that the given function matches the field's current type. */ |
| 1606 int64_t default_int64() const; |
| 1607 int32_t default_int32() const; |
| 1608 uint64_t default_uint64() const; |
| 1609 uint32_t default_uint32() const; |
| 1610 bool default_bool() const; |
| 1611 float default_float() const; |
| 1612 double default_double() const; |
| 1613 |
| 1614 /* The resulting string is always NULL-terminated. If non-NULL, the length |
| 1615 * will be stored in *len. */ |
| 1616 const char *default_string(size_t* len) const; |
| 1617 |
| 1618 /* For frozen UPB_TYPE_ENUM fields, enum defaults can always be read as either |
| 1619 * string or int32, and both of these methods will always return true. |
| 1620 * |
| 1621 * For mutable UPB_TYPE_ENUM fields, the story is a bit more complicated. |
| 1622 * Enum defaults are unusual. They can be specified either as string or int32, |
| 1623 * but to be valid the enum must have that value as a member. And if no |
| 1624 * default is specified, the "default default" comes from the EnumDef. |
| 1625 * |
| 1626 * We allow reading the default as either an int32 or a string, but only if |
| 1627 * we have a meaningful value to report. We have a meaningful value if it was |
| 1628 * set explicitly, or if we could get the "default default" from the EnumDef. |
| 1629 * Also if you explicitly set the name and we find the number in the EnumDef *
/ |
| 1630 bool EnumHasStringDefault() const; |
| 1631 bool EnumHasInt32Default() const; |
| 1632 |
| 1633 /* Submessage and enum fields must reference a "subdef", which is the |
| 1634 * upb::MessageDef or upb::EnumDef that defines their type. Note that when |
| 1635 * the FieldDef is mutable it may not have a subdef *yet*, but this function |
| 1636 * still returns true to indicate that the field's type requires a subdef. */ |
| 1637 bool HasSubDef() const; |
| 1638 |
| 1639 /* Returns the enum or submessage def for this field, if any. The field's |
| 1640 * type must match (ie. you may only call enum_subdef() for fields where |
| 1641 * type() == UPB_TYPE_ENUM). Returns NULL if the subdef has not been set or |
| 1642 * is currently set symbolically. */ |
| 1643 const EnumDef* enum_subdef() const; |
| 1644 const MessageDef* message_subdef() const; |
| 1645 |
| 1646 /* Returns the generic subdef for this field. Requires that HasSubDef() (ie. |
| 1647 * only works for UPB_TYPE_ENUM and UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE fields). */ |
| 1648 const Def* subdef() const; |
| 1649 |
| 1650 /* Returns the symbolic name of the subdef. If the subdef is currently set |
| 1651 * unresolved (ie. set symbolically) returns the symbolic name. If it has |
| 1652 * been resolved to a specific subdef, returns the name from that subdef. */ |
| 1653 const char* subdef_name() const; |
| 1654 |
| 1655 /* Setters (non-const methods), only valid for mutable FieldDefs! ***********/ |
| 1656 |
| 1657 bool set_full_name(const char* fullname, upb::Status* s); |
| 1658 bool set_full_name(const std::string& fullname, upb::Status* s); |
| 1659 |
| 1660 /* This may only be called if containing_type() == NULL (ie. the field has not |
| 1661 * been added to a message yet). */ |
| 1662 bool set_containing_type_name(const char *name, Status* status); |
| 1663 bool set_containing_type_name(const std::string& name, Status* status); |
| 1664 |
| 1665 /* Defaults to false. When we freeze, we ensure that this can only be true |
| 1666 * for length-delimited message fields. Prior to freezing this can be true or |
| 1667 * false with no restrictions. */ |
| 1668 void set_lazy(bool lazy); |
| 1669 |
| 1670 /* Defaults to true. Sets whether this field is encoded in packed format. */ |
| 1671 void set_packed(bool packed); |
| 1672 |
| 1673 /* "type" or "descriptor_type" MUST be set explicitly before the fielddef is |
| 1674 * finalized. These setters require that the enum value is valid; if the |
| 1675 * value did not come directly from an enum constant, the caller should |
| 1676 * validate it first with the functions above (CheckFieldType(), etc). */ |
| 1677 void set_type(Type type); |
| 1678 void set_label(Label label); |
| 1679 void set_descriptor_type(DescriptorType type); |
| 1680 void set_is_extension(bool is_extension); |
| 1681 |
| 1682 /* "number" and "name" must be set before the FieldDef is added to a |
| 1683 * MessageDef, and may not be set after that. |
| 1684 * |
| 1685 * "name" is the same as full_name()/set_full_name(), but since fielddefs |
| 1686 * most often use simple, non-qualified names, we provide this accessor |
| 1687 * also. Generally only extensions will want to think of this name as |
| 1688 * fully-qualified. */ |
| 1689 bool set_number(uint32_t number, upb::Status* s); |
| 1690 bool set_name(const char* name, upb::Status* s); |
| 1691 bool set_name(const std::string& name, upb::Status* s); |
| 1692 |
| 1693 void set_integer_format(IntegerFormat format); |
| 1694 bool set_tag_delimited(bool tag_delimited, upb::Status* s); |
| 1695 |
| 1696 /* Sets default value for the field. The call must exactly match the type |
| 1697 * of the field. Enum fields may use either setint32 or setstring to set |
| 1698 * the default numerically or symbolically, respectively, but symbolic |
| 1699 * defaults must be resolved before finalizing (see ResolveEnumDefault()). |
| 1700 * |
| 1701 * Changing the type of a field will reset its default. */ |
| 1702 void set_default_int64(int64_t val); |
| 1703 void set_default_int32(int32_t val); |
| 1704 void set_default_uint64(uint64_t val); |
| 1705 void set_default_uint32(uint32_t val); |
| 1706 void set_default_bool(bool val); |
| 1707 void set_default_float(float val); |
| 1708 void set_default_double(double val); |
| 1709 bool set_default_string(const void *str, size_t len, Status *s); |
| 1710 bool set_default_string(const std::string &str, Status *s); |
| 1711 void set_default_cstr(const char *str, Status *s); |
| 1712 |
| 1713 /* Before a fielddef is frozen, its subdef may be set either directly (with a |
| 1714 * upb::Def*) or symbolically. Symbolic refs must be resolved before the |
| 1715 * containing msgdef can be frozen (see upb_resolve() above). upb always |
| 1716 * guarantees that any def reachable from a live def will also be kept alive. |
| 1717 * |
| 1718 * Both methods require that upb_hassubdef(f) (so the type must be set prior |
| 1719 * to calling these methods). Returns false if this is not the case, or if |
| 1720 * the given subdef is not of the correct type. The subdef is reset if the |
| 1721 * field's type is changed. The subdef can be set to NULL to clear it. */ |
| 1722 bool set_subdef(const Def* subdef, Status* s); |
| 1723 bool set_enum_subdef(const EnumDef* subdef, Status* s); |
| 1724 bool set_message_subdef(const MessageDef* subdef, Status* s); |
| 1725 bool set_subdef_name(const char* name, Status* s); |
| 1726 bool set_subdef_name(const std::string &name, Status* s); |
| 1727 |
| 1728 private: |
| 1729 UPB_DISALLOW_POD_OPS(FieldDef, upb::FieldDef) |
| 1730 }; |
| 1731 |
| 1732 # endif /* defined(__cplusplus) */ |
| 1733 |
| 1734 UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C |
| 1735 |
| 1736 /* Native C API. */ |
| 1737 upb_fielddef *upb_fielddef_new(const void *owner); |
| 1738 upb_fielddef *upb_fielddef_dup(const upb_fielddef *f, const void *owner); |
| 1739 |
| 1740 /* Include upb_refcounted methods like upb_fielddef_ref(). */ |
| 1741 UPB_REFCOUNTED_CMETHODS(upb_fielddef, upb_fielddef_upcast2) |
| 1742 |
| 1743 /* Methods from upb_def. */ |
| 1744 const char *upb_fielddef_fullname(const upb_fielddef *f); |
| 1745 bool upb_fielddef_setfullname(upb_fielddef *f, const char *fullname, |
| 1746 upb_status *s); |
| 1747 |
| 1748 bool upb_fielddef_typeisset(const upb_fielddef *f); |
| 1749 upb_fieldtype_t upb_fielddef_type(const upb_fielddef *f); |
| 1750 upb_descriptortype_t upb_fielddef_descriptortype(const upb_fielddef *f); |
| 1751 upb_label_t upb_fielddef_label(const upb_fielddef *f); |
| 1752 uint32_t upb_fielddef_number(const upb_fielddef *f); |
| 1753 const char *upb_fielddef_name(const upb_fielddef *f); |
| 1754 bool upb_fielddef_isextension(const upb_fielddef *f); |
| 1755 bool upb_fielddef_lazy(const upb_fielddef *f); |
| 1756 bool upb_fielddef_packed(const upb_fielddef *f); |
| 1757 const upb_msgdef *upb_fielddef_containingtype(const upb_fielddef *f); |
| 1758 const upb_oneofdef *upb_fielddef_containingoneof(const upb_fielddef *f); |
| 1759 upb_msgdef *upb_fielddef_containingtype_mutable(upb_fielddef *f); |
| 1760 const char *upb_fielddef_containingtypename(upb_fielddef *f); |
| 1761 upb_intfmt_t upb_fielddef_intfmt(const upb_fielddef *f); |
| 1762 uint32_t upb_fielddef_index(const upb_fielddef *f); |
| 1763 bool upb_fielddef_istagdelim(const upb_fielddef *f); |
| 1764 bool upb_fielddef_issubmsg(const upb_fielddef *f); |
| 1765 bool upb_fielddef_isstring(const upb_fielddef *f); |
| 1766 bool upb_fielddef_isseq(const upb_fielddef *f); |
| 1767 bool upb_fielddef_isprimitive(const upb_fielddef *f); |
| 1768 bool upb_fielddef_ismap(const upb_fielddef *f); |
| 1769 int64_t upb_fielddef_defaultint64(const upb_fielddef *f); |
| 1770 int32_t upb_fielddef_defaultint32(const upb_fielddef *f); |
| 1771 uint64_t upb_fielddef_defaultuint64(const upb_fielddef *f); |
| 1772 uint32_t upb_fielddef_defaultuint32(const upb_fielddef *f); |
| 1773 bool upb_fielddef_defaultbool(const upb_fielddef *f); |
| 1774 float upb_fielddef_defaultfloat(const upb_fielddef *f); |
| 1775 double upb_fielddef_defaultdouble(const upb_fielddef *f); |
| 1776 const char *upb_fielddef_defaultstr(const upb_fielddef *f, size_t *len); |
| 1777 bool upb_fielddef_enumhasdefaultint32(const upb_fielddef *f); |
| 1778 bool upb_fielddef_enumhasdefaultstr(const upb_fielddef *f); |
| 1779 bool upb_fielddef_hassubdef(const upb_fielddef *f); |
| 1780 const upb_def *upb_fielddef_subdef(const upb_fielddef *f); |
| 1781 const upb_msgdef *upb_fielddef_msgsubdef(const upb_fielddef *f); |
| 1782 const upb_enumdef *upb_fielddef_enumsubdef(const upb_fielddef *f); |
| 1783 const char *upb_fielddef_subdefname(const upb_fielddef *f); |
| 1784 |
| 1785 void upb_fielddef_settype(upb_fielddef *f, upb_fieldtype_t type); |
| 1786 void upb_fielddef_setdescriptortype(upb_fielddef *f, int type); |
| 1787 void upb_fielddef_setlabel(upb_fielddef *f, upb_label_t label); |
| 1788 bool upb_fielddef_setnumber(upb_fielddef *f, uint32_t number, upb_status *s); |
| 1789 bool upb_fielddef_setname(upb_fielddef *f, const char *name, upb_status *s); |
| 1790 bool upb_fielddef_setcontainingtypename(upb_fielddef *f, const char *name, |
| 1791 upb_status *s); |
| 1792 void upb_fielddef_setisextension(upb_fielddef *f, bool is_extension); |
| 1793 void upb_fielddef_setlazy(upb_fielddef *f, bool lazy); |
| 1794 void upb_fielddef_setpacked(upb_fielddef *f, bool packed); |
| 1795 void upb_fielddef_setintfmt(upb_fielddef *f, upb_intfmt_t fmt); |
| 1796 void upb_fielddef_settagdelim(upb_fielddef *f, bool tag_delim); |
| 1797 void upb_fielddef_setdefaultint64(upb_fielddef *f, int64_t val); |
| 1798 void upb_fielddef_setdefaultint32(upb_fielddef *f, int32_t val); |
| 1799 void upb_fielddef_setdefaultuint64(upb_fielddef *f, uint64_t val); |
| 1800 void upb_fielddef_setdefaultuint32(upb_fielddef *f, uint32_t val); |
| 1801 void upb_fielddef_setdefaultbool(upb_fielddef *f, bool val); |
| 1802 void upb_fielddef_setdefaultfloat(upb_fielddef *f, float val); |
| 1803 void upb_fielddef_setdefaultdouble(upb_fielddef *f, double val); |
| 1804 bool upb_fielddef_setdefaultstr(upb_fielddef *f, const void *str, size_t len, |
| 1805 upb_status *s); |
| 1806 void upb_fielddef_setdefaultcstr(upb_fielddef *f, const char *str, |
| 1807 upb_status *s); |
| 1808 bool upb_fielddef_setsubdef(upb_fielddef *f, const upb_def *subdef, |
| 1809 upb_status *s); |
| 1810 bool upb_fielddef_setmsgsubdef(upb_fielddef *f, const upb_msgdef *subdef, |
| 1811 upb_status *s); |
| 1812 bool upb_fielddef_setenumsubdef(upb_fielddef *f, const upb_enumdef *subdef, |
| 1813 upb_status *s); |
| 1814 bool upb_fielddef_setsubdefname(upb_fielddef *f, const char *name, |
| 1815 upb_status *s); |
| 1816 |
| 1817 bool upb_fielddef_checklabel(int32_t label); |
| 1818 bool upb_fielddef_checktype(int32_t type); |
| 1819 bool upb_fielddef_checkdescriptortype(int32_t type); |
| 1820 bool upb_fielddef_checkintfmt(int32_t fmt); |
| 1821 |
| 1822 UPB_END_EXTERN_C |
| 1823 |
| 1824 |
| 1825 /* upb::MessageDef ************************************************************/ |
| 1826 |
| 1827 typedef upb_inttable_iter upb_msg_field_iter; |
| 1828 typedef upb_strtable_iter upb_msg_oneof_iter; |
| 1829 |
| 1830 #ifdef __cplusplus |
| 1831 |
| 1832 /* Structure that describes a single .proto message type. |
| 1833 * |
| 1834 * Its base class is upb::Def (use upb::upcast() to convert). */ |
| 1835 class upb::MessageDef { |
| 1836 public: |
| 1837 /* Returns NULL if memory allocation failed. */ |
| 1838 static reffed_ptr<MessageDef> New(); |
| 1839 |
| 1840 /* upb::RefCounted methods like Ref()/Unref(). */ |
| 1841 UPB_REFCOUNTED_CPPMETHODS |
| 1842 |
| 1843 /* Functionality from upb::Def. */ |
| 1844 const char* full_name() const; |
| 1845 bool set_full_name(const char* fullname, Status* s); |
| 1846 bool set_full_name(const std::string& fullname, Status* s); |
| 1847 |
| 1848 /* Call to freeze this MessageDef. |
| 1849 * WARNING: this will fail if this message has any unfrozen submessages! |
| 1850 * Messages with cycles must be frozen as a batch using upb::Def::Freeze(). */ |
| 1851 bool Freeze(Status* s); |
| 1852 |
| 1853 /* The number of fields that belong to the MessageDef. */ |
| 1854 int field_count() const; |
| 1855 |
| 1856 /* The number of oneofs that belong to the MessageDef. */ |
| 1857 int oneof_count() const; |
| 1858 |
| 1859 /* Adds a field (upb_fielddef object) to a msgdef. Requires that the msgdef |
| 1860 * and the fielddefs are mutable. The fielddef's name and number must be |
| 1861 * set, and the message may not already contain any field with this name or |
| 1862 * number, and this fielddef may not be part of another message. In error |
| 1863 * cases false is returned and the msgdef is unchanged. |
| 1864 * |
| 1865 * If the given field is part of a oneof, this call succeeds if and only if |
| 1866 * that oneof is already part of this msgdef. (Note that adding a oneof to a |
| 1867 * msgdef automatically adds all of its fields to the msgdef at the time that |
| 1868 * the oneof is added, so it is usually more idiomatic to add the oneof's |
| 1869 * fields first then add the oneof to the msgdef. This case is supported for |
| 1870 * convenience.) |
| 1871 * |
| 1872 * If |f| is already part of this MessageDef, this method performs no action |
| 1873 * and returns true (success). Thus, this method is idempotent. */ |
| 1874 bool AddField(FieldDef* f, Status* s); |
| 1875 bool AddField(const reffed_ptr<FieldDef>& f, Status* s); |
| 1876 |
| 1877 /* Adds a oneof (upb_oneofdef object) to a msgdef. Requires that the msgdef, |
| 1878 * oneof, and any fielddefs are mutable, that the fielddefs contained in the |
| 1879 * oneof do not have any name or number conflicts with existing fields in the |
| 1880 * msgdef, and that the oneof's name is unique among all oneofs in the msgdef. |
| 1881 * If the oneof is added successfully, all of its fields will be added |
| 1882 * directly to the msgdef as well. In error cases, false is returned and the |
| 1883 * msgdef is unchanged. */ |
| 1884 bool AddOneof(OneofDef* o, Status* s); |
| 1885 bool AddOneof(const reffed_ptr<OneofDef>& o, Status* s); |
| 1886 |
| 1887 /* These return NULL if the field is not found. */ |
| 1888 FieldDef* FindFieldByNumber(uint32_t number); |
| 1889 FieldDef* FindFieldByName(const char *name, size_t len); |
| 1890 const FieldDef* FindFieldByNumber(uint32_t number) const; |
| 1891 const FieldDef* FindFieldByName(const char* name, size_t len) const; |
| 1892 |
| 1893 |
| 1894 FieldDef* FindFieldByName(const char *name) { |
| 1895 return FindFieldByName(name, strlen(name)); |
| 1896 } |
| 1897 const FieldDef* FindFieldByName(const char *name) const { |
| 1898 return FindFieldByName(name, strlen(name)); |
| 1899 } |
| 1900 |
| 1901 template <class T> |
| 1902 FieldDef* FindFieldByName(const T& str) { |
| 1903 return FindFieldByName(str.c_str(), str.size()); |
| 1904 } |
| 1905 template <class T> |
| 1906 const FieldDef* FindFieldByName(const T& str) const { |
| 1907 return FindFieldByName(str.c_str(), str.size()); |
| 1908 } |
| 1909 |
| 1910 OneofDef* FindOneofByName(const char* name, size_t len); |
| 1911 const OneofDef* FindOneofByName(const char* name, size_t len) const; |
| 1912 |
| 1913 OneofDef* FindOneofByName(const char* name) { |
| 1914 return FindOneofByName(name, strlen(name)); |
| 1915 } |
| 1916 const OneofDef* FindOneofByName(const char* name) const { |
| 1917 return FindOneofByName(name, strlen(name)); |
| 1918 } |
| 1919 |
| 1920 template<class T> |
| 1921 OneofDef* FindOneofByName(const T& str) { |
| 1922 return FindOneofByName(str.c_str(), str.size()); |
| 1923 } |
| 1924 template<class T> |
| 1925 const OneofDef* FindOneofByName(const T& str) const { |
| 1926 return FindOneofByName(str.c_str(), str.size()); |
| 1927 } |
| 1928 |
| 1929 /* Returns a new msgdef that is a copy of the given msgdef (and a copy of all |
| 1930 * the fields) but with any references to submessages broken and replaced |
| 1931 * with just the name of the submessage. Returns NULL if memory allocation |
| 1932 * failed. |
| 1933 * |
| 1934 * TODO(haberman): which is more useful, keeping fields resolved or |
| 1935 * unresolving them? If there's no obvious answer, Should this functionality |
| 1936 * just be moved into symtab.c? */ |
| 1937 MessageDef* Dup(const void* owner) const; |
| 1938 |
| 1939 /* Is this message a map entry? */ |
| 1940 void setmapentry(bool map_entry); |
| 1941 bool mapentry() const; |
| 1942 |
| 1943 /* Iteration over fields. The order is undefined. */ |
| 1944 class field_iterator |
| 1945 : public std::iterator<std::forward_iterator_tag, FieldDef*> { |
| 1946 public: |
| 1947 explicit field_iterator(MessageDef* md); |
| 1948 static field_iterator end(MessageDef* md); |
| 1949 |
| 1950 void operator++(); |
| 1951 FieldDef* operator*() const; |
| 1952 bool operator!=(const field_iterator& other) const; |
| 1953 bool operator==(const field_iterator& other) const; |
| 1954 |
| 1955 private: |
| 1956 upb_msg_field_iter iter_; |
| 1957 }; |
| 1958 |
| 1959 class const_field_iterator |
| 1960 : public std::iterator<std::forward_iterator_tag, const FieldDef*> { |
| 1961 public: |
| 1962 explicit const_field_iterator(const MessageDef* md); |
| 1963 static const_field_iterator end(const MessageDef* md); |
| 1964 |
| 1965 void operator++(); |
| 1966 const FieldDef* operator*() const; |
| 1967 bool operator!=(const const_field_iterator& other) const; |
| 1968 bool operator==(const const_field_iterator& other) const; |
| 1969 |
| 1970 private: |
| 1971 upb_msg_field_iter iter_; |
| 1972 }; |
| 1973 |
| 1974 /* Iteration over oneofs. The order is undefined. */ |
| 1975 class oneof_iterator |
| 1976 : public std::iterator<std::forward_iterator_tag, FieldDef*> { |
| 1977 public: |
| 1978 explicit oneof_iterator(MessageDef* md); |
| 1979 static oneof_iterator end(MessageDef* md); |
| 1980 |
| 1981 void operator++(); |
| 1982 OneofDef* operator*() const; |
| 1983 bool operator!=(const oneof_iterator& other) const; |
| 1984 bool operator==(const oneof_iterator& other) const; |
| 1985 |
| 1986 private: |
| 1987 upb_msg_oneof_iter iter_; |
| 1988 }; |
| 1989 |
| 1990 class const_oneof_iterator |
| 1991 : public std::iterator<std::forward_iterator_tag, const FieldDef*> { |
| 1992 public: |
| 1993 explicit const_oneof_iterator(const MessageDef* md); |
| 1994 static const_oneof_iterator end(const MessageDef* md); |
| 1995 |
| 1996 void operator++(); |
| 1997 const OneofDef* operator*() const; |
| 1998 bool operator!=(const const_oneof_iterator& other) const; |
| 1999 bool operator==(const const_oneof_iterator& other) const; |
| 2000 |
| 2001 private: |
| 2002 upb_msg_oneof_iter iter_; |
| 2003 }; |
| 2004 |
| 2005 class FieldAccessor { |
| 2006 public: |
| 2007 explicit FieldAccessor(MessageDef* msg) : msg_(msg) {} |
| 2008 field_iterator begin() { return msg_->field_begin(); } |
| 2009 field_iterator end() { return msg_->field_end(); } |
| 2010 private: |
| 2011 MessageDef* msg_; |
| 2012 }; |
| 2013 |
| 2014 class ConstFieldAccessor { |
| 2015 public: |
| 2016 explicit ConstFieldAccessor(const MessageDef* msg) : msg_(msg) {} |
| 2017 const_field_iterator begin() { return msg_->field_begin(); } |
| 2018 const_field_iterator end() { return msg_->field_end(); } |
| 2019 private: |
| 2020 const MessageDef* msg_; |
| 2021 }; |
| 2022 |
| 2023 class OneofAccessor { |
| 2024 public: |
| 2025 explicit OneofAccessor(MessageDef* msg) : msg_(msg) {} |
| 2026 oneof_iterator begin() { return msg_->oneof_begin(); } |
| 2027 oneof_iterator end() { return msg_->oneof_end(); } |
| 2028 private: |
| 2029 MessageDef* msg_; |
| 2030 }; |
| 2031 |
| 2032 class ConstOneofAccessor { |
| 2033 public: |
| 2034 explicit ConstOneofAccessor(const MessageDef* msg) : msg_(msg) {} |
| 2035 const_oneof_iterator begin() { return msg_->oneof_begin(); } |
| 2036 const_oneof_iterator end() { return msg_->oneof_end(); } |
| 2037 private: |
| 2038 const MessageDef* msg_; |
| 2039 }; |
| 2040 |
| 2041 field_iterator field_begin(); |
| 2042 field_iterator field_end(); |
| 2043 const_field_iterator field_begin() const; |
| 2044 const_field_iterator field_end() const; |
| 2045 |
| 2046 oneof_iterator oneof_begin(); |
| 2047 oneof_iterator oneof_end(); |
| 2048 const_oneof_iterator oneof_begin() const; |
| 2049 const_oneof_iterator oneof_end() const; |
| 2050 |
| 2051 FieldAccessor fields() { return FieldAccessor(this); } |
| 2052 ConstFieldAccessor fields() const { return ConstFieldAccessor(this); } |
| 2053 OneofAccessor oneofs() { return OneofAccessor(this); } |
| 2054 ConstOneofAccessor oneofs() const { return ConstOneofAccessor(this); } |
| 2055 |
| 2056 private: |
| 2057 UPB_DISALLOW_POD_OPS(MessageDef, upb::MessageDef) |
| 2058 }; |
| 2059 |
| 2060 #endif /* __cplusplus */ |
| 2061 |
| 2062 UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C |
| 2063 |
| 2064 /* Returns NULL if memory allocation failed. */ |
| 2065 upb_msgdef *upb_msgdef_new(const void *owner); |
| 2066 |
| 2067 /* Include upb_refcounted methods like upb_msgdef_ref(). */ |
| 2068 UPB_REFCOUNTED_CMETHODS(upb_msgdef, upb_msgdef_upcast2) |
| 2069 |
| 2070 bool upb_msgdef_freeze(upb_msgdef *m, upb_status *status); |
| 2071 |
| 2072 const char *upb_msgdef_fullname(const upb_msgdef *m); |
| 2073 bool upb_msgdef_setfullname(upb_msgdef *m, const char *fullname, upb_status *s); |
| 2074 |
| 2075 upb_msgdef *upb_msgdef_dup(const upb_msgdef *m, const void *owner); |
| 2076 bool upb_msgdef_addfield(upb_msgdef *m, upb_fielddef *f, const void *ref_donor, |
| 2077 upb_status *s); |
| 2078 bool upb_msgdef_addoneof(upb_msgdef *m, upb_oneofdef *o, const void *ref_donor, |
| 2079 upb_status *s); |
| 2080 |
| 2081 /* Field lookup in a couple of different variations: |
| 2082 * - itof = int to field |
| 2083 * - ntof = name to field |
| 2084 * - ntofz = name to field, null-terminated string. */ |
| 2085 const upb_fielddef *upb_msgdef_itof(const upb_msgdef *m, uint32_t i); |
| 2086 const upb_fielddef *upb_msgdef_ntof(const upb_msgdef *m, const char *name, |
| 2087 size_t len); |
| 2088 int upb_msgdef_numfields(const upb_msgdef *m); |
| 2089 |
| 2090 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upb_msgdef_ntofz(const upb_msgdef *m, |
| 2091 const char *name) { |
| 2092 return upb_msgdef_ntof(m, name, strlen(name)); |
| 2093 } |
| 2094 |
| 2095 UPB_INLINE upb_fielddef *upb_msgdef_itof_mutable(upb_msgdef *m, uint32_t i) { |
| 2096 return (upb_fielddef*)upb_msgdef_itof(m, i); |
| 2097 } |
| 2098 |
| 2099 UPB_INLINE upb_fielddef *upb_msgdef_ntof_mutable(upb_msgdef *m, |
| 2100 const char *name, size_t len) { |
| 2101 return (upb_fielddef *)upb_msgdef_ntof(m, name, len); |
| 2102 } |
| 2103 |
| 2104 /* Oneof lookup: |
| 2105 * - ntoo = name to oneof |
| 2106 * - ntooz = name to oneof, null-terminated string. */ |
| 2107 const upb_oneofdef *upb_msgdef_ntoo(const upb_msgdef *m, const char *name, |
| 2108 size_t len); |
| 2109 int upb_msgdef_numoneofs(const upb_msgdef *m); |
| 2110 |
| 2111 UPB_INLINE const upb_oneofdef *upb_msgdef_ntooz(const upb_msgdef *m, |
| 2112 const char *name) { |
| 2113 return upb_msgdef_ntoo(m, name, strlen(name)); |
| 2114 } |
| 2115 |
| 2116 UPB_INLINE upb_oneofdef *upb_msgdef_ntoo_mutable(upb_msgdef *m, |
| 2117 const char *name, size_t len) { |
| 2118 return (upb_oneofdef *)upb_msgdef_ntoo(m, name, len); |
| 2119 } |
| 2120 |
| 2121 void upb_msgdef_setmapentry(upb_msgdef *m, bool map_entry); |
| 2122 bool upb_msgdef_mapentry(const upb_msgdef *m); |
| 2123 |
| 2124 /* Well-known field tag numbers for map-entry messages. */ |
| 2125 #define UPB_MAPENTRY_KEY 1 |
| 2126 #define UPB_MAPENTRY_VALUE 2 |
| 2127 |
| 2128 const upb_oneofdef *upb_msgdef_findoneof(const upb_msgdef *m, |
| 2129 const char *name); |
| 2130 int upb_msgdef_numoneofs(const upb_msgdef *m); |
| 2131 |
| 2132 /* upb_msg_field_iter i; |
| 2133 * for(upb_msg_field_begin(&i, m); |
| 2134 * !upb_msg_field_done(&i); |
| 2135 * upb_msg_field_next(&i)) { |
| 2136 * upb_fielddef *f = upb_msg_iter_field(&i); |
| 2137 * // ... |
| 2138 * } |
| 2139 * |
| 2140 * For C we don't have separate iterators for const and non-const. |
| 2141 * It is the caller's responsibility to cast the upb_fielddef* to |
| 2142 * const if the upb_msgdef* is const. */ |
| 2143 void upb_msg_field_begin(upb_msg_field_iter *iter, const upb_msgdef *m); |
| 2144 void upb_msg_field_next(upb_msg_field_iter *iter); |
| 2145 bool upb_msg_field_done(const upb_msg_field_iter *iter); |
| 2146 upb_fielddef *upb_msg_iter_field(const upb_msg_field_iter *iter); |
| 2147 void upb_msg_field_iter_setdone(upb_msg_field_iter *iter); |
| 2148 |
| 2149 /* Similar to above, we also support iterating through the oneofs in a |
| 2150 * msgdef. */ |
| 2151 void upb_msg_oneof_begin(upb_msg_oneof_iter *iter, const upb_msgdef *m); |
| 2152 void upb_msg_oneof_next(upb_msg_oneof_iter *iter); |
| 2153 bool upb_msg_oneof_done(const upb_msg_oneof_iter *iter); |
| 2154 upb_oneofdef *upb_msg_iter_oneof(const upb_msg_oneof_iter *iter); |
| 2155 void upb_msg_oneof_iter_setdone(upb_msg_oneof_iter *iter); |
| 2156 |
| 2157 UPB_END_EXTERN_C |
| 2158 |
| 2159 |
| 2160 /* upb::EnumDef ***************************************************************/ |
| 2161 |
| 2162 typedef upb_strtable_iter upb_enum_iter; |
| 2163 |
| 2164 #ifdef __cplusplus |
| 2165 |
| 2166 /* Class that represents an enum. Its base class is upb::Def (convert with |
| 2167 * upb::upcast()). */ |
| 2168 class upb::EnumDef { |
| 2169 public: |
| 2170 /* Returns NULL if memory allocation failed. */ |
| 2171 static reffed_ptr<EnumDef> New(); |
| 2172 |
| 2173 /* upb::RefCounted methods like Ref()/Unref(). */ |
| 2174 UPB_REFCOUNTED_CPPMETHODS |
| 2175 |
| 2176 /* Functionality from upb::Def. */ |
| 2177 const char* full_name() const; |
| 2178 bool set_full_name(const char* fullname, Status* s); |
| 2179 bool set_full_name(const std::string& fullname, Status* s); |
| 2180 |
| 2181 /* Call to freeze this EnumDef. */ |
| 2182 bool Freeze(Status* s); |
| 2183 |
| 2184 /* The value that is used as the default when no field default is specified. |
| 2185 * If not set explicitly, the first value that was added will be used. |
| 2186 * The default value must be a member of the enum. |
| 2187 * Requires that value_count() > 0. */ |
| 2188 int32_t default_value() const; |
| 2189 |
| 2190 /* Sets the default value. If this value is not valid, returns false and an |
| 2191 * error message in status. */ |
| 2192 bool set_default_value(int32_t val, Status* status); |
| 2193 |
| 2194 /* Returns the number of values currently defined in the enum. Note that |
| 2195 * multiple names can refer to the same number, so this may be greater than |
| 2196 * the total number of unique numbers. */ |
| 2197 int value_count() const; |
| 2198 |
| 2199 /* Adds a single name/number pair to the enum. Fails if this name has |
| 2200 * already been used by another value. */ |
| 2201 bool AddValue(const char* name, int32_t num, Status* status); |
| 2202 bool AddValue(const std::string& name, int32_t num, Status* status); |
| 2203 |
| 2204 /* Lookups from name to integer, returning true if found. */ |
| 2205 bool FindValueByName(const char* name, int32_t* num) const; |
| 2206 |
| 2207 /* Finds the name corresponding to the given number, or NULL if none was |
| 2208 * found. If more than one name corresponds to this number, returns the |
| 2209 * first one that was added. */ |
| 2210 const char* FindValueByNumber(int32_t num) const; |
| 2211 |
| 2212 /* Returns a new EnumDef with all the same values. The new EnumDef will be |
| 2213 * owned by the given owner. */ |
| 2214 EnumDef* Dup(const void* owner) const; |
| 2215 |
| 2216 /* Iteration over name/value pairs. The order is undefined. |
| 2217 * Adding an enum val invalidates any iterators. |
| 2218 * |
| 2219 * TODO: make compatible with range-for, with elements as pairs? */ |
| 2220 class Iterator { |
| 2221 public: |
| 2222 explicit Iterator(const EnumDef*); |
| 2223 |
| 2224 int32_t number(); |
| 2225 const char *name(); |
| 2226 bool Done(); |
| 2227 void Next(); |
| 2228 |
| 2229 private: |
| 2230 upb_enum_iter iter_; |
| 2231 }; |
| 2232 |
| 2233 private: |
| 2234 UPB_DISALLOW_POD_OPS(EnumDef, upb::EnumDef) |
| 2235 }; |
| 2236 |
| 2237 #endif /* __cplusplus */ |
| 2238 |
| 2239 UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C |
| 2240 |
| 2241 /* Native C API. */ |
| 2242 upb_enumdef *upb_enumdef_new(const void *owner); |
| 2243 upb_enumdef *upb_enumdef_dup(const upb_enumdef *e, const void *owner); |
| 2244 |
| 2245 /* Include upb_refcounted methods like upb_enumdef_ref(). */ |
| 2246 UPB_REFCOUNTED_CMETHODS(upb_enumdef, upb_enumdef_upcast2) |
| 2247 |
| 2248 bool upb_enumdef_freeze(upb_enumdef *e, upb_status *status); |
| 2249 |
| 2250 /* From upb_def. */ |
| 2251 const char *upb_enumdef_fullname(const upb_enumdef *e); |
| 2252 bool upb_enumdef_setfullname(upb_enumdef *e, const char *fullname, |
| 2253 upb_status *s); |
| 2254 |
| 2255 int32_t upb_enumdef_default(const upb_enumdef *e); |
| 2256 bool upb_enumdef_setdefault(upb_enumdef *e, int32_t val, upb_status *s); |
| 2257 int upb_enumdef_numvals(const upb_enumdef *e); |
| 2258 bool upb_enumdef_addval(upb_enumdef *e, const char *name, int32_t num, |
| 2259 upb_status *status); |
| 2260 |
| 2261 /* Enum lookups: |
| 2262 * - ntoi: look up a name with specified length. |
| 2263 * - ntoiz: look up a name provided as a null-terminated string. |
| 2264 * - iton: look up an integer, returning the name as a null-terminated |
| 2265 * string. */ |
| 2266 bool upb_enumdef_ntoi(const upb_enumdef *e, const char *name, size_t len, |
| 2267 int32_t *num); |
| 2268 UPB_INLINE bool upb_enumdef_ntoiz(const upb_enumdef *e, |
| 2269 const char *name, int32_t *num) { |
| 2270 return upb_enumdef_ntoi(e, name, strlen(name), num); |
| 2271 } |
| 2272 const char *upb_enumdef_iton(const upb_enumdef *e, int32_t num); |
| 2273 |
| 2274 /* upb_enum_iter i; |
| 2275 * for(upb_enum_begin(&i, e); !upb_enum_done(&i); upb_enum_next(&i)) { |
| 2276 * // ... |
| 2277 * } |
| 2278 */ |
| 2279 void upb_enum_begin(upb_enum_iter *iter, const upb_enumdef *e); |
| 2280 void upb_enum_next(upb_enum_iter *iter); |
| 2281 bool upb_enum_done(upb_enum_iter *iter); |
| 2282 const char *upb_enum_iter_name(upb_enum_iter *iter); |
| 2283 int32_t upb_enum_iter_number(upb_enum_iter *iter); |
| 2284 |
| 2285 UPB_END_EXTERN_C |
| 2286 |
| 2287 /* upb::OneofDef **************************************************************/ |
| 2288 |
| 2289 typedef upb_inttable_iter upb_oneof_iter; |
| 2290 |
| 2291 #ifdef __cplusplus |
| 2292 |
| 2293 /* Class that represents a oneof. Its base class is upb::Def (convert with |
| 2294 * upb::upcast()). */ |
| 2295 class upb::OneofDef { |
| 2296 public: |
| 2297 /* Returns NULL if memory allocation failed. */ |
| 2298 static reffed_ptr<OneofDef> New(); |
| 2299 |
| 2300 /* upb::RefCounted methods like Ref()/Unref(). */ |
| 2301 UPB_REFCOUNTED_CPPMETHODS |
| 2302 |
| 2303 /* Functionality from upb::Def. */ |
| 2304 const char* full_name() const; |
| 2305 |
| 2306 /* Returns the MessageDef that owns this OneofDef. */ |
| 2307 const MessageDef* containing_type() const; |
| 2308 |
| 2309 /* Returns the name of this oneof. This is the name used to look up the oneof |
| 2310 * by name once added to a message def. */ |
| 2311 const char* name() const; |
| 2312 bool set_name(const char* name, Status* s); |
| 2313 |
| 2314 /* Returns the number of fields currently defined in the oneof. */ |
| 2315 int field_count() const; |
| 2316 |
| 2317 /* Adds a field to the oneof. The field must not have been added to any other |
| 2318 * oneof or msgdef. If the oneof is not yet part of a msgdef, then when the |
| 2319 * oneof is eventually added to a msgdef, all fields added to the oneof will |
| 2320 * also be added to the msgdef at that time. If the oneof is already part of a |
| 2321 * msgdef, the field must either be a part of that msgdef already, or must not |
| 2322 * be a part of any msgdef; in the latter case, the field is added to the |
| 2323 * msgdef as a part of this operation. |
| 2324 * |
| 2325 * The field may only have an OPTIONAL label, never REQUIRED or REPEATED. |
| 2326 * |
| 2327 * If |f| is already part of this MessageDef, this method performs no action |
| 2328 * and returns true (success). Thus, this method is idempotent. */ |
| 2329 bool AddField(FieldDef* field, Status* s); |
| 2330 bool AddField(const reffed_ptr<FieldDef>& field, Status* s); |
| 2331 |
| 2332 /* Looks up by name. */ |
| 2333 const FieldDef* FindFieldByName(const char* name, size_t len) const; |
| 2334 FieldDef* FindFieldByName(const char* name, size_t len); |
| 2335 const FieldDef* FindFieldByName(const char* name) const { |
| 2336 return FindFieldByName(name, strlen(name)); |
| 2337 } |
| 2338 FieldDef* FindFieldByName(const char* name) { |
| 2339 return FindFieldByName(name, strlen(name)); |
| 2340 } |
| 2341 |
| 2342 template <class T> |
| 2343 FieldDef* FindFieldByName(const T& str) { |
| 2344 return FindFieldByName(str.c_str(), str.size()); |
| 2345 } |
| 2346 template <class T> |
| 2347 const FieldDef* FindFieldByName(const T& str) const { |
| 2348 return FindFieldByName(str.c_str(), str.size()); |
| 2349 } |
| 2350 |
| 2351 /* Looks up by tag number. */ |
| 2352 const FieldDef* FindFieldByNumber(uint32_t num) const; |
| 2353 |
| 2354 /* Returns a new OneofDef with all the same fields. The OneofDef will be owned |
| 2355 * by the given owner. */ |
| 2356 OneofDef* Dup(const void* owner) const; |
| 2357 |
| 2358 /* Iteration over fields. The order is undefined. */ |
| 2359 class iterator : public std::iterator<std::forward_iterator_tag, FieldDef*> { |
| 2360 public: |
| 2361 explicit iterator(OneofDef* md); |
| 2362 static iterator end(OneofDef* md); |
| 2363 |
| 2364 void operator++(); |
| 2365 FieldDef* operator*() const; |
| 2366 bool operator!=(const iterator& other) const; |
| 2367 bool operator==(const iterator& other) const; |
| 2368 |
| 2369 private: |
| 2370 upb_oneof_iter iter_; |
| 2371 }; |
| 2372 |
| 2373 class const_iterator |
| 2374 : public std::iterator<std::forward_iterator_tag, const FieldDef*> { |
| 2375 public: |
| 2376 explicit const_iterator(const OneofDef* md); |
| 2377 static const_iterator end(const OneofDef* md); |
| 2378 |
| 2379 void operator++(); |
| 2380 const FieldDef* operator*() const; |
| 2381 bool operator!=(const const_iterator& other) const; |
| 2382 bool operator==(const const_iterator& other) const; |
| 2383 |
| 2384 private: |
| 2385 upb_oneof_iter iter_; |
| 2386 }; |
| 2387 |
| 2388 iterator begin(); |
| 2389 iterator end(); |
| 2390 const_iterator begin() const; |
| 2391 const_iterator end() const; |
| 2392 |
| 2393 private: |
| 2394 UPB_DISALLOW_POD_OPS(OneofDef, upb::OneofDef) |
| 2395 }; |
| 2396 |
| 2397 #endif /* __cplusplus */ |
| 2398 |
| 2399 UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C |
| 2400 |
| 2401 /* Native C API. */ |
| 2402 upb_oneofdef *upb_oneofdef_new(const void *owner); |
| 2403 upb_oneofdef *upb_oneofdef_dup(const upb_oneofdef *o, const void *owner); |
| 2404 |
| 2405 /* Include upb_refcounted methods like upb_oneofdef_ref(). */ |
| 2406 UPB_REFCOUNTED_CMETHODS(upb_oneofdef, upb_oneofdef_upcast2) |
| 2407 |
| 2408 const char *upb_oneofdef_name(const upb_oneofdef *o); |
| 2409 bool upb_oneofdef_setname(upb_oneofdef *o, const char *name, upb_status *s); |
| 2410 |
| 2411 const upb_msgdef *upb_oneofdef_containingtype(const upb_oneofdef *o); |
| 2412 int upb_oneofdef_numfields(const upb_oneofdef *o); |
| 2413 bool upb_oneofdef_addfield(upb_oneofdef *o, upb_fielddef *f, |
| 2414 const void *ref_donor, |
| 2415 upb_status *s); |
| 2416 |
| 2417 /* Oneof lookups: |
| 2418 * - ntof: look up a field by name. |
| 2419 * - ntofz: look up a field by name (as a null-terminated string). |
| 2420 * - itof: look up a field by number. */ |
| 2421 const upb_fielddef *upb_oneofdef_ntof(const upb_oneofdef *o, |
| 2422 const char *name, size_t length); |
| 2423 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upb_oneofdef_ntofz(const upb_oneofdef *o, |
| 2424 const char *name) { |
| 2425 return upb_oneofdef_ntof(o, name, strlen(name)); |
| 2426 } |
| 2427 const upb_fielddef *upb_oneofdef_itof(const upb_oneofdef *o, uint32_t num); |
| 2428 |
| 2429 /* upb_oneof_iter i; |
| 2430 * for(upb_oneof_begin(&i, e); !upb_oneof_done(&i); upb_oneof_next(&i)) { |
| 2431 * // ... |
| 2432 * } |
| 2433 */ |
| 2434 void upb_oneof_begin(upb_oneof_iter *iter, const upb_oneofdef *o); |
| 2435 void upb_oneof_next(upb_oneof_iter *iter); |
| 2436 bool upb_oneof_done(upb_oneof_iter *iter); |
| 2437 upb_fielddef *upb_oneof_iter_field(const upb_oneof_iter *iter); |
| 2438 void upb_oneof_iter_setdone(upb_oneof_iter *iter); |
| 2439 |
| 2440 UPB_END_EXTERN_C |
| 2441 |
| 2442 #ifdef __cplusplus |
| 2443 |
| 2444 UPB_INLINE const char* upb_safecstr(const std::string& str) { |
| 2445 assert(str.size() == std::strlen(str.c_str())); |
| 2446 return str.c_str(); |
| 2447 } |
| 2448 |
| 2449 /* Inline C++ wrappers. */ |
| 2450 namespace upb { |
| 2451 |
| 2452 inline Def* Def::Dup(const void* owner) const { |
| 2453 return upb_def_dup(this, owner); |
| 2454 } |
| 2455 inline Def::Type Def::def_type() const { return upb_def_type(this); } |
| 2456 inline const char* Def::full_name() const { return upb_def_fullname(this); } |
| 2457 inline bool Def::set_full_name(const char* fullname, Status* s) { |
| 2458 return upb_def_setfullname(this, fullname, s); |
| 2459 } |
| 2460 inline bool Def::set_full_name(const std::string& fullname, Status* s) { |
| 2461 return upb_def_setfullname(this, upb_safecstr(fullname), s); |
| 2462 } |
| 2463 inline bool Def::Freeze(Def* const* defs, int n, Status* status) { |
| 2464 return upb_def_freeze(defs, n, status); |
| 2465 } |
| 2466 inline bool Def::Freeze(const std::vector<Def*>& defs, Status* status) { |
| 2467 return upb_def_freeze((Def* const*)&defs[0], defs.size(), status); |
| 2468 } |
| 2469 |
| 2470 inline bool FieldDef::CheckType(int32_t val) { |
| 2471 return upb_fielddef_checktype(val); |
| 2472 } |
| 2473 inline bool FieldDef::CheckLabel(int32_t val) { |
| 2474 return upb_fielddef_checklabel(val); |
| 2475 } |
| 2476 inline bool FieldDef::CheckDescriptorType(int32_t val) { |
| 2477 return upb_fielddef_checkdescriptortype(val); |
| 2478 } |
| 2479 inline bool FieldDef::CheckIntegerFormat(int32_t val) { |
| 2480 return upb_fielddef_checkintfmt(val); |
| 2481 } |
| 2482 inline FieldDef::Type FieldDef::ConvertType(int32_t val) { |
| 2483 assert(CheckType(val)); |
| 2484 return static_cast<FieldDef::Type>(val); |
| 2485 } |
| 2486 inline FieldDef::Label FieldDef::ConvertLabel(int32_t val) { |
| 2487 assert(CheckLabel(val)); |
| 2488 return static_cast<FieldDef::Label>(val); |
| 2489 } |
| 2490 inline FieldDef::DescriptorType FieldDef::ConvertDescriptorType(int32_t val) { |
| 2491 assert(CheckDescriptorType(val)); |
| 2492 return static_cast<FieldDef::DescriptorType>(val); |
| 2493 } |
| 2494 inline FieldDef::IntegerFormat FieldDef::ConvertIntegerFormat(int32_t val) { |
| 2495 assert(CheckIntegerFormat(val)); |
| 2496 return static_cast<FieldDef::IntegerFormat>(val); |
| 2497 } |
| 2498 |
| 2499 inline reffed_ptr<FieldDef> FieldDef::New() { |
| 2500 upb_fielddef *f = upb_fielddef_new(&f); |
| 2501 return reffed_ptr<FieldDef>(f, &f); |
| 2502 } |
| 2503 inline FieldDef* FieldDef::Dup(const void* owner) const { |
| 2504 return upb_fielddef_dup(this, owner); |
| 2505 } |
| 2506 inline const char* FieldDef::full_name() const { |
| 2507 return upb_fielddef_fullname(this); |
| 2508 } |
| 2509 inline bool FieldDef::set_full_name(const char* fullname, Status* s) { |
| 2510 return upb_fielddef_setfullname(this, fullname, s); |
| 2511 } |
| 2512 inline bool FieldDef::set_full_name(const std::string& fullname, Status* s) { |
| 2513 return upb_fielddef_setfullname(this, upb_safecstr(fullname), s); |
| 2514 } |
| 2515 inline bool FieldDef::type_is_set() const { |
| 2516 return upb_fielddef_typeisset(this); |
| 2517 } |
| 2518 inline FieldDef::Type FieldDef::type() const { return upb_fielddef_type(this); } |
| 2519 inline FieldDef::DescriptorType FieldDef::descriptor_type() const { |
| 2520 return upb_fielddef_descriptortype(this); |
| 2521 } |
| 2522 inline FieldDef::Label FieldDef::label() const { |
| 2523 return upb_fielddef_label(this); |
| 2524 } |
| 2525 inline uint32_t FieldDef::number() const { return upb_fielddef_number(this); } |
| 2526 inline const char* FieldDef::name() const { return upb_fielddef_name(this); } |
| 2527 inline bool FieldDef::is_extension() const { |
| 2528 return upb_fielddef_isextension(this); |
| 2529 } |
| 2530 inline bool FieldDef::lazy() const { |
| 2531 return upb_fielddef_lazy(this); |
| 2532 } |
| 2533 inline void FieldDef::set_lazy(bool lazy) { |
| 2534 upb_fielddef_setlazy(this, lazy); |
| 2535 } |
| 2536 inline bool FieldDef::packed() const { |
| 2537 return upb_fielddef_packed(this); |
| 2538 } |
| 2539 inline void FieldDef::set_packed(bool packed) { |
| 2540 upb_fielddef_setpacked(this, packed); |
| 2541 } |
| 2542 inline const MessageDef* FieldDef::containing_type() const { |
| 2543 return upb_fielddef_containingtype(this); |
| 2544 } |
| 2545 inline const OneofDef* FieldDef::containing_oneof() const { |
| 2546 return upb_fielddef_containingoneof(this); |
| 2547 } |
| 2548 inline const char* FieldDef::containing_type_name() { |
| 2549 return upb_fielddef_containingtypename(this); |
| 2550 } |
| 2551 inline bool FieldDef::set_number(uint32_t number, Status* s) { |
| 2552 return upb_fielddef_setnumber(this, number, s); |
| 2553 } |
| 2554 inline bool FieldDef::set_name(const char *name, Status* s) { |
| 2555 return upb_fielddef_setname(this, name, s); |
| 2556 } |
| 2557 inline bool FieldDef::set_name(const std::string& name, Status* s) { |
| 2558 return upb_fielddef_setname(this, upb_safecstr(name), s); |
| 2559 } |
| 2560 inline bool FieldDef::set_containing_type_name(const char *name, Status* s) { |
| 2561 return upb_fielddef_setcontainingtypename(this, name, s); |
| 2562 } |
| 2563 inline bool FieldDef::set_containing_type_name(const std::string &name, |
| 2564 Status *s) { |
| 2565 return upb_fielddef_setcontainingtypename(this, upb_safecstr(name), s); |
| 2566 } |
| 2567 inline void FieldDef::set_type(upb_fieldtype_t type) { |
| 2568 upb_fielddef_settype(this, type); |
| 2569 } |
| 2570 inline void FieldDef::set_is_extension(bool is_extension) { |
| 2571 upb_fielddef_setisextension(this, is_extension); |
| 2572 } |
| 2573 inline void FieldDef::set_descriptor_type(FieldDef::DescriptorType type) { |
| 2574 upb_fielddef_setdescriptortype(this, type); |
| 2575 } |
| 2576 inline void FieldDef::set_label(upb_label_t label) { |
| 2577 upb_fielddef_setlabel(this, label); |
| 2578 } |
| 2579 inline bool FieldDef::IsSubMessage() const { |
| 2580 return upb_fielddef_issubmsg(this); |
| 2581 } |
| 2582 inline bool FieldDef::IsString() const { return upb_fielddef_isstring(this); } |
| 2583 inline bool FieldDef::IsSequence() const { return upb_fielddef_isseq(this); } |
| 2584 inline bool FieldDef::IsMap() const { return upb_fielddef_ismap(this); } |
| 2585 inline int64_t FieldDef::default_int64() const { |
| 2586 return upb_fielddef_defaultint64(this); |
| 2587 } |
| 2588 inline int32_t FieldDef::default_int32() const { |
| 2589 return upb_fielddef_defaultint32(this); |
| 2590 } |
| 2591 inline uint64_t FieldDef::default_uint64() const { |
| 2592 return upb_fielddef_defaultuint64(this); |
| 2593 } |
| 2594 inline uint32_t FieldDef::default_uint32() const { |
| 2595 return upb_fielddef_defaultuint32(this); |
| 2596 } |
| 2597 inline bool FieldDef::default_bool() const { |
| 2598 return upb_fielddef_defaultbool(this); |
| 2599 } |
| 2600 inline float FieldDef::default_float() const { |
| 2601 return upb_fielddef_defaultfloat(this); |
| 2602 } |
| 2603 inline double FieldDef::default_double() const { |
| 2604 return upb_fielddef_defaultdouble(this); |
| 2605 } |
| 2606 inline const char* FieldDef::default_string(size_t* len) const { |
| 2607 return upb_fielddef_defaultstr(this, len); |
| 2608 } |
| 2609 inline void FieldDef::set_default_int64(int64_t value) { |
| 2610 upb_fielddef_setdefaultint64(this, value); |
| 2611 } |
| 2612 inline void FieldDef::set_default_int32(int32_t value) { |
| 2613 upb_fielddef_setdefaultint32(this, value); |
| 2614 } |
| 2615 inline void FieldDef::set_default_uint64(uint64_t value) { |
| 2616 upb_fielddef_setdefaultuint64(this, value); |
| 2617 } |
| 2618 inline void FieldDef::set_default_uint32(uint32_t value) { |
| 2619 upb_fielddef_setdefaultuint32(this, value); |
| 2620 } |
| 2621 inline void FieldDef::set_default_bool(bool value) { |
| 2622 upb_fielddef_setdefaultbool(this, value); |
| 2623 } |
| 2624 inline void FieldDef::set_default_float(float value) { |
| 2625 upb_fielddef_setdefaultfloat(this, value); |
| 2626 } |
| 2627 inline void FieldDef::set_default_double(double value) { |
| 2628 upb_fielddef_setdefaultdouble(this, value); |
| 2629 } |
| 2630 inline bool FieldDef::set_default_string(const void *str, size_t len, |
| 2631 Status *s) { |
| 2632 return upb_fielddef_setdefaultstr(this, str, len, s); |
| 2633 } |
| 2634 inline bool FieldDef::set_default_string(const std::string& str, Status* s) { |
| 2635 return upb_fielddef_setdefaultstr(this, str.c_str(), str.size(), s); |
| 2636 } |
| 2637 inline void FieldDef::set_default_cstr(const char* str, Status* s) { |
| 2638 return upb_fielddef_setdefaultcstr(this, str, s); |
| 2639 } |
| 2640 inline bool FieldDef::HasSubDef() const { return upb_fielddef_hassubdef(this); } |
| 2641 inline const Def* FieldDef::subdef() const { return upb_fielddef_subdef(this); } |
| 2642 inline const MessageDef *FieldDef::message_subdef() const { |
| 2643 return upb_fielddef_msgsubdef(this); |
| 2644 } |
| 2645 inline const EnumDef *FieldDef::enum_subdef() const { |
| 2646 return upb_fielddef_enumsubdef(this); |
| 2647 } |
| 2648 inline const char* FieldDef::subdef_name() const { |
| 2649 return upb_fielddef_subdefname(this); |
| 2650 } |
| 2651 inline bool FieldDef::set_subdef(const Def* subdef, Status* s) { |
| 2652 return upb_fielddef_setsubdef(this, subdef, s); |
| 2653 } |
| 2654 inline bool FieldDef::set_enum_subdef(const EnumDef* subdef, Status* s) { |
| 2655 return upb_fielddef_setenumsubdef(this, subdef, s); |
| 2656 } |
| 2657 inline bool FieldDef::set_message_subdef(const MessageDef* subdef, Status* s) { |
| 2658 return upb_fielddef_setmsgsubdef(this, subdef, s); |
| 2659 } |
| 2660 inline bool FieldDef::set_subdef_name(const char* name, Status* s) { |
| 2661 return upb_fielddef_setsubdefname(this, name, s); |
| 2662 } |
| 2663 inline bool FieldDef::set_subdef_name(const std::string& name, Status* s) { |
| 2664 return upb_fielddef_setsubdefname(this, upb_safecstr(name), s); |
| 2665 } |
| 2666 |
| 2667 inline reffed_ptr<MessageDef> MessageDef::New() { |
| 2668 upb_msgdef *m = upb_msgdef_new(&m); |
| 2669 return reffed_ptr<MessageDef>(m, &m); |
| 2670 } |
| 2671 inline const char *MessageDef::full_name() const { |
| 2672 return upb_msgdef_fullname(this); |
| 2673 } |
| 2674 inline bool MessageDef::set_full_name(const char* fullname, Status* s) { |
| 2675 return upb_msgdef_setfullname(this, fullname, s); |
| 2676 } |
| 2677 inline bool MessageDef::set_full_name(const std::string& fullname, Status* s) { |
| 2678 return upb_msgdef_setfullname(this, upb_safecstr(fullname), s); |
| 2679 } |
| 2680 inline bool MessageDef::Freeze(Status* status) { |
| 2681 return upb_msgdef_freeze(this, status); |
| 2682 } |
| 2683 inline int MessageDef::field_count() const { |
| 2684 return upb_msgdef_numfields(this); |
| 2685 } |
| 2686 inline int MessageDef::oneof_count() const { |
| 2687 return upb_msgdef_numoneofs(this); |
| 2688 } |
| 2689 inline bool MessageDef::AddField(upb_fielddef* f, Status* s) { |
| 2690 return upb_msgdef_addfield(this, f, NULL, s); |
| 2691 } |
| 2692 inline bool MessageDef::AddField(const reffed_ptr<FieldDef>& f, Status* s) { |
| 2693 return upb_msgdef_addfield(this, f.get(), NULL, s); |
| 2694 } |
| 2695 inline bool MessageDef::AddOneof(upb_oneofdef* o, Status* s) { |
| 2696 return upb_msgdef_addoneof(this, o, NULL, s); |
| 2697 } |
| 2698 inline bool MessageDef::AddOneof(const reffed_ptr<OneofDef>& o, Status* s) { |
| 2699 return upb_msgdef_addoneof(this, o.get(), NULL, s); |
| 2700 } |
| 2701 inline FieldDef* MessageDef::FindFieldByNumber(uint32_t number) { |
| 2702 return upb_msgdef_itof_mutable(this, number); |
| 2703 } |
| 2704 inline FieldDef* MessageDef::FindFieldByName(const char* name, size_t len) { |
| 2705 return upb_msgdef_ntof_mutable(this, name, len); |
| 2706 } |
| 2707 inline const FieldDef* MessageDef::FindFieldByNumber(uint32_t number) const { |
| 2708 return upb_msgdef_itof(this, number); |
| 2709 } |
| 2710 inline const FieldDef *MessageDef::FindFieldByName(const char *name, |
| 2711 size_t len) const { |
| 2712 return upb_msgdef_ntof(this, name, len); |
| 2713 } |
| 2714 inline OneofDef* MessageDef::FindOneofByName(const char* name, size_t len) { |
| 2715 return upb_msgdef_ntoo_mutable(this, name, len); |
| 2716 } |
| 2717 inline const OneofDef* MessageDef::FindOneofByName(const char* name, |
| 2718 size_t len) const { |
| 2719 return upb_msgdef_ntoo(this, name, len); |
| 2720 } |
| 2721 inline MessageDef* MessageDef::Dup(const void *owner) const { |
| 2722 return upb_msgdef_dup(this, owner); |
| 2723 } |
| 2724 inline void MessageDef::setmapentry(bool map_entry) { |
| 2725 upb_msgdef_setmapentry(this, map_entry); |
| 2726 } |
| 2727 inline bool MessageDef::mapentry() const { |
| 2728 return upb_msgdef_mapentry(this); |
| 2729 } |
| 2730 inline MessageDef::field_iterator MessageDef::field_begin() { |
| 2731 return field_iterator(this); |
| 2732 } |
| 2733 inline MessageDef::field_iterator MessageDef::field_end() { |
| 2734 return field_iterator::end(this); |
| 2735 } |
| 2736 inline MessageDef::const_field_iterator MessageDef::field_begin() const { |
| 2737 return const_field_iterator(this); |
| 2738 } |
| 2739 inline MessageDef::const_field_iterator MessageDef::field_end() const { |
| 2740 return const_field_iterator::end(this); |
| 2741 } |
| 2742 |
| 2743 inline MessageDef::oneof_iterator MessageDef::oneof_begin() { |
| 2744 return oneof_iterator(this); |
| 2745 } |
| 2746 inline MessageDef::oneof_iterator MessageDef::oneof_end() { |
| 2747 return oneof_iterator::end(this); |
| 2748 } |
| 2749 inline MessageDef::const_oneof_iterator MessageDef::oneof_begin() const { |
| 2750 return const_oneof_iterator(this); |
| 2751 } |
| 2752 inline MessageDef::const_oneof_iterator MessageDef::oneof_end() const { |
| 2753 return const_oneof_iterator::end(this); |
| 2754 } |
| 2755 |
| 2756 inline MessageDef::field_iterator::field_iterator(MessageDef* md) { |
| 2757 upb_msg_field_begin(&iter_, md); |
| 2758 } |
| 2759 inline MessageDef::field_iterator MessageDef::field_iterator::end( |
| 2760 MessageDef* md) { |
| 2761 MessageDef::field_iterator iter(md); |
| 2762 upb_msg_field_iter_setdone(&iter.iter_); |
| 2763 return iter; |
| 2764 } |
| 2765 inline FieldDef* MessageDef::field_iterator::operator*() const { |
| 2766 return upb_msg_iter_field(&iter_); |
| 2767 } |
| 2768 inline void MessageDef::field_iterator::operator++() { |
| 2769 return upb_msg_field_next(&iter_); |
| 2770 } |
| 2771 inline bool MessageDef::field_iterator::operator==( |
| 2772 const field_iterator &other) const { |
| 2773 return upb_inttable_iter_isequal(&iter_, &other.iter_); |
| 2774 } |
| 2775 inline bool MessageDef::field_iterator::operator!=( |
| 2776 const field_iterator &other) const { |
| 2777 return !(*this == other); |
| 2778 } |
| 2779 |
| 2780 inline MessageDef::const_field_iterator::const_field_iterator( |
| 2781 const MessageDef* md) { |
| 2782 upb_msg_field_begin(&iter_, md); |
| 2783 } |
| 2784 inline MessageDef::const_field_iterator MessageDef::const_field_iterator::end( |
| 2785 const MessageDef *md) { |
| 2786 MessageDef::const_field_iterator iter(md); |
| 2787 upb_msg_field_iter_setdone(&iter.iter_); |
| 2788 return iter; |
| 2789 } |
| 2790 inline const FieldDef* MessageDef::const_field_iterator::operator*() const { |
| 2791 return upb_msg_iter_field(&iter_); |
| 2792 } |
| 2793 inline void MessageDef::const_field_iterator::operator++() { |
| 2794 return upb_msg_field_next(&iter_); |
| 2795 } |
| 2796 inline bool MessageDef::const_field_iterator::operator==( |
| 2797 const const_field_iterator &other) const { |
| 2798 return upb_inttable_iter_isequal(&iter_, &other.iter_); |
| 2799 } |
| 2800 inline bool MessageDef::const_field_iterator::operator!=( |
| 2801 const const_field_iterator &other) const { |
| 2802 return !(*this == other); |
| 2803 } |
| 2804 |
| 2805 inline MessageDef::oneof_iterator::oneof_iterator(MessageDef* md) { |
| 2806 upb_msg_oneof_begin(&iter_, md); |
| 2807 } |
| 2808 inline MessageDef::oneof_iterator MessageDef::oneof_iterator::end( |
| 2809 MessageDef* md) { |
| 2810 MessageDef::oneof_iterator iter(md); |
| 2811 upb_msg_oneof_iter_setdone(&iter.iter_); |
| 2812 return iter; |
| 2813 } |
| 2814 inline OneofDef* MessageDef::oneof_iterator::operator*() const { |
| 2815 return upb_msg_iter_oneof(&iter_); |
| 2816 } |
| 2817 inline void MessageDef::oneof_iterator::operator++() { |
| 2818 return upb_msg_oneof_next(&iter_); |
| 2819 } |
| 2820 inline bool MessageDef::oneof_iterator::operator==( |
| 2821 const oneof_iterator &other) const { |
| 2822 return upb_strtable_iter_isequal(&iter_, &other.iter_); |
| 2823 } |
| 2824 inline bool MessageDef::oneof_iterator::operator!=( |
| 2825 const oneof_iterator &other) const { |
| 2826 return !(*this == other); |
| 2827 } |
| 2828 |
| 2829 inline MessageDef::const_oneof_iterator::const_oneof_iterator( |
| 2830 const MessageDef* md) { |
| 2831 upb_msg_oneof_begin(&iter_, md); |
| 2832 } |
| 2833 inline MessageDef::const_oneof_iterator MessageDef::const_oneof_iterator::end( |
| 2834 const MessageDef *md) { |
| 2835 MessageDef::const_oneof_iterator iter(md); |
| 2836 upb_msg_oneof_iter_setdone(&iter.iter_); |
| 2837 return iter; |
| 2838 } |
| 2839 inline const OneofDef* MessageDef::const_oneof_iterator::operator*() const { |
| 2840 return upb_msg_iter_oneof(&iter_); |
| 2841 } |
| 2842 inline void MessageDef::const_oneof_iterator::operator++() { |
| 2843 return upb_msg_oneof_next(&iter_); |
| 2844 } |
| 2845 inline bool MessageDef::const_oneof_iterator::operator==( |
| 2846 const const_oneof_iterator &other) const { |
| 2847 return upb_strtable_iter_isequal(&iter_, &other.iter_); |
| 2848 } |
| 2849 inline bool MessageDef::const_oneof_iterator::operator!=( |
| 2850 const const_oneof_iterator &other) const { |
| 2851 return !(*this == other); |
| 2852 } |
| 2853 |
| 2854 inline reffed_ptr<EnumDef> EnumDef::New() { |
| 2855 upb_enumdef *e = upb_enumdef_new(&e); |
| 2856 return reffed_ptr<EnumDef>(e, &e); |
| 2857 } |
| 2858 inline const char* EnumDef::full_name() const { |
| 2859 return upb_enumdef_fullname(this); |
| 2860 } |
| 2861 inline bool EnumDef::set_full_name(const char* fullname, Status* s) { |
| 2862 return upb_enumdef_setfullname(this, fullname, s); |
| 2863 } |
| 2864 inline bool EnumDef::set_full_name(const std::string& fullname, Status* s) { |
| 2865 return upb_enumdef_setfullname(this, upb_safecstr(fullname), s); |
| 2866 } |
| 2867 inline bool EnumDef::Freeze(Status* status) { |
| 2868 return upb_enumdef_freeze(this, status); |
| 2869 } |
| 2870 inline int32_t EnumDef::default_value() const { |
| 2871 return upb_enumdef_default(this); |
| 2872 } |
| 2873 inline bool EnumDef::set_default_value(int32_t val, Status* status) { |
| 2874 return upb_enumdef_setdefault(this, val, status); |
| 2875 } |
| 2876 inline int EnumDef::value_count() const { return upb_enumdef_numvals(this); } |
| 2877 inline bool EnumDef::AddValue(const char* name, int32_t num, Status* status) { |
| 2878 return upb_enumdef_addval(this, name, num, status); |
| 2879 } |
| 2880 inline bool EnumDef::AddValue(const std::string& name, int32_t num, |
| 2881 Status* status) { |
| 2882 return upb_enumdef_addval(this, upb_safecstr(name), num, status); |
| 2883 } |
| 2884 inline bool EnumDef::FindValueByName(const char* name, int32_t *num) const { |
| 2885 return upb_enumdef_ntoiz(this, name, num); |
| 2886 } |
| 2887 inline const char* EnumDef::FindValueByNumber(int32_t num) const { |
| 2888 return upb_enumdef_iton(this, num); |
| 2889 } |
| 2890 inline EnumDef* EnumDef::Dup(const void* owner) const { |
| 2891 return upb_enumdef_dup(this, owner); |
| 2892 } |
| 2893 |
| 2894 inline EnumDef::Iterator::Iterator(const EnumDef* e) { |
| 2895 upb_enum_begin(&iter_, e); |
| 2896 } |
| 2897 inline int32_t EnumDef::Iterator::number() { |
| 2898 return upb_enum_iter_number(&iter_); |
| 2899 } |
| 2900 inline const char* EnumDef::Iterator::name() { |
| 2901 return upb_enum_iter_name(&iter_); |
| 2902 } |
| 2903 inline bool EnumDef::Iterator::Done() { return upb_enum_done(&iter_); } |
| 2904 inline void EnumDef::Iterator::Next() { return upb_enum_next(&iter_); } |
| 2905 |
| 2906 inline reffed_ptr<OneofDef> OneofDef::New() { |
| 2907 upb_oneofdef *o = upb_oneofdef_new(&o); |
| 2908 return reffed_ptr<OneofDef>(o, &o); |
| 2909 } |
| 2910 inline const char* OneofDef::full_name() const { |
| 2911 return upb_oneofdef_name(this); |
| 2912 } |
| 2913 |
| 2914 inline const MessageDef* OneofDef::containing_type() const { |
| 2915 return upb_oneofdef_containingtype(this); |
| 2916 } |
| 2917 inline const char* OneofDef::name() const { |
| 2918 return upb_oneofdef_name(this); |
| 2919 } |
| 2920 inline bool OneofDef::set_name(const char* name, Status* s) { |
| 2921 return upb_oneofdef_setname(this, name, s); |
| 2922 } |
| 2923 inline int OneofDef::field_count() const { |
| 2924 return upb_oneofdef_numfields(this); |
| 2925 } |
| 2926 inline bool OneofDef::AddField(FieldDef* field, Status* s) { |
| 2927 return upb_oneofdef_addfield(this, field, NULL, s); |
| 2928 } |
| 2929 inline bool OneofDef::AddField(const reffed_ptr<FieldDef>& field, Status* s) { |
| 2930 return upb_oneofdef_addfield(this, field.get(), NULL, s); |
| 2931 } |
| 2932 inline const FieldDef* OneofDef::FindFieldByName(const char* name, |
| 2933 size_t len) const { |
| 2934 return upb_oneofdef_ntof(this, name, len); |
| 2935 } |
| 2936 inline const FieldDef* OneofDef::FindFieldByNumber(uint32_t num) const { |
| 2937 return upb_oneofdef_itof(this, num); |
| 2938 } |
| 2939 inline OneofDef::iterator OneofDef::begin() { return iterator(this); } |
| 2940 inline OneofDef::iterator OneofDef::end() { return iterator::end(this); } |
| 2941 inline OneofDef::const_iterator OneofDef::begin() const { |
| 2942 return const_iterator(this); |
| 2943 } |
| 2944 inline OneofDef::const_iterator OneofDef::end() const { |
| 2945 return const_iterator::end(this); |
| 2946 } |
| 2947 |
| 2948 inline OneofDef::iterator::iterator(OneofDef* o) { |
| 2949 upb_oneof_begin(&iter_, o); |
| 2950 } |
| 2951 inline OneofDef::iterator OneofDef::iterator::end(OneofDef* o) { |
| 2952 OneofDef::iterator iter(o); |
| 2953 upb_oneof_iter_setdone(&iter.iter_); |
| 2954 return iter; |
| 2955 } |
| 2956 inline FieldDef* OneofDef::iterator::operator*() const { |
| 2957 return upb_oneof_iter_field(&iter_); |
| 2958 } |
| 2959 inline void OneofDef::iterator::operator++() { return upb_oneof_next(&iter_); } |
| 2960 inline bool OneofDef::iterator::operator==(const iterator &other) const { |
| 2961 return upb_inttable_iter_isequal(&iter_, &other.iter_); |
| 2962 } |
| 2963 inline bool OneofDef::iterator::operator!=(const iterator &other) const { |
| 2964 return !(*this == other); |
| 2965 } |
| 2966 |
| 2967 inline OneofDef::const_iterator::const_iterator(const OneofDef* md) { |
| 2968 upb_oneof_begin(&iter_, md); |
| 2969 } |
| 2970 inline OneofDef::const_iterator OneofDef::const_iterator::end( |
| 2971 const OneofDef *md) { |
| 2972 OneofDef::const_iterator iter(md); |
| 2973 upb_oneof_iter_setdone(&iter.iter_); |
| 2974 return iter; |
| 2975 } |
| 2976 inline const FieldDef* OneofDef::const_iterator::operator*() const { |
| 2977 return upb_msg_iter_field(&iter_); |
| 2978 } |
| 2979 inline void OneofDef::const_iterator::operator++() { |
| 2980 return upb_oneof_next(&iter_); |
| 2981 } |
| 2982 inline bool OneofDef::const_iterator::operator==( |
| 2983 const const_iterator &other) const { |
| 2984 return upb_inttable_iter_isequal(&iter_, &other.iter_); |
| 2985 } |
| 2986 inline bool OneofDef::const_iterator::operator!=( |
| 2987 const const_iterator &other) const { |
| 2988 return !(*this == other); |
| 2989 } |
| 2990 |
| 2991 } /* namespace upb */ |
| 2992 #endif |
| 2993 |
| 2994 #endif /* UPB_DEF_H_ */ |
| 2995 /* |
| 2996 ** This file contains definitions of structs that should be considered private |
| 2997 ** and NOT stable across versions of upb. |
| 2998 ** |
| 2999 ** The only reason they are declared here and not in .c files is to allow upb |
| 3000 ** and the application (if desired) to embed statically-initialized instances |
| 3001 ** of structures like defs. |
| 3002 ** |
| 3003 ** If you include this file, all guarantees of ABI compatibility go out the |
| 3004 ** window! Any code that includes this file needs to recompile against the |
| 3005 ** exact same version of upb that they are linking against. |
| 3006 ** |
| 3007 ** You also need to recompile if you change the value of the UPB_DEBUG_REFS |
| 3008 ** flag. |
| 3009 */ |
| 3010 |
| 3011 |
| 3012 #ifndef UPB_STATICINIT_H_ |
| 3013 #define UPB_STATICINIT_H_ |
| 3014 |
| 3015 #ifdef __cplusplus |
| 3016 /* Because of how we do our typedefs, this header can't be included from C++. */ |
| 3017 #error This file cannot be included from C++ |
| 3018 #endif |
| 3019 |
| 3020 /* upb_refcounted *************************************************************/ |
| 3021 |
| 3022 |
| 3023 /* upb_def ********************************************************************/ |
| 3024 |
| 3025 struct upb_def { |
| 3026 upb_refcounted base; |
| 3027 |
| 3028 const char *fullname; |
| 3029 char type; /* A upb_deftype_t (char to save space) */ |
| 3030 |
| 3031 /* Used as a flag during the def's mutable stage. Must be false unless |
| 3032 * it is currently being used by a function on the stack. This allows |
| 3033 * us to easily determine which defs were passed into the function's |
| 3034 * current invocation. */ |
| 3035 bool came_from_user; |
| 3036 }; |
| 3037 |
| 3038 #define UPB_DEF_INIT(name, type, refs, ref2s) \ |
| 3039 { UPB_REFCOUNT_INIT(refs, ref2s), name, type, false } |
| 3040 |
| 3041 |
| 3042 /* upb_fielddef ***************************************************************/ |
| 3043 |
| 3044 struct upb_fielddef { |
| 3045 upb_def base; |
| 3046 |
| 3047 union { |
| 3048 int64_t sint; |
| 3049 uint64_t uint; |
| 3050 double dbl; |
| 3051 float flt; |
| 3052 void *bytes; |
| 3053 } defaultval; |
| 3054 union { |
| 3055 const upb_msgdef *def; /* If !msg_is_symbolic. */ |
| 3056 char *name; /* If msg_is_symbolic. */ |
| 3057 } msg; |
| 3058 union { |
| 3059 const upb_def *def; /* If !subdef_is_symbolic. */ |
| 3060 char *name; /* If subdef_is_symbolic. */ |
| 3061 } sub; /* The msgdef or enumdef for this field, if upb_hassubdef(f). */ |
| 3062 bool subdef_is_symbolic; |
| 3063 bool msg_is_symbolic; |
| 3064 const upb_oneofdef *oneof; |
| 3065 bool default_is_string; |
| 3066 bool type_is_set_; /* False until type is explicitly set. */ |
| 3067 bool is_extension_; |
| 3068 bool lazy_; |
| 3069 bool packed_; |
| 3070 upb_intfmt_t intfmt; |
| 3071 bool tagdelim; |
| 3072 upb_fieldtype_t type_; |
| 3073 upb_label_t label_; |
| 3074 uint32_t number_; |
| 3075 uint32_t selector_base; /* Used to index into a upb::Handlers table. */ |
| 3076 uint32_t index_; |
| 3077 }; |
| 3078 |
| 3079 #define UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(label, type, intfmt, tagdelim, is_extension, lazy, \ |
| 3080 packed, name, num, msgdef, subdef, selector_base, \ |
| 3081 index, defaultval, refs, ref2s) \ |
| 3082 { \ |
| 3083 UPB_DEF_INIT(name, UPB_DEF_FIELD, refs, ref2s), defaultval, {msgdef}, \ |
| 3084 {subdef}, NULL, false, false, \ |
| 3085 type == UPB_TYPE_STRING || type == UPB_TYPE_BYTES, true, is_extension, \ |
| 3086 lazy, packed, intfmt, tagdelim, type, label, num, selector_base, index \ |
| 3087 } |
| 3088 |
| 3089 |
| 3090 /* upb_msgdef *****************************************************************/ |
| 3091 |
| 3092 struct upb_msgdef { |
| 3093 upb_def base; |
| 3094 |
| 3095 size_t selector_count; |
| 3096 uint32_t submsg_field_count; |
| 3097 |
| 3098 /* Tables for looking up fields by number and name. */ |
| 3099 upb_inttable itof; /* int to field */ |
| 3100 upb_strtable ntof; /* name to field */ |
| 3101 |
| 3102 /* Tables for looking up oneofs by name. */ |
| 3103 upb_strtable ntoo; /* name to oneof */ |
| 3104 |
| 3105 /* Is this a map-entry message? |
| 3106 * TODO: set this flag properly for static descriptors; regenerate |
| 3107 * descriptor.upb.c. */ |
| 3108 bool map_entry; |
| 3109 |
| 3110 /* TODO(haberman): proper extension ranges (there can be multiple). */ |
| 3111 }; |
| 3112 |
| 3113 /* TODO: also support static initialization of the oneofs table. This will be |
| 3114 * needed if we compile in descriptors that contain oneofs. */ |
| 3115 #define UPB_MSGDEF_INIT(name, selector_count, submsg_field_count, itof, ntof, \ |
| 3116 refs, ref2s) \ |
| 3117 { \ |
| 3118 UPB_DEF_INIT(name, UPB_DEF_MSG, refs, ref2s), selector_count, \ |
| 3119 submsg_field_count, itof, ntof, \ |
| 3120 UPB_EMPTY_STRTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR), false \ |
| 3121 } |
| 3122 |
| 3123 |
| 3124 /* upb_enumdef ****************************************************************/ |
| 3125 |
| 3126 struct upb_enumdef { |
| 3127 upb_def base; |
| 3128 |
| 3129 upb_strtable ntoi; |
| 3130 upb_inttable iton; |
| 3131 int32_t defaultval; |
| 3132 }; |
| 3133 |
| 3134 #define UPB_ENUMDEF_INIT(name, ntoi, iton, defaultval, refs, ref2s) \ |
| 3135 { UPB_DEF_INIT(name, UPB_DEF_ENUM, refs, ref2s), ntoi, iton, defaultval } |
| 3136 |
| 3137 |
| 3138 /* upb_oneofdef ***************************************************************/ |
| 3139 |
| 3140 struct upb_oneofdef { |
| 3141 upb_def base; |
| 3142 |
| 3143 upb_strtable ntof; |
| 3144 upb_inttable itof; |
| 3145 const upb_msgdef *parent; |
| 3146 }; |
| 3147 |
| 3148 #define UPB_ONEOFDEF_INIT(name, ntof, itof, refs, ref2s) \ |
| 3149 { UPB_DEF_INIT(name, UPB_DEF_ENUM, refs, ref2s), ntof, itof } |
| 3150 |
| 3151 |
| 3152 /* upb_symtab *****************************************************************/ |
| 3153 |
| 3154 struct upb_symtab { |
| 3155 upb_refcounted base; |
| 3156 |
| 3157 upb_strtable symtab; |
| 3158 }; |
| 3159 |
| 3160 #define UPB_SYMTAB_INIT(symtab, refs, ref2s) \ |
| 3161 { UPB_REFCOUNT_INIT(refs, ref2s), symtab } |
| 3162 |
| 3163 |
| 3164 #endif /* UPB_STATICINIT_H_ */ |
| 3165 /* |
| 3166 ** upb::Handlers (upb_handlers) |
| 3167 ** |
| 3168 ** A upb_handlers is like a virtual table for a upb_msgdef. Each field of the |
| 3169 ** message can have associated functions that will be called when we are |
| 3170 ** parsing or visiting a stream of data. This is similar to how handlers work |
| 3171 ** in SAX (the Simple API for XML). |
| 3172 ** |
| 3173 ** The handlers have no idea where the data is coming from, so a single set of |
| 3174 ** handlers could be used with two completely different data sources (for |
| 3175 ** example, a parser and a visitor over in-memory objects). This decoupling is |
| 3176 ** the most important feature of upb, because it allows parsers and serializers |
| 3177 ** to be highly reusable. |
| 3178 ** |
| 3179 ** This is a mixed C/C++ interface that offers a full API to both languages. |
| 3180 ** See the top-level README for more information. |
| 3181 */ |
| 3182 |
| 3183 #ifndef UPB_HANDLERS_H |
| 3184 #define UPB_HANDLERS_H |
| 3185 |
| 3186 |
| 3187 #ifdef __cplusplus |
| 3188 namespace upb { |
| 3189 class BufferHandle; |
| 3190 class BytesHandler; |
| 3191 class HandlerAttributes; |
| 3192 class Handlers; |
| 3193 template <class T> class Handler; |
| 3194 template <class T> struct CanonicalType; |
| 3195 } /* namespace upb */ |
| 3196 #endif |
| 3197 |
| 3198 UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::BufferHandle, upb_bufhandle) |
| 3199 UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::BytesHandler, upb_byteshandler) |
| 3200 UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::HandlerAttributes, upb_handlerattr) |
| 3201 UPB_DECLARE_DERIVED_TYPE(upb::Handlers, upb::RefCounted, |
| 3202 upb_handlers, upb_refcounted) |
| 3203 |
| 3204 /* The maximum depth that the handler graph can have. This is a resource limit |
| 3205 * for the C stack since we sometimes need to recursively traverse the graph. |
| 3206 * Cycles are ok; the traversal will stop when it detects a cycle, but we must |
| 3207 * hit the cycle before the maximum depth is reached. |
| 3208 * |
| 3209 * If having a single static limit is too inflexible, we can add another variant |
| 3210 * of Handlers::Freeze that allows specifying this as a parameter. */ |
| 3211 #define UPB_MAX_HANDLER_DEPTH 64 |
| 3212 |
| 3213 /* All the different types of handlers that can be registered. |
| 3214 * Only needed for the advanced functions in upb::Handlers. */ |
| 3215 typedef enum { |
| 3216 UPB_HANDLER_INT32, |
| 3217 UPB_HANDLER_INT64, |
| 3218 UPB_HANDLER_UINT32, |
| 3219 UPB_HANDLER_UINT64, |
| 3220 UPB_HANDLER_FLOAT, |
| 3221 UPB_HANDLER_DOUBLE, |
| 3222 UPB_HANDLER_BOOL, |
| 3223 UPB_HANDLER_STARTSTR, |
| 3224 UPB_HANDLER_STRING, |
| 3225 UPB_HANDLER_ENDSTR, |
| 3226 UPB_HANDLER_STARTSUBMSG, |
| 3227 UPB_HANDLER_ENDSUBMSG, |
| 3228 UPB_HANDLER_STARTSEQ, |
| 3229 UPB_HANDLER_ENDSEQ |
| 3230 } upb_handlertype_t; |
| 3231 |
| 3232 #define UPB_HANDLER_MAX (UPB_HANDLER_ENDSEQ+1) |
| 3233 |
| 3234 #define UPB_BREAK NULL |
| 3235 |
| 3236 /* A convenient definition for when no closure is needed. */ |
| 3237 extern char _upb_noclosure; |
| 3238 #define UPB_NO_CLOSURE &_upb_noclosure |
| 3239 |
| 3240 /* A selector refers to a specific field handler in the Handlers object |
| 3241 * (for example: the STARTSUBMSG handler for field "field15"). */ |
| 3242 typedef int32_t upb_selector_t; |
| 3243 |
| 3244 UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C |
| 3245 |
| 3246 /* Forward-declares for C inline accessors. We need to declare these here |
| 3247 * so we can "friend" them in the class declarations in C++. */ |
| 3248 UPB_INLINE upb_func *upb_handlers_gethandler(const upb_handlers *h, |
| 3249 upb_selector_t s); |
| 3250 UPB_INLINE const void *upb_handlerattr_handlerdata(const upb_handlerattr *attr); |
| 3251 UPB_INLINE const void *upb_handlers_gethandlerdata(const upb_handlers *h, |
| 3252 upb_selector_t s); |
| 3253 |
| 3254 UPB_INLINE void upb_bufhandle_init(upb_bufhandle *h); |
| 3255 UPB_INLINE void upb_bufhandle_setobj(upb_bufhandle *h, const void *obj, |
| 3256 const void *type); |
| 3257 UPB_INLINE void upb_bufhandle_setbuf(upb_bufhandle *h, const char *buf, |
| 3258 size_t ofs); |
| 3259 UPB_INLINE const void *upb_bufhandle_obj(const upb_bufhandle *h); |
| 3260 UPB_INLINE const void *upb_bufhandle_objtype(const upb_bufhandle *h); |
| 3261 UPB_INLINE const char *upb_bufhandle_buf(const upb_bufhandle *h); |
| 3262 |
| 3263 UPB_END_EXTERN_C |
| 3264 |
| 3265 |
| 3266 /* Static selectors for upb::Handlers. */ |
| 3267 #define UPB_STARTMSG_SELECTOR 0 |
| 3268 #define UPB_ENDMSG_SELECTOR 1 |
| 3269 #define UPB_STATIC_SELECTOR_COUNT 2 |
| 3270 |
| 3271 /* Static selectors for upb::BytesHandler. */ |
| 3272 #define UPB_STARTSTR_SELECTOR 0 |
| 3273 #define UPB_STRING_SELECTOR 1 |
| 3274 #define UPB_ENDSTR_SELECTOR 2 |
| 3275 |
| 3276 typedef void upb_handlerfree(void *d); |
| 3277 |
| 3278 #ifdef __cplusplus |
| 3279 |
| 3280 /* A set of attributes that accompanies a handler's function pointer. */ |
| 3281 class upb::HandlerAttributes { |
| 3282 public: |
| 3283 HandlerAttributes(); |
| 3284 ~HandlerAttributes(); |
| 3285 |
| 3286 /* Sets the handler data that will be passed as the second parameter of the |
| 3287 * handler. To free this pointer when the handlers are freed, call |
| 3288 * Handlers::AddCleanup(). */ |
| 3289 bool SetHandlerData(const void *handler_data); |
| 3290 const void* handler_data() const; |
| 3291 |
| 3292 /* Use this to specify the type of the closure. This will be checked against |
| 3293 * all other closure types for handler that use the same closure. |
| 3294 * Registration will fail if this does not match all other non-NULL closure |
| 3295 * types. */ |
| 3296 bool SetClosureType(const void *closure_type); |
| 3297 const void* closure_type() const; |
| 3298 |
| 3299 /* Use this to specify the type of the returned closure. Only used for |
| 3300 * Start*{String,SubMessage,Sequence} handlers. This must match the closure |
| 3301 * type of any handlers that use it (for example, the StringBuf handler must |
| 3302 * match the closure returned from StartString). */ |
| 3303 bool SetReturnClosureType(const void *return_closure_type); |
| 3304 const void* return_closure_type() const; |
| 3305 |
| 3306 /* Set to indicate that the handler always returns "ok" (either "true" or a |
| 3307 * non-NULL closure). This is a hint that can allow code generators to |
| 3308 * generate more efficient code. */ |
| 3309 bool SetAlwaysOk(bool always_ok); |
| 3310 bool always_ok() const; |
| 3311 |
| 3312 private: |
| 3313 friend UPB_INLINE const void * ::upb_handlerattr_handlerdata( |
| 3314 const upb_handlerattr *attr); |
| 3315 #else |
| 3316 struct upb_handlerattr { |
| 3317 #endif |
| 3318 const void *handler_data_; |
| 3319 const void *closure_type_; |
| 3320 const void *return_closure_type_; |
| 3321 bool alwaysok_; |
| 3322 }; |
| 3323 |
| 3324 #define UPB_HANDLERATTR_INITIALIZER {NULL, NULL, NULL, false} |
| 3325 |
| 3326 typedef struct { |
| 3327 upb_func *func; |
| 3328 |
| 3329 /* It is wasteful to include the entire attributes here: |
| 3330 * |
| 3331 * * Some of the information is redundant (like storing the closure type |
| 3332 * separately for each handler that must match). |
| 3333 * * Some of the info is only needed prior to freeze() (like closure types). |
| 3334 * * alignment padding wastes a lot of space for alwaysok_. |
| 3335 * |
| 3336 * If/when the size and locality of handlers is an issue, we can optimize this |
| 3337 * not to store the entire attr like this. We do not expose the table's |
| 3338 * layout to allow this optimization in the future. */ |
| 3339 upb_handlerattr attr; |
| 3340 } upb_handlers_tabent; |
| 3341 |
| 3342 #ifdef __cplusplus |
| 3343 |
| 3344 /* Extra information about a buffer that is passed to a StringBuf handler. |
| 3345 * TODO(haberman): allow the handle to be pinned so that it will outlive |
| 3346 * the handler invocation. */ |
| 3347 class upb::BufferHandle { |
| 3348 public: |
| 3349 BufferHandle(); |
| 3350 ~BufferHandle(); |
| 3351 |
| 3352 /* The beginning of the buffer. This may be different than the pointer |
| 3353 * passed to a StringBuf handler because the handler may receive data |
| 3354 * that is from the middle or end of a larger buffer. */ |
| 3355 const char* buffer() const; |
| 3356 |
| 3357 /* The offset within the attached object where this buffer begins. Only |
| 3358 * meaningful if there is an attached object. */ |
| 3359 size_t object_offset() const; |
| 3360 |
| 3361 /* Note that object_offset is the offset of "buf" within the attached |
| 3362 * object. */ |
| 3363 void SetBuffer(const char* buf, size_t object_offset); |
| 3364 |
| 3365 /* The BufferHandle can have an "attached object", which can be used to |
| 3366 * tunnel through a pointer to the buffer's underlying representation. */ |
| 3367 template <class T> |
| 3368 void SetAttachedObject(const T* obj); |
| 3369 |
| 3370 /* Returns NULL if the attached object is not of this type. */ |
| 3371 template <class T> |
| 3372 const T* GetAttachedObject() const; |
| 3373 |
| 3374 private: |
| 3375 friend UPB_INLINE void ::upb_bufhandle_init(upb_bufhandle *h); |
| 3376 friend UPB_INLINE void ::upb_bufhandle_setobj(upb_bufhandle *h, |
| 3377 const void *obj, |
| 3378 const void *type); |
| 3379 friend UPB_INLINE void ::upb_bufhandle_setbuf(upb_bufhandle *h, |
| 3380 const char *buf, size_t ofs); |
| 3381 friend UPB_INLINE const void* ::upb_bufhandle_obj(const upb_bufhandle *h); |
| 3382 friend UPB_INLINE const void* ::upb_bufhandle_objtype( |
| 3383 const upb_bufhandle *h); |
| 3384 friend UPB_INLINE const char* ::upb_bufhandle_buf(const upb_bufhandle *h); |
| 3385 #else |
| 3386 struct upb_bufhandle { |
| 3387 #endif |
| 3388 const char *buf_; |
| 3389 const void *obj_; |
| 3390 const void *objtype_; |
| 3391 size_t objofs_; |
| 3392 }; |
| 3393 |
| 3394 #ifdef __cplusplus |
| 3395 |
| 3396 /* A upb::Handlers object represents the set of handlers associated with a |
| 3397 * message in the graph of messages. You can think of it as a big virtual |
| 3398 * table with functions corresponding to all the events that can fire while |
| 3399 * parsing or visiting a message of a specific type. |
| 3400 * |
| 3401 * Any handlers that are not set behave as if they had successfully consumed |
| 3402 * the value. Any unset Start* handlers will propagate their closure to the |
| 3403 * inner frame. |
| 3404 * |
| 3405 * The easiest way to create the *Handler objects needed by the Set* methods is |
| 3406 * with the UpbBind() and UpbMakeHandler() macros; see below. */ |
| 3407 class upb::Handlers { |
| 3408 public: |
| 3409 typedef upb_selector_t Selector; |
| 3410 typedef upb_handlertype_t Type; |
| 3411 |
| 3412 typedef Handler<void *(*)(void *, const void *)> StartFieldHandler; |
| 3413 typedef Handler<bool (*)(void *, const void *)> EndFieldHandler; |
| 3414 typedef Handler<bool (*)(void *, const void *)> StartMessageHandler; |
| 3415 typedef Handler<bool (*)(void *, const void *, Status*)> EndMessageHandler; |
| 3416 typedef Handler<void *(*)(void *, const void *, size_t)> StartStringHandler; |
| 3417 typedef Handler<size_t (*)(void *, const void *, const char *, size_t, |
| 3418 const BufferHandle *)> StringHandler; |
| 3419 |
| 3420 template <class T> struct ValueHandler { |
| 3421 typedef Handler<bool(*)(void *, const void *, T)> H; |
| 3422 }; |
| 3423 |
| 3424 typedef ValueHandler<int32_t>::H Int32Handler; |
| 3425 typedef ValueHandler<int64_t>::H Int64Handler; |
| 3426 typedef ValueHandler<uint32_t>::H UInt32Handler; |
| 3427 typedef ValueHandler<uint64_t>::H UInt64Handler; |
| 3428 typedef ValueHandler<float>::H FloatHandler; |
| 3429 typedef ValueHandler<double>::H DoubleHandler; |
| 3430 typedef ValueHandler<bool>::H BoolHandler; |
| 3431 |
| 3432 /* Any function pointer can be converted to this and converted back to its |
| 3433 * correct type. */ |
| 3434 typedef void GenericFunction(); |
| 3435 |
| 3436 typedef void HandlersCallback(const void *closure, upb_handlers *h); |
| 3437 |
| 3438 /* Returns a new handlers object for the given frozen msgdef. |
| 3439 * Returns NULL if memory allocation failed. */ |
| 3440 static reffed_ptr<Handlers> New(const MessageDef *m); |
| 3441 |
| 3442 /* Convenience function for registering a graph of handlers that mirrors the |
| 3443 * graph of msgdefs for some message. For "m" and all its children a new set |
| 3444 * of handlers will be created and the given callback will be invoked, |
| 3445 * allowing the client to register handlers for this message. Note that any |
| 3446 * subhandlers set by the callback will be overwritten. */ |
| 3447 static reffed_ptr<const Handlers> NewFrozen(const MessageDef *m, |
| 3448 HandlersCallback *callback, |
| 3449 const void *closure); |
| 3450 |
| 3451 /* Functionality from upb::RefCounted. */ |
| 3452 UPB_REFCOUNTED_CPPMETHODS |
| 3453 |
| 3454 /* All handler registration functions return bool to indicate success or |
| 3455 * failure; details about failures are stored in this status object. If a |
| 3456 * failure does occur, it must be cleared before the Handlers are frozen, |
| 3457 * otherwise the freeze() operation will fail. The functions may *only* be |
| 3458 * used while the Handlers are mutable. */ |
| 3459 const Status* status(); |
| 3460 void ClearError(); |
| 3461 |
| 3462 /* Call to freeze these Handlers. Requires that any SubHandlers are already |
| 3463 * frozen. For cycles, you must use the static version below and freeze the |
| 3464 * whole graph at once. */ |
| 3465 bool Freeze(Status* s); |
| 3466 |
| 3467 /* Freezes the given set of handlers. You may not freeze a handler without |
| 3468 * also freezing any handlers they point to. */ |
| 3469 static bool Freeze(Handlers*const* handlers, int n, Status* s); |
| 3470 static bool Freeze(const std::vector<Handlers*>& handlers, Status* s); |
| 3471 |
| 3472 /* Returns the msgdef associated with this handlers object. */ |
| 3473 const MessageDef* message_def() const; |
| 3474 |
| 3475 /* Adds the given pointer and function to the list of cleanup functions that |
| 3476 * will be run when these handlers are freed. If this pointer has previously |
| 3477 * been registered, the function returns false and does nothing. */ |
| 3478 bool AddCleanup(void *ptr, upb_handlerfree *cleanup); |
| 3479 |
| 3480 /* Sets the startmsg handler for the message, which is defined as follows: |
| 3481 * |
| 3482 * bool startmsg(MyType* closure) { |
| 3483 * // Called when the message begins. Returns true if processing should |
| 3484 * // continue. |
| 3485 * return true; |
| 3486 * } |
| 3487 */ |
| 3488 bool SetStartMessageHandler(const StartMessageHandler& handler); |
| 3489 |
| 3490 /* Sets the endmsg handler for the message, which is defined as follows: |
| 3491 * |
| 3492 * bool endmsg(MyType* closure, upb_status *status) { |
| 3493 * // Called when processing of this message ends, whether in success or |
| 3494 * // failure. "status" indicates the final status of processing, and |
| 3495 * // can also be modified in-place to update the final status. |
| 3496 * } |
| 3497 */ |
| 3498 bool SetEndMessageHandler(const EndMessageHandler& handler); |
| 3499 |
| 3500 /* Sets the value handler for the given field, which is defined as follows |
| 3501 * (this is for an int32 field; other field types will pass their native |
| 3502 * C/C++ type for "val"): |
| 3503 * |
| 3504 * bool OnValue(MyClosure* c, const MyHandlerData* d, int32_t val) { |
| 3505 * // Called when the field's value is encountered. "d" contains |
| 3506 * // whatever data was bound to this field when it was registered. |
| 3507 * // Returns true if processing should continue. |
| 3508 * return true; |
| 3509 * } |
| 3510 * |
| 3511 * handers->SetInt32Handler(f, UpbBind(OnValue, new MyHandlerData(...))); |
| 3512 * |
| 3513 * The value type must exactly match f->type(). |
| 3514 * For example, a handler that takes an int32_t parameter may only be used for |
| 3515 * fields of type UPB_TYPE_INT32 and UPB_TYPE_ENUM. |
| 3516 * |
| 3517 * Returns false if the handler failed to register; in this case the cleanup |
| 3518 * handler (if any) will be called immediately. |
| 3519 */ |
| 3520 bool SetInt32Handler (const FieldDef* f, const Int32Handler& h); |
| 3521 bool SetInt64Handler (const FieldDef* f, const Int64Handler& h); |
| 3522 bool SetUInt32Handler(const FieldDef* f, const UInt32Handler& h); |
| 3523 bool SetUInt64Handler(const FieldDef* f, const UInt64Handler& h); |
| 3524 bool SetFloatHandler (const FieldDef* f, const FloatHandler& h); |
| 3525 bool SetDoubleHandler(const FieldDef* f, const DoubleHandler& h); |
| 3526 bool SetBoolHandler (const FieldDef* f, const BoolHandler& h); |
| 3527 |
| 3528 /* Like the previous, but templated on the type on the value (ie. int32). |
| 3529 * This is mostly useful to call from other templates. To call this you must |
| 3530 * specify the template parameter explicitly, ie: |
| 3531 * h->SetValueHandler<T>(f, UpbBind(MyHandler<T>, MyData)); */ |
| 3532 template <class T> |
| 3533 bool SetValueHandler( |
| 3534 const FieldDef *f, |
| 3535 const typename ValueHandler<typename CanonicalType<T>::Type>::H& handler); |
| 3536 |
| 3537 /* Sets handlers for a string field, which are defined as follows: |
| 3538 * |
| 3539 * MySubClosure* startstr(MyClosure* c, const MyHandlerData* d, |
| 3540 * size_t size_hint) { |
| 3541 * // Called when a string value begins. The return value indicates the |
| 3542 * // closure for the string. "size_hint" indicates the size of the |
| 3543 * // string if it is known, however if the string is length-delimited |
| 3544 * // and the end-of-string is not available size_hint will be zero. |
| 3545 * // This case is indistinguishable from the case where the size is |
| 3546 * // known to be zero. |
| 3547 * // |
| 3548 * // TODO(haberman): is it important to distinguish these cases? |
| 3549 * // If we had ssize_t as a type we could make -1 "unknown", but |
| 3550 * // ssize_t is POSIX (not ANSI) and therefore less portable. |
| 3551 * // In practice I suspect it won't be important to distinguish. |
| 3552 * return closure; |
| 3553 * } |
| 3554 * |
| 3555 * size_t str(MyClosure* closure, const MyHandlerData* d, |
| 3556 * const char *str, size_t len) { |
| 3557 * // Called for each buffer of string data; the multiple physical buffers |
| 3558 * // are all part of the same logical string. The return value indicates |
| 3559 * // how many bytes were consumed. If this number is less than "len", |
| 3560 * // this will also indicate that processing should be halted for now, |
| 3561 * // like returning false or UPB_BREAK from any other callback. If |
| 3562 * // number is greater than "len", the excess bytes will be skipped over |
| 3563 * // and not passed to the callback. |
| 3564 * return len; |
| 3565 * } |
| 3566 * |
| 3567 * bool endstr(MyClosure* c, const MyHandlerData* d) { |
| 3568 * // Called when a string value ends. Return value indicates whether |
| 3569 * // processing should continue. |
| 3570 * return true; |
| 3571 * } |
| 3572 */ |
| 3573 bool SetStartStringHandler(const FieldDef* f, const StartStringHandler& h); |
| 3574 bool SetStringHandler(const FieldDef* f, const StringHandler& h); |
| 3575 bool SetEndStringHandler(const FieldDef* f, const EndFieldHandler& h); |
| 3576 |
| 3577 /* Sets the startseq handler, which is defined as follows: |
| 3578 * |
| 3579 * MySubClosure *startseq(MyClosure* c, const MyHandlerData* d) { |
| 3580 * // Called when a sequence (repeated field) begins. The returned |
| 3581 * // pointer indicates the closure for the sequence (or UPB_BREAK |
| 3582 * // to interrupt processing). |
| 3583 * return closure; |
| 3584 * } |
| 3585 * |
| 3586 * h->SetStartSequenceHandler(f, UpbBind(startseq, new MyHandlerData(...))); |
| 3587 * |
| 3588 * Returns "false" if "f" does not belong to this message or is not a |
| 3589 * repeated field. |
| 3590 */ |
| 3591 bool SetStartSequenceHandler(const FieldDef* f, const StartFieldHandler& h); |
| 3592 |
| 3593 /* Sets the startsubmsg handler for the given field, which is defined as |
| 3594 * follows: |
| 3595 * |
| 3596 * MySubClosure* startsubmsg(MyClosure* c, const MyHandlerData* d) { |
| 3597 * // Called when a submessage begins. The returned pointer indicates the |
| 3598 * // closure for the sequence (or UPB_BREAK to interrupt processing). |
| 3599 * return closure; |
| 3600 * } |
| 3601 * |
| 3602 * h->SetStartSubMessageHandler(f, UpbBind(startsubmsg, |
| 3603 * new MyHandlerData(...))); |
| 3604 * |
| 3605 * Returns "false" if "f" does not belong to this message or is not a |
| 3606 * submessage/group field. |
| 3607 */ |
| 3608 bool SetStartSubMessageHandler(const FieldDef* f, const StartFieldHandler& h); |
| 3609 |
| 3610 /* Sets the endsubmsg handler for the given field, which is defined as |
| 3611 * follows: |
| 3612 * |
| 3613 * bool endsubmsg(MyClosure* c, const MyHandlerData* d) { |
| 3614 * // Called when a submessage ends. Returns true to continue processing. |
| 3615 * return true; |
| 3616 * } |
| 3617 * |
| 3618 * Returns "false" if "f" does not belong to this message or is not a |
| 3619 * submessage/group field. |
| 3620 */ |
| 3621 bool SetEndSubMessageHandler(const FieldDef *f, const EndFieldHandler &h); |
| 3622 |
| 3623 /* Starts the endsubseq handler for the given field, which is defined as |
| 3624 * follows: |
| 3625 * |
| 3626 * bool endseq(MyClosure* c, const MyHandlerData* d) { |
| 3627 * // Called when a sequence ends. Returns true continue processing. |
| 3628 * return true; |
| 3629 * } |
| 3630 * |
| 3631 * Returns "false" if "f" does not belong to this message or is not a |
| 3632 * repeated field. |
| 3633 */ |
| 3634 bool SetEndSequenceHandler(const FieldDef* f, const EndFieldHandler& h); |
| 3635 |
| 3636 /* Sets or gets the object that specifies handlers for the given field, which |
| 3637 * must be a submessage or group. Returns NULL if no handlers are set. */ |
| 3638 bool SetSubHandlers(const FieldDef* f, const Handlers* sub); |
| 3639 const Handlers* GetSubHandlers(const FieldDef* f) const; |
| 3640 |
| 3641 /* Equivalent to GetSubHandlers, but takes the STARTSUBMSG selector for the |
| 3642 * field. */ |
| 3643 const Handlers* GetSubHandlers(Selector startsubmsg) const; |
| 3644 |
| 3645 /* A selector refers to a specific field handler in the Handlers object |
| 3646 * (for example: the STARTSUBMSG handler for field "field15"). |
| 3647 * On success, returns true and stores the selector in "s". |
| 3648 * If the FieldDef or Type are invalid, returns false. |
| 3649 * The returned selector is ONLY valid for Handlers whose MessageDef |
| 3650 * contains this FieldDef. */ |
| 3651 static bool GetSelector(const FieldDef* f, Type type, Selector* s); |
| 3652 |
| 3653 /* Given a START selector of any kind, returns the corresponding END selector.
*/ |
| 3654 static Selector GetEndSelector(Selector start_selector); |
| 3655 |
| 3656 /* Returns the function pointer for this handler. It is the client's |
| 3657 * responsibility to cast to the correct function type before calling it. */ |
| 3658 GenericFunction* GetHandler(Selector selector); |
| 3659 |
| 3660 /* Sets the given attributes to the attributes for this selector. */ |
| 3661 bool GetAttributes(Selector selector, HandlerAttributes* attr); |
| 3662 |
| 3663 /* Returns the handler data that was registered with this handler. */ |
| 3664 const void* GetHandlerData(Selector selector); |
| 3665 |
| 3666 /* Could add any of the following functions as-needed, with some minor |
| 3667 * implementation changes: |
| 3668 * |
| 3669 * const FieldDef* GetFieldDef(Selector selector); |
| 3670 * static bool IsSequence(Selector selector); */ |
| 3671 |
| 3672 private: |
| 3673 UPB_DISALLOW_POD_OPS(Handlers, upb::Handlers) |
| 3674 |
| 3675 friend UPB_INLINE GenericFunction *::upb_handlers_gethandler( |
| 3676 const upb_handlers *h, upb_selector_t s); |
| 3677 friend UPB_INLINE const void *::upb_handlers_gethandlerdata( |
| 3678 const upb_handlers *h, upb_selector_t s); |
| 3679 #else |
| 3680 struct upb_handlers { |
| 3681 #endif |
| 3682 upb_refcounted base; |
| 3683 |
| 3684 const upb_msgdef *msg; |
| 3685 const upb_handlers **sub; |
| 3686 const void *top_closure_type; |
| 3687 upb_inttable cleanup_; |
| 3688 upb_status status_; /* Used only when mutable. */ |
| 3689 upb_handlers_tabent table[1]; /* Dynamically-sized field handler array. */ |
| 3690 }; |
| 3691 |
| 3692 #ifdef __cplusplus |
| 3693 |
| 3694 namespace upb { |
| 3695 |
| 3696 /* Convenience macros for creating a Handler object that is wrapped with a |
| 3697 * type-safe wrapper function that converts the "void*" parameters/returns |
| 3698 * of the underlying C API into nice C++ function. |
| 3699 * |
| 3700 * Sample usage: |
| 3701 * void OnValue1(MyClosure* c, const MyHandlerData* d, int32_t val) { |
| 3702 * // do stuff ... |
| 3703 * } |
| 3704 * |
| 3705 * // Handler that doesn't need any data bound to it. |
| 3706 * void OnValue2(MyClosure* c, int32_t val) { |
| 3707 * // do stuff ... |
| 3708 * } |
| 3709 * |
| 3710 * // Handler that returns bool so it can return failure if necessary. |
| 3711 * bool OnValue3(MyClosure* c, int32_t val) { |
| 3712 * // do stuff ... |
| 3713 * return ok; |
| 3714 * } |
| 3715 * |
| 3716 * // Member function handler. |
| 3717 * class MyClosure { |
| 3718 * public: |
| 3719 * void OnValue(int32_t val) { |
| 3720 * // do stuff ... |
| 3721 * } |
| 3722 * }; |
| 3723 * |
| 3724 * // Takes ownership of the MyHandlerData. |
| 3725 * handlers->SetInt32Handler(f1, UpbBind(OnValue1, new MyHandlerData(...))); |
| 3726 * handlers->SetInt32Handler(f2, UpbMakeHandler(OnValue2)); |
| 3727 * handlers->SetInt32Handler(f1, UpbMakeHandler(OnValue3)); |
| 3728 * handlers->SetInt32Handler(f2, UpbMakeHandler(&MyClosure::OnValue)); |
| 3729 */ |
| 3730 |
| 3731 #ifdef UPB_CXX11 |
| 3732 |
| 3733 /* In C++11, the "template" disambiguator can appear even outside templates, |
| 3734 * so all calls can safely use this pair of macros. */ |
| 3735 |
| 3736 #define UpbMakeHandler(f) upb::MatchFunc(f).template GetFunc<f>() |
| 3737 |
| 3738 /* We have to be careful to only evaluate "d" once. */ |
| 3739 #define UpbBind(f, d) upb::MatchFunc(f).template GetFunc<f>((d)) |
| 3740 |
| 3741 #else |
| 3742 |
| 3743 /* Prior to C++11, the "template" disambiguator may only appear inside a |
| 3744 * template, so the regular macro must not use "template" */ |
| 3745 |
| 3746 #define UpbMakeHandler(f) upb::MatchFunc(f).GetFunc<f>() |
| 3747 |
| 3748 #define UpbBind(f, d) upb::MatchFunc(f).GetFunc<f>((d)) |
| 3749 |
| 3750 #endif /* UPB_CXX11 */ |
| 3751 |
| 3752 /* This macro must be used in C++98 for calls from inside a template. But we |
| 3753 * define this variant in all cases; code that wants to be compatible with both |
| 3754 * C++98 and C++11 should always use this macro when calling from a template. */ |
| 3755 #define UpbMakeHandlerT(f) upb::MatchFunc(f).template GetFunc<f>() |
| 3756 |
| 3757 /* We have to be careful to only evaluate "d" once. */ |
| 3758 #define UpbBindT(f, d) upb::MatchFunc(f).template GetFunc<f>((d)) |
| 3759 |
| 3760 /* Handler: a struct that contains the (handler, data, deleter) tuple that is |
| 3761 * used to register all handlers. Users can Make() these directly but it's |
| 3762 * more convenient to use the UpbMakeHandler/UpbBind macros above. */ |
| 3763 template <class T> class Handler { |
| 3764 public: |
| 3765 /* The underlying, handler function signature that upb uses internally. */ |
| 3766 typedef T FuncPtr; |
| 3767 |
| 3768 /* Intentionally implicit. */ |
| 3769 template <class F> Handler(F func); |
| 3770 ~Handler(); |
| 3771 |
| 3772 private: |
| 3773 void AddCleanup(Handlers* h) const { |
| 3774 if (cleanup_func_) { |
| 3775 bool ok = h->AddCleanup(cleanup_data_, cleanup_func_); |
| 3776 UPB_ASSERT_VAR(ok, ok); |
| 3777 } |
| 3778 } |
| 3779 |
| 3780 UPB_DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN(Handler) |
| 3781 friend class Handlers; |
| 3782 FuncPtr handler_; |
| 3783 mutable HandlerAttributes attr_; |
| 3784 mutable bool registered_; |
| 3785 void *cleanup_data_; |
| 3786 upb_handlerfree *cleanup_func_; |
| 3787 }; |
| 3788 |
| 3789 } /* namespace upb */ |
| 3790 |
| 3791 #endif /* __cplusplus */ |
| 3792 |
| 3793 UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C |
| 3794 |
| 3795 /* Native C API. */ |
| 3796 |
| 3797 /* Handler function typedefs. */ |
| 3798 typedef bool upb_startmsg_handlerfunc(void *c, const void*); |
| 3799 typedef bool upb_endmsg_handlerfunc(void *c, const void *, upb_status *status); |
| 3800 typedef void* upb_startfield_handlerfunc(void *c, const void *hd); |
| 3801 typedef bool upb_endfield_handlerfunc(void *c, const void *hd); |
| 3802 typedef bool upb_int32_handlerfunc(void *c, const void *hd, int32_t val); |
| 3803 typedef bool upb_int64_handlerfunc(void *c, const void *hd, int64_t val); |
| 3804 typedef bool upb_uint32_handlerfunc(void *c, const void *hd, uint32_t val); |
| 3805 typedef bool upb_uint64_handlerfunc(void *c, const void *hd, uint64_t val); |
| 3806 typedef bool upb_float_handlerfunc(void *c, const void *hd, float val); |
| 3807 typedef bool upb_double_handlerfunc(void *c, const void *hd, double val); |
| 3808 typedef bool upb_bool_handlerfunc(void *c, const void *hd, bool val); |
| 3809 typedef void *upb_startstr_handlerfunc(void *c, const void *hd, |
| 3810 size_t size_hint); |
| 3811 typedef size_t upb_string_handlerfunc(void *c, const void *hd, const char *buf, |
| 3812 size_t n, const upb_bufhandle* handle); |
| 3813 |
| 3814 /* upb_bufhandle */ |
| 3815 size_t upb_bufhandle_objofs(const upb_bufhandle *h); |
| 3816 |
| 3817 /* upb_handlerattr */ |
| 3818 void upb_handlerattr_init(upb_handlerattr *attr); |
| 3819 void upb_handlerattr_uninit(upb_handlerattr *attr); |
| 3820 |
| 3821 bool upb_handlerattr_sethandlerdata(upb_handlerattr *attr, const void *hd); |
| 3822 bool upb_handlerattr_setclosuretype(upb_handlerattr *attr, const void *type); |
| 3823 const void *upb_handlerattr_closuretype(const upb_handlerattr *attr); |
| 3824 bool upb_handlerattr_setreturnclosuretype(upb_handlerattr *attr, |
| 3825 const void *type); |
| 3826 const void *upb_handlerattr_returnclosuretype(const upb_handlerattr *attr); |
| 3827 bool upb_handlerattr_setalwaysok(upb_handlerattr *attr, bool alwaysok); |
| 3828 bool upb_handlerattr_alwaysok(const upb_handlerattr *attr); |
| 3829 |
| 3830 UPB_INLINE const void *upb_handlerattr_handlerdata( |
| 3831 const upb_handlerattr *attr) { |
| 3832 return attr->handler_data_; |
| 3833 } |
| 3834 |
| 3835 /* upb_handlers */ |
| 3836 typedef void upb_handlers_callback(const void *closure, upb_handlers *h); |
| 3837 upb_handlers *upb_handlers_new(const upb_msgdef *m, |
| 3838 const void *owner); |
| 3839 const upb_handlers *upb_handlers_newfrozen(const upb_msgdef *m, |
| 3840 const void *owner, |
| 3841 upb_handlers_callback *callback, |
| 3842 const void *closure); |
| 3843 |
| 3844 /* Include refcounted methods like upb_handlers_ref(). */ |
| 3845 UPB_REFCOUNTED_CMETHODS(upb_handlers, upb_handlers_upcast) |
| 3846 |
| 3847 const upb_status *upb_handlers_status(upb_handlers *h); |
| 3848 void upb_handlers_clearerr(upb_handlers *h); |
| 3849 const upb_msgdef *upb_handlers_msgdef(const upb_handlers *h); |
| 3850 bool upb_handlers_addcleanup(upb_handlers *h, void *p, upb_handlerfree *hfree); |
| 3851 |
| 3852 bool upb_handlers_setstartmsg(upb_handlers *h, upb_startmsg_handlerfunc *func, |
| 3853 upb_handlerattr *attr); |
| 3854 bool upb_handlers_setendmsg(upb_handlers *h, upb_endmsg_handlerfunc *func, |
| 3855 upb_handlerattr *attr); |
| 3856 bool upb_handlers_setint32(upb_handlers *h, const upb_fielddef *f, |
| 3857 upb_int32_handlerfunc *func, upb_handlerattr *attr); |
| 3858 bool upb_handlers_setint64(upb_handlers *h, const upb_fielddef *f, |
| 3859 upb_int64_handlerfunc *func, upb_handlerattr *attr); |
| 3860 bool upb_handlers_setuint32(upb_handlers *h, const upb_fielddef *f, |
| 3861 upb_uint32_handlerfunc *func, |
| 3862 upb_handlerattr *attr); |
| 3863 bool upb_handlers_setuint64(upb_handlers *h, const upb_fielddef *f, |
| 3864 upb_uint64_handlerfunc *func, |
| 3865 upb_handlerattr *attr); |
| 3866 bool upb_handlers_setfloat(upb_handlers *h, const upb_fielddef *f, |
| 3867 upb_float_handlerfunc *func, upb_handlerattr *attr); |
| 3868 bool upb_handlers_setdouble(upb_handlers *h, const upb_fielddef *f, |
| 3869 upb_double_handlerfunc *func, |
| 3870 upb_handlerattr *attr); |
| 3871 bool upb_handlers_setbool(upb_handlers *h, const upb_fielddef *f, |
| 3872 upb_bool_handlerfunc *func, |
| 3873 upb_handlerattr *attr); |
| 3874 bool upb_handlers_setstartstr(upb_handlers *h, const upb_fielddef *f, |
| 3875 upb_startstr_handlerfunc *func, |
| 3876 upb_handlerattr *attr); |
| 3877 bool upb_handlers_setstring(upb_handlers *h, const upb_fielddef *f, |
| 3878 upb_string_handlerfunc *func, |
| 3879 upb_handlerattr *attr); |
| 3880 bool upb_handlers_setendstr(upb_handlers *h, const upb_fielddef *f, |
| 3881 upb_endfield_handlerfunc *func, |
| 3882 upb_handlerattr *attr); |
| 3883 bool upb_handlers_setstartseq(upb_handlers *h, const upb_fielddef *f, |
| 3884 upb_startfield_handlerfunc *func, |
| 3885 upb_handlerattr *attr); |
| 3886 bool upb_handlers_setstartsubmsg(upb_handlers *h, const upb_fielddef *f, |
| 3887 upb_startfield_handlerfunc *func, |
| 3888 upb_handlerattr *attr); |
| 3889 bool upb_handlers_setendsubmsg(upb_handlers *h, const upb_fielddef *f, |
| 3890 upb_endfield_handlerfunc *func, |
| 3891 upb_handlerattr *attr); |
| 3892 bool upb_handlers_setendseq(upb_handlers *h, const upb_fielddef *f, |
| 3893 upb_endfield_handlerfunc *func, |
| 3894 upb_handlerattr *attr); |
| 3895 |
| 3896 bool upb_handlers_setsubhandlers(upb_handlers *h, const upb_fielddef *f, |
| 3897 const upb_handlers *sub); |
| 3898 const upb_handlers *upb_handlers_getsubhandlers(const upb_handlers *h, |
| 3899 const upb_fielddef *f); |
| 3900 const upb_handlers *upb_handlers_getsubhandlers_sel(const upb_handlers *h, |
| 3901 upb_selector_t sel); |
| 3902 |
| 3903 UPB_INLINE upb_func *upb_handlers_gethandler(const upb_handlers *h, |
| 3904 upb_selector_t s) { |
| 3905 return (upb_func *)h->table[s].func; |
| 3906 } |
| 3907 |
| 3908 bool upb_handlers_getattr(const upb_handlers *h, upb_selector_t s, |
| 3909 upb_handlerattr *attr); |
| 3910 |
| 3911 UPB_INLINE const void *upb_handlers_gethandlerdata(const upb_handlers *h, |
| 3912 upb_selector_t s) { |
| 3913 return upb_handlerattr_handlerdata(&h->table[s].attr); |
| 3914 } |
| 3915 |
| 3916 #ifdef __cplusplus |
| 3917 |
| 3918 /* Handler types for single fields. |
| 3919 * Right now we only have one for TYPE_BYTES but ones for other types |
| 3920 * should follow. |
| 3921 * |
| 3922 * These follow the same handlers protocol for fields of a message. */ |
| 3923 class upb::BytesHandler { |
| 3924 public: |
| 3925 BytesHandler(); |
| 3926 ~BytesHandler(); |
| 3927 #else |
| 3928 struct upb_byteshandler { |
| 3929 #endif |
| 3930 upb_handlers_tabent table[3]; |
| 3931 }; |
| 3932 |
| 3933 void upb_byteshandler_init(upb_byteshandler *h); |
| 3934 |
| 3935 /* Caller must ensure that "d" outlives the handlers. |
| 3936 * TODO(haberman): should this have a "freeze" operation? It's not necessary |
| 3937 * for memory management, but could be useful to force immutability and provide |
| 3938 * a convenient moment to verify that all registration succeeded. */ |
| 3939 bool upb_byteshandler_setstartstr(upb_byteshandler *h, |
| 3940 upb_startstr_handlerfunc *func, void *d); |
| 3941 bool upb_byteshandler_setstring(upb_byteshandler *h, |
| 3942 upb_string_handlerfunc *func, void *d); |
| 3943 bool upb_byteshandler_setendstr(upb_byteshandler *h, |
| 3944 upb_endfield_handlerfunc *func, void *d); |
| 3945 |
| 3946 /* "Static" methods */ |
| 3947 bool upb_handlers_freeze(upb_handlers *const *handlers, int n, upb_status *s); |
| 3948 upb_handlertype_t upb_handlers_getprimitivehandlertype(const upb_fielddef *f); |
| 3949 bool upb_handlers_getselector(const upb_fielddef *f, upb_handlertype_t type, |
| 3950 upb_selector_t *s); |
| 3951 UPB_INLINE upb_selector_t upb_handlers_getendselector(upb_selector_t start) { |
| 3952 return start + 1; |
| 3953 } |
| 3954 |
| 3955 /* Internal-only. */ |
| 3956 uint32_t upb_handlers_selectorbaseoffset(const upb_fielddef *f); |
| 3957 uint32_t upb_handlers_selectorcount(const upb_fielddef *f); |
| 3958 |
| 3959 UPB_END_EXTERN_C |
| 3960 |
| 3961 /* |
| 3962 ** Inline definitions for handlers.h, which are particularly long and a bit |
| 3963 ** tricky. |
| 3964 */ |
| 3965 |
| 3966 #ifndef UPB_HANDLERS_INL_H_ |
| 3967 #define UPB_HANDLERS_INL_H_ |
| 3968 |
| 3969 #include <limits.h> |
| 3970 |
| 3971 /* C inline methods. */ |
| 3972 |
| 3973 /* upb_bufhandle */ |
| 3974 UPB_INLINE void upb_bufhandle_init(upb_bufhandle *h) { |
| 3975 h->obj_ = NULL; |
| 3976 h->objtype_ = NULL; |
| 3977 h->buf_ = NULL; |
| 3978 h->objofs_ = 0; |
| 3979 } |
| 3980 UPB_INLINE void upb_bufhandle_uninit(upb_bufhandle *h) { |
| 3981 UPB_UNUSED(h); |
| 3982 } |
| 3983 UPB_INLINE void upb_bufhandle_setobj(upb_bufhandle *h, const void *obj, |
| 3984 const void *type) { |
| 3985 h->obj_ = obj; |
| 3986 h->objtype_ = type; |
| 3987 } |
| 3988 UPB_INLINE void upb_bufhandle_setbuf(upb_bufhandle *h, const char *buf, |
| 3989 size_t ofs) { |
| 3990 h->buf_ = buf; |
| 3991 h->objofs_ = ofs; |
| 3992 } |
| 3993 UPB_INLINE const void *upb_bufhandle_obj(const upb_bufhandle *h) { |
| 3994 return h->obj_; |
| 3995 } |
| 3996 UPB_INLINE const void *upb_bufhandle_objtype(const upb_bufhandle *h) { |
| 3997 return h->objtype_; |
| 3998 } |
| 3999 UPB_INLINE const char *upb_bufhandle_buf(const upb_bufhandle *h) { |
| 4000 return h->buf_; |
| 4001 } |
| 4002 |
| 4003 |
| 4004 #ifdef __cplusplus |
| 4005 |
| 4006 /* Type detection and typedefs for integer types. |
| 4007 * For platforms where there are multiple 32-bit or 64-bit types, we need to be |
| 4008 * able to enumerate them so we can properly create overloads for all variants. |
| 4009 * |
| 4010 * If any platform existed where there were three integer types with the same |
| 4011 * size, this would have to become more complicated. For example, short, int, |
| 4012 * and long could all be 32-bits. Even more diabolically, short, int, long, |
| 4013 * and long long could all be 64 bits and still be standard-compliant. |
| 4014 * However, few platforms are this strange, and it's unlikely that upb will be |
| 4015 * used on the strangest ones. */ |
| 4016 |
| 4017 /* Can't count on stdint.h limits like INT32_MAX, because in C++ these are |
| 4018 * only defined when __STDC_LIMIT_MACROS are defined before the *first* include |
| 4019 * of stdint.h. We can't guarantee that someone else didn't include these first |
| 4020 * without defining __STDC_LIMIT_MACROS. */ |
| 4021 #define UPB_INT32_MAX 0x7fffffffLL |
| 4022 #define UPB_INT32_MIN (-UPB_INT32_MAX - 1) |
| 4023 #define UPB_INT64_MAX 0x7fffffffffffffffLL |
| 4024 #define UPB_INT64_MIN (-UPB_INT64_MAX - 1) |
| 4025 |
| 4026 #if INT_MAX == UPB_INT32_MAX && INT_MIN == UPB_INT32_MIN |
| 4027 #define UPB_INT_IS_32BITS 1 |
| 4028 #endif |
| 4029 |
| 4030 #if LONG_MAX == UPB_INT32_MAX && LONG_MIN == UPB_INT32_MIN |
| 4031 #define UPB_LONG_IS_32BITS 1 |
| 4032 #endif |
| 4033 |
| 4034 #if LONG_MAX == UPB_INT64_MAX && LONG_MIN == UPB_INT64_MIN |
| 4035 #define UPB_LONG_IS_64BITS 1 |
| 4036 #endif |
| 4037 |
| 4038 #if LLONG_MAX == UPB_INT64_MAX && LLONG_MIN == UPB_INT64_MIN |
| 4039 #define UPB_LLONG_IS_64BITS 1 |
| 4040 #endif |
| 4041 |
| 4042 /* We use macros instead of typedefs so we can undefine them later and avoid |
| 4043 * leaking them outside this header file. */ |
| 4044 #if UPB_INT_IS_32BITS |
| 4045 #define UPB_INT32_T int |
| 4046 #define UPB_UINT32_T unsigned int |
| 4047 |
| 4048 #if UPB_LONG_IS_32BITS |
| 4049 #define UPB_TWO_32BIT_TYPES 1 |
| 4050 #define UPB_INT32ALT_T long |
| 4051 #define UPB_UINT32ALT_T unsigned long |
| 4052 #endif /* UPB_LONG_IS_32BITS */ |
| 4053 |
| 4054 #elif UPB_LONG_IS_32BITS /* && !UPB_INT_IS_32BITS */ |
| 4055 #define UPB_INT32_T long |
| 4056 #define UPB_UINT32_T unsigned long |
| 4057 #endif /* UPB_INT_IS_32BITS */ |
| 4058 |
| 4059 |
| 4060 #if UPB_LONG_IS_64BITS |
| 4061 #define UPB_INT64_T long |
| 4062 #define UPB_UINT64_T unsigned long |
| 4063 |
| 4064 #if UPB_LLONG_IS_64BITS |
| 4065 #define UPB_TWO_64BIT_TYPES 1 |
| 4066 #define UPB_INT64ALT_T long long |
| 4067 #define UPB_UINT64ALT_T unsigned long long |
| 4068 #endif /* UPB_LLONG_IS_64BITS */ |
| 4069 |
| 4070 #elif UPB_LLONG_IS_64BITS /* && !UPB_LONG_IS_64BITS */ |
| 4071 #define UPB_INT64_T long long |
| 4072 #define UPB_UINT64_T unsigned long long |
| 4073 #endif /* UPB_LONG_IS_64BITS */ |
| 4074 |
| 4075 #undef UPB_INT32_MAX |
| 4076 #undef UPB_INT32_MIN |
| 4077 #undef UPB_INT64_MAX |
| 4078 #undef UPB_INT64_MIN |
| 4079 #undef UPB_INT_IS_32BITS |
| 4080 #undef UPB_LONG_IS_32BITS |
| 4081 #undef UPB_LONG_IS_64BITS |
| 4082 #undef UPB_LLONG_IS_64BITS |
| 4083 |
| 4084 |
| 4085 namespace upb { |
| 4086 |
| 4087 typedef void CleanupFunc(void *ptr); |
| 4088 |
| 4089 /* Template to remove "const" from "const T*" and just return "T*". |
| 4090 * |
| 4091 * We define a nonsense default because otherwise it will fail to instantiate as |
| 4092 * a function parameter type even in cases where we don't expect any caller to |
| 4093 * actually match the overload. */ |
| 4094 class CouldntRemoveConst {}; |
| 4095 template <class T> struct remove_constptr { typedef CouldntRemoveConst type; }; |
| 4096 template <class T> struct remove_constptr<const T *> { typedef T *type; }; |
| 4097 |
| 4098 /* Template that we use below to remove a template specialization from |
| 4099 * consideration if it matches a specific type. */ |
| 4100 template <class T, class U> struct disable_if_same { typedef void Type; }; |
| 4101 template <class T> struct disable_if_same<T, T> {}; |
| 4102 |
| 4103 template <class T> void DeletePointer(void *p) { delete static_cast<T>(p); } |
| 4104 |
| 4105 template <class T1, class T2> |
| 4106 struct FirstUnlessVoidOrBool { |
| 4107 typedef T1 value; |
| 4108 }; |
| 4109 |
| 4110 template <class T2> |
| 4111 struct FirstUnlessVoidOrBool<void, T2> { |
| 4112 typedef T2 value; |
| 4113 }; |
| 4114 |
| 4115 template <class T2> |
| 4116 struct FirstUnlessVoidOrBool<bool, T2> { |
| 4117 typedef T2 value; |
| 4118 }; |
| 4119 |
| 4120 template<class T, class U> |
| 4121 struct is_same { |
| 4122 static bool value; |
| 4123 }; |
| 4124 |
| 4125 template<class T> |
| 4126 struct is_same<T, T> { |
| 4127 static bool value; |
| 4128 }; |
| 4129 |
| 4130 template<class T, class U> |
| 4131 bool is_same<T, U>::value = false; |
| 4132 |
| 4133 template<class T> |
| 4134 bool is_same<T, T>::value = true; |
| 4135 |
| 4136 /* FuncInfo *******************************************************************/ |
| 4137 |
| 4138 /* Info about the user's original, pre-wrapped function. */ |
| 4139 template <class C, class R = void> |
| 4140 struct FuncInfo { |
| 4141 /* The type of the closure that the function takes (its first param). */ |
| 4142 typedef C Closure; |
| 4143 |
| 4144 /* The return type. */ |
| 4145 typedef R Return; |
| 4146 }; |
| 4147 |
| 4148 /* Func ***********************************************************************/ |
| 4149 |
| 4150 /* Func1, Func2, Func3: Template classes representing a function and its |
| 4151 * signature. |
| 4152 * |
| 4153 * Since the function is a template parameter, calling the function can be |
| 4154 * inlined at compile-time and does not require a function pointer at runtime. |
| 4155 * These functions are not bound to a handler data so have no data or cleanup |
| 4156 * handler. */ |
| 4157 struct UnboundFunc { |
| 4158 CleanupFunc *GetCleanup() { return NULL; } |
| 4159 void *GetData() { return NULL; } |
| 4160 }; |
| 4161 |
| 4162 template <class R, class P1, R F(P1), class I> |
| 4163 struct Func1 : public UnboundFunc { |
| 4164 typedef R Return; |
| 4165 typedef I FuncInfo; |
| 4166 static R Call(P1 p1) { return F(p1); } |
| 4167 }; |
| 4168 |
| 4169 template <class R, class P1, class P2, R F(P1, P2), class I> |
| 4170 struct Func2 : public UnboundFunc { |
| 4171 typedef R Return; |
| 4172 typedef I FuncInfo; |
| 4173 static R Call(P1 p1, P2 p2) { return F(p1, p2); } |
| 4174 }; |
| 4175 |
| 4176 template <class R, class P1, class P2, class P3, R F(P1, P2, P3), class I> |
| 4177 struct Func3 : public UnboundFunc { |
| 4178 typedef R Return; |
| 4179 typedef I FuncInfo; |
| 4180 static R Call(P1 p1, P2 p2, P3 p3) { return F(p1, p2, p3); } |
| 4181 }; |
| 4182 |
| 4183 template <class R, class P1, class P2, class P3, class P4, R F(P1, P2, P3, P4), |
| 4184 class I> |
| 4185 struct Func4 : public UnboundFunc { |
| 4186 typedef R Return; |
| 4187 typedef I FuncInfo; |
| 4188 static R Call(P1 p1, P2 p2, P3 p3, P4 p4) { return F(p1, p2, p3, p4); } |
| 4189 }; |
| 4190 |
| 4191 template <class R, class P1, class P2, class P3, class P4, class P5, |
| 4192 R F(P1, P2, P3, P4, P5), class I> |
| 4193 struct Func5 : public UnboundFunc { |
| 4194 typedef R Return; |
| 4195 typedef I FuncInfo; |
| 4196 static R Call(P1 p1, P2 p2, P3 p3, P4 p4, P5 p5) { |
| 4197 return F(p1, p2, p3, p4, p5); |
| 4198 } |
| 4199 }; |
| 4200 |
| 4201 /* BoundFunc ******************************************************************/ |
| 4202 |
| 4203 /* BoundFunc2, BoundFunc3: Like Func2/Func3 except also contains a value that |
| 4204 * shall be bound to the function's second parameter. |
| 4205 * |
| 4206 * Note that the second parameter is a const pointer, but our stored bound value |
| 4207 * is non-const so we can free it when the handlers are destroyed. */ |
| 4208 template <class T> |
| 4209 struct BoundFunc { |
| 4210 typedef typename remove_constptr<T>::type MutableP2; |
| 4211 explicit BoundFunc(MutableP2 data_) : data(data_) {} |
| 4212 CleanupFunc *GetCleanup() { return &DeletePointer<MutableP2>; } |
| 4213 MutableP2 GetData() { return data; } |
| 4214 MutableP2 data; |
| 4215 }; |
| 4216 |
| 4217 template <class R, class P1, class P2, R F(P1, P2), class I> |
| 4218 struct BoundFunc2 : public BoundFunc<P2> { |
| 4219 typedef BoundFunc<P2> Base; |
| 4220 typedef I FuncInfo; |
| 4221 explicit BoundFunc2(typename Base::MutableP2 arg) : Base(arg) {} |
| 4222 }; |
| 4223 |
| 4224 template <class R, class P1, class P2, class P3, R F(P1, P2, P3), class I> |
| 4225 struct BoundFunc3 : public BoundFunc<P2> { |
| 4226 typedef BoundFunc<P2> Base; |
| 4227 typedef I FuncInfo; |
| 4228 explicit BoundFunc3(typename Base::MutableP2 arg) : Base(arg) {} |
| 4229 }; |
| 4230 |
| 4231 template <class R, class P1, class P2, class P3, class P4, R F(P1, P2, P3, P4), |
| 4232 class I> |
| 4233 struct BoundFunc4 : public BoundFunc<P2> { |
| 4234 typedef BoundFunc<P2> Base; |
| 4235 typedef I FuncInfo; |
| 4236 explicit BoundFunc4(typename Base::MutableP2 arg) : Base(arg) {} |
| 4237 }; |
| 4238 |
| 4239 template <class R, class P1, class P2, class P3, class P4, class P5, |
| 4240 R F(P1, P2, P3, P4, P5), class I> |
| 4241 struct BoundFunc5 : public BoundFunc<P2> { |
| 4242 typedef BoundFunc<P2> Base; |
| 4243 typedef I FuncInfo; |
| 4244 explicit BoundFunc5(typename Base::MutableP2 arg) : Base(arg) {} |
| 4245 }; |
| 4246 |
| 4247 /* FuncSig ********************************************************************/ |
| 4248 |
| 4249 /* FuncSig1, FuncSig2, FuncSig3: template classes reflecting a function |
| 4250 * *signature*, but without a specific function attached. |
| 4251 * |
| 4252 * These classes contain member functions that can be invoked with a |
| 4253 * specific function to return a Func/BoundFunc class. */ |
| 4254 template <class R, class P1> |
| 4255 struct FuncSig1 { |
| 4256 template <R F(P1)> |
| 4257 Func1<R, P1, F, FuncInfo<P1, R> > GetFunc() { |
| 4258 return Func1<R, P1, F, FuncInfo<P1, R> >(); |
| 4259 } |
| 4260 }; |
| 4261 |
| 4262 template <class R, class P1, class P2> |
| 4263 struct FuncSig2 { |
| 4264 template <R F(P1, P2)> |
| 4265 Func2<R, P1, P2, F, FuncInfo<P1, R> > GetFunc() { |
| 4266 return Func2<R, P1, P2, F, FuncInfo<P1, R> >(); |
| 4267 } |
| 4268 |
| 4269 template <R F(P1, P2)> |
| 4270 BoundFunc2<R, P1, P2, F, FuncInfo<P1, R> > GetFunc( |
| 4271 typename remove_constptr<P2>::type param2) { |
| 4272 return BoundFunc2<R, P1, P2, F, FuncInfo<P1, R> >(param2); |
| 4273 } |
| 4274 }; |
| 4275 |
| 4276 template <class R, class P1, class P2, class P3> |
| 4277 struct FuncSig3 { |
| 4278 template <R F(P1, P2, P3)> |
| 4279 Func3<R, P1, P2, P3, F, FuncInfo<P1, R> > GetFunc() { |
| 4280 return Func3<R, P1, P2, P3, F, FuncInfo<P1, R> >(); |
| 4281 } |
| 4282 |
| 4283 template <R F(P1, P2, P3)> |
| 4284 BoundFunc3<R, P1, P2, P3, F, FuncInfo<P1, R> > GetFunc( |
| 4285 typename remove_constptr<P2>::type param2) { |
| 4286 return BoundFunc3<R, P1, P2, P3, F, FuncInfo<P1, R> >(param2); |
| 4287 } |
| 4288 }; |
| 4289 |
| 4290 template <class R, class P1, class P2, class P3, class P4> |
| 4291 struct FuncSig4 { |
| 4292 template <R F(P1, P2, P3, P4)> |
| 4293 Func4<R, P1, P2, P3, P4, F, FuncInfo<P1, R> > GetFunc() { |
| 4294 return Func4<R, P1, P2, P3, P4, F, FuncInfo<P1, R> >(); |
| 4295 } |
| 4296 |
| 4297 template <R F(P1, P2, P3, P4)> |
| 4298 BoundFunc4<R, P1, P2, P3, P4, F, FuncInfo<P1, R> > GetFunc( |
| 4299 typename remove_constptr<P2>::type param2) { |
| 4300 return BoundFunc4<R, P1, P2, P3, P4, F, FuncInfo<P1, R> >(param2); |
| 4301 } |
| 4302 }; |
| 4303 |
| 4304 template <class R, class P1, class P2, class P3, class P4, class P5> |
| 4305 struct FuncSig5 { |
| 4306 template <R F(P1, P2, P3, P4, P5)> |
| 4307 Func5<R, P1, P2, P3, P4, P5, F, FuncInfo<P1, R> > GetFunc() { |
| 4308 return Func5<R, P1, P2, P3, P4, P5, F, FuncInfo<P1, R> >(); |
| 4309 } |
| 4310 |
| 4311 template <R F(P1, P2, P3, P4, P5)> |
| 4312 BoundFunc5<R, P1, P2, P3, P4, P5, F, FuncInfo<P1, R> > GetFunc( |
| 4313 typename remove_constptr<P2>::type param2) { |
| 4314 return BoundFunc5<R, P1, P2, P3, P4, P5, F, FuncInfo<P1, R> >(param2); |
| 4315 } |
| 4316 }; |
| 4317 |
| 4318 /* Overloaded template function that can construct the appropriate FuncSig* |
| 4319 * class given a function pointer by deducing the template parameters. */ |
| 4320 template <class R, class P1> |
| 4321 inline FuncSig1<R, P1> MatchFunc(R (*f)(P1)) { |
| 4322 UPB_UNUSED(f); /* Only used for template parameter deduction. */ |
| 4323 return FuncSig1<R, P1>(); |
| 4324 } |
| 4325 |
| 4326 template <class R, class P1, class P2> |
| 4327 inline FuncSig2<R, P1, P2> MatchFunc(R (*f)(P1, P2)) { |
| 4328 UPB_UNUSED(f); /* Only used for template parameter deduction. */ |
| 4329 return FuncSig2<R, P1, P2>(); |
| 4330 } |
| 4331 |
| 4332 template <class R, class P1, class P2, class P3> |
| 4333 inline FuncSig3<R, P1, P2, P3> MatchFunc(R (*f)(P1, P2, P3)) { |
| 4334 UPB_UNUSED(f); /* Only used for template parameter deduction. */ |
| 4335 return FuncSig3<R, P1, P2, P3>(); |
| 4336 } |
| 4337 |
| 4338 template <class R, class P1, class P2, class P3, class P4> |
| 4339 inline FuncSig4<R, P1, P2, P3, P4> MatchFunc(R (*f)(P1, P2, P3, P4)) { |
| 4340 UPB_UNUSED(f); /* Only used for template parameter deduction. */ |
| 4341 return FuncSig4<R, P1, P2, P3, P4>(); |
| 4342 } |
| 4343 |
| 4344 template <class R, class P1, class P2, class P3, class P4, class P5> |
| 4345 inline FuncSig5<R, P1, P2, P3, P4, P5> MatchFunc(R (*f)(P1, P2, P3, P4, P5)) { |
| 4346 UPB_UNUSED(f); /* Only used for template parameter deduction. */ |
| 4347 return FuncSig5<R, P1, P2, P3, P4, P5>(); |
| 4348 } |
| 4349 |
| 4350 /* MethodSig ******************************************************************/ |
| 4351 |
| 4352 /* CallMethod*: a function template that calls a given method. */ |
| 4353 template <class R, class C, R (C::*F)()> |
| 4354 R CallMethod0(C *obj) { |
| 4355 return ((*obj).*F)(); |
| 4356 } |
| 4357 |
| 4358 template <class R, class C, class P1, R (C::*F)(P1)> |
| 4359 R CallMethod1(C *obj, P1 arg1) { |
| 4360 return ((*obj).*F)(arg1); |
| 4361 } |
| 4362 |
| 4363 template <class R, class C, class P1, class P2, R (C::*F)(P1, P2)> |
| 4364 R CallMethod2(C *obj, P1 arg1, P2 arg2) { |
| 4365 return ((*obj).*F)(arg1, arg2); |
| 4366 } |
| 4367 |
| 4368 template <class R, class C, class P1, class P2, class P3, R (C::*F)(P1, P2, P3)> |
| 4369 R CallMethod3(C *obj, P1 arg1, P2 arg2, P3 arg3) { |
| 4370 return ((*obj).*F)(arg1, arg2, arg3); |
| 4371 } |
| 4372 |
| 4373 template <class R, class C, class P1, class P2, class P3, class P4, |
| 4374 R (C::*F)(P1, P2, P3, P4)> |
| 4375 R CallMethod4(C *obj, P1 arg1, P2 arg2, P3 arg3, P4 arg4) { |
| 4376 return ((*obj).*F)(arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4); |
| 4377 } |
| 4378 |
| 4379 /* MethodSig: like FuncSig, but for member functions. |
| 4380 * |
| 4381 * GetFunc() returns a normal FuncN object, so after calling GetFunc() no |
| 4382 * more logic is required to special-case methods. */ |
| 4383 template <class R, class C> |
| 4384 struct MethodSig0 { |
| 4385 template <R (C::*F)()> |
| 4386 Func1<R, C *, CallMethod0<R, C, F>, FuncInfo<C *, R> > GetFunc() { |
| 4387 return Func1<R, C *, CallMethod0<R, C, F>, FuncInfo<C *, R> >(); |
| 4388 } |
| 4389 }; |
| 4390 |
| 4391 template <class R, class C, class P1> |
| 4392 struct MethodSig1 { |
| 4393 template <R (C::*F)(P1)> |
| 4394 Func2<R, C *, P1, CallMethod1<R, C, P1, F>, FuncInfo<C *, R> > GetFunc() { |
| 4395 return Func2<R, C *, P1, CallMethod1<R, C, P1, F>, FuncInfo<C *, R> >(); |
| 4396 } |
| 4397 |
| 4398 template <R (C::*F)(P1)> |
| 4399 BoundFunc2<R, C *, P1, CallMethod1<R, C, P1, F>, FuncInfo<C *, R> > GetFunc( |
| 4400 typename remove_constptr<P1>::type param1) { |
| 4401 return BoundFunc2<R, C *, P1, CallMethod1<R, C, P1, F>, FuncInfo<C *, R> >( |
| 4402 param1); |
| 4403 } |
| 4404 }; |
| 4405 |
| 4406 template <class R, class C, class P1, class P2> |
| 4407 struct MethodSig2 { |
| 4408 template <R (C::*F)(P1, P2)> |
| 4409 Func3<R, C *, P1, P2, CallMethod2<R, C, P1, P2, F>, FuncInfo<C *, R> > |
| 4410 GetFunc() { |
| 4411 return Func3<R, C *, P1, P2, CallMethod2<R, C, P1, P2, F>, |
| 4412 FuncInfo<C *, R> >(); |
| 4413 } |
| 4414 |
| 4415 template <R (C::*F)(P1, P2)> |
| 4416 BoundFunc3<R, C *, P1, P2, CallMethod2<R, C, P1, P2, F>, FuncInfo<C *, R> > |
| 4417 GetFunc(typename remove_constptr<P1>::type param1) { |
| 4418 return BoundFunc3<R, C *, P1, P2, CallMethod2<R, C, P1, P2, F>, |
| 4419 FuncInfo<C *, R> >(param1); |
| 4420 } |
| 4421 }; |
| 4422 |
| 4423 template <class R, class C, class P1, class P2, class P3> |
| 4424 struct MethodSig3 { |
| 4425 template <R (C::*F)(P1, P2, P3)> |
| 4426 Func4<R, C *, P1, P2, P3, CallMethod3<R, C, P1, P2, P3, F>, FuncInfo<C *, R> > |
| 4427 GetFunc() { |
| 4428 return Func4<R, C *, P1, P2, P3, CallMethod3<R, C, P1, P2, P3, F>, |
| 4429 FuncInfo<C *, R> >(); |
| 4430 } |
| 4431 |
| 4432 template <R (C::*F)(P1, P2, P3)> |
| 4433 BoundFunc4<R, C *, P1, P2, P3, CallMethod3<R, C, P1, P2, P3, F>, |
| 4434 FuncInfo<C *, R> > |
| 4435 GetFunc(typename remove_constptr<P1>::type param1) { |
| 4436 return BoundFunc4<R, C *, P1, P2, P3, CallMethod3<R, C, P1, P2, P3, F>, |
| 4437 FuncInfo<C *, R> >(param1); |
| 4438 } |
| 4439 }; |
| 4440 |
| 4441 template <class R, class C, class P1, class P2, class P3, class P4> |
| 4442 struct MethodSig4 { |
| 4443 template <R (C::*F)(P1, P2, P3, P4)> |
| 4444 Func5<R, C *, P1, P2, P3, P4, CallMethod4<R, C, P1, P2, P3, P4, F>, |
| 4445 FuncInfo<C *, R> > |
| 4446 GetFunc() { |
| 4447 return Func5<R, C *, P1, P2, P3, P4, CallMethod4<R, C, P1, P2, P3, P4, F>, |
| 4448 FuncInfo<C *, R> >(); |
| 4449 } |
| 4450 |
| 4451 template <R (C::*F)(P1, P2, P3, P4)> |
| 4452 BoundFunc5<R, C *, P1, P2, P3, P4, CallMethod4<R, C, P1, P2, P3, P4, F>, |
| 4453 FuncInfo<C *, R> > |
| 4454 GetFunc(typename remove_constptr<P1>::type param1) { |
| 4455 return BoundFunc5<R, C *, P1, P2, P3, P4, |
| 4456 CallMethod4<R, C, P1, P2, P3, P4, F>, FuncInfo<C *, R> >( |
| 4457 param1); |
| 4458 } |
| 4459 }; |
| 4460 |
| 4461 template <class R, class C> |
| 4462 inline MethodSig0<R, C> MatchFunc(R (C::*f)()) { |
| 4463 UPB_UNUSED(f); /* Only used for template parameter deduction. */ |
| 4464 return MethodSig0<R, C>(); |
| 4465 } |
| 4466 |
| 4467 template <class R, class C, class P1> |
| 4468 inline MethodSig1<R, C, P1> MatchFunc(R (C::*f)(P1)) { |
| 4469 UPB_UNUSED(f); /* Only used for template parameter deduction. */ |
| 4470 return MethodSig1<R, C, P1>(); |
| 4471 } |
| 4472 |
| 4473 template <class R, class C, class P1, class P2> |
| 4474 inline MethodSig2<R, C, P1, P2> MatchFunc(R (C::*f)(P1, P2)) { |
| 4475 UPB_UNUSED(f); /* Only used for template parameter deduction. */ |
| 4476 return MethodSig2<R, C, P1, P2>(); |
| 4477 } |
| 4478 |
| 4479 template <class R, class C, class P1, class P2, class P3> |
| 4480 inline MethodSig3<R, C, P1, P2, P3> MatchFunc(R (C::*f)(P1, P2, P3)) { |
| 4481 UPB_UNUSED(f); /* Only used for template parameter deduction. */ |
| 4482 return MethodSig3<R, C, P1, P2, P3>(); |
| 4483 } |
| 4484 |
| 4485 template <class R, class C, class P1, class P2, class P3, class P4> |
| 4486 inline MethodSig4<R, C, P1, P2, P3, P4> MatchFunc(R (C::*f)(P1, P2, P3, P4)) { |
| 4487 UPB_UNUSED(f); /* Only used for template parameter deduction. */ |
| 4488 return MethodSig4<R, C, P1, P2, P3, P4>(); |
| 4489 } |
| 4490 |
| 4491 /* MaybeWrapReturn ************************************************************/ |
| 4492 |
| 4493 /* Template class that attempts to wrap the return value of the function so it |
| 4494 * matches the expected type. There are two main adjustments it may make: |
| 4495 * |
| 4496 * 1. If the function returns void, make it return the expected type and with |
| 4497 * a value that always indicates success. |
| 4498 * 2. If the function returns bool, make it return the expected type with a |
| 4499 * value that indicates success or failure. |
| 4500 * |
| 4501 * The "expected type" for return is: |
| 4502 * 1. void* for start handlers. If the closure parameter has a different type |
| 4503 * we will cast it to void* for the return in the success case. |
| 4504 * 2. size_t for string buffer handlers. |
| 4505 * 3. bool for everything else. */ |
| 4506 |
| 4507 /* Template parameters are FuncN type and desired return type. */ |
| 4508 template <class F, class R, class Enable = void> |
| 4509 struct MaybeWrapReturn; |
| 4510 |
| 4511 /* If the return type matches, return the given function unwrapped. */ |
| 4512 template <class F> |
| 4513 struct MaybeWrapReturn<F, typename F::Return> { |
| 4514 typedef F Func; |
| 4515 }; |
| 4516 |
| 4517 /* Function wrapper that munges the return value from void to (bool)true. */ |
| 4518 template <class P1, class P2, void F(P1, P2)> |
| 4519 bool ReturnTrue2(P1 p1, P2 p2) { |
| 4520 F(p1, p2); |
| 4521 return true; |
| 4522 } |
| 4523 |
| 4524 template <class P1, class P2, class P3, void F(P1, P2, P3)> |
| 4525 bool ReturnTrue3(P1 p1, P2 p2, P3 p3) { |
| 4526 F(p1, p2, p3); |
| 4527 return true; |
| 4528 } |
| 4529 |
| 4530 /* Function wrapper that munges the return value from void to (void*)arg1 */ |
| 4531 template <class P1, class P2, void F(P1, P2)> |
| 4532 void *ReturnClosure2(P1 p1, P2 p2) { |
| 4533 F(p1, p2); |
| 4534 return p1; |
| 4535 } |
| 4536 |
| 4537 template <class P1, class P2, class P3, void F(P1, P2, P3)> |
| 4538 void *ReturnClosure3(P1 p1, P2 p2, P3 p3) { |
| 4539 F(p1, p2, p3); |
| 4540 return p1; |
| 4541 } |
| 4542 |
| 4543 /* Function wrapper that munges the return value from R to void*. */ |
| 4544 template <class R, class P1, class P2, R F(P1, P2)> |
| 4545 void *CastReturnToVoidPtr2(P1 p1, P2 p2) { |
| 4546 return F(p1, p2); |
| 4547 } |
| 4548 |
| 4549 template <class R, class P1, class P2, class P3, R F(P1, P2, P3)> |
| 4550 void *CastReturnToVoidPtr3(P1 p1, P2 p2, P3 p3) { |
| 4551 return F(p1, p2, p3); |
| 4552 } |
| 4553 |
| 4554 /* Function wrapper that munges the return value from bool to void*. */ |
| 4555 template <class P1, class P2, bool F(P1, P2)> |
| 4556 void *ReturnClosureOrBreak2(P1 p1, P2 p2) { |
| 4557 return F(p1, p2) ? p1 : UPB_BREAK; |
| 4558 } |
| 4559 |
| 4560 template <class P1, class P2, class P3, bool F(P1, P2, P3)> |
| 4561 void *ReturnClosureOrBreak3(P1 p1, P2 p2, P3 p3) { |
| 4562 return F(p1, p2, p3) ? p1 : UPB_BREAK; |
| 4563 } |
| 4564 |
| 4565 /* For the string callback, which takes five params, returns the size param. */ |
| 4566 template <class P1, class P2, |
| 4567 void F(P1, P2, const char *, size_t, const BufferHandle *)> |
| 4568 size_t ReturnStringLen(P1 p1, P2 p2, const char *p3, size_t p4, |
| 4569 const BufferHandle *p5) { |
| 4570 F(p1, p2, p3, p4, p5); |
| 4571 return p4; |
| 4572 } |
| 4573 |
| 4574 /* For the string callback, which takes five params, returns the size param or |
| 4575 * zero. */ |
| 4576 template <class P1, class P2, |
| 4577 bool F(P1, P2, const char *, size_t, const BufferHandle *)> |
| 4578 size_t ReturnNOr0(P1 p1, P2 p2, const char *p3, size_t p4, |
| 4579 const BufferHandle *p5) { |
| 4580 return F(p1, p2, p3, p4, p5) ? p4 : 0; |
| 4581 } |
| 4582 |
| 4583 /* If we have a function returning void but want a function returning bool, wrap |
| 4584 * it in a function that returns true. */ |
| 4585 template <class P1, class P2, void F(P1, P2), class I> |
| 4586 struct MaybeWrapReturn<Func2<void, P1, P2, F, I>, bool> { |
| 4587 typedef Func2<bool, P1, P2, ReturnTrue2<P1, P2, F>, I> Func; |
| 4588 }; |
| 4589 |
| 4590 template <class P1, class P2, class P3, void F(P1, P2, P3), class I> |
| 4591 struct MaybeWrapReturn<Func3<void, P1, P2, P3, F, I>, bool> { |
| 4592 typedef Func3<bool, P1, P2, P3, ReturnTrue3<P1, P2, P3, F>, I> Func; |
| 4593 }; |
| 4594 |
| 4595 /* If our function returns void but we want one returning void*, wrap it in a |
| 4596 * function that returns the first argument. */ |
| 4597 template <class P1, class P2, void F(P1, P2), class I> |
| 4598 struct MaybeWrapReturn<Func2<void, P1, P2, F, I>, void *> { |
| 4599 typedef Func2<void *, P1, P2, ReturnClosure2<P1, P2, F>, I> Func; |
| 4600 }; |
| 4601 |
| 4602 template <class P1, class P2, class P3, void F(P1, P2, P3), class I> |
| 4603 struct MaybeWrapReturn<Func3<void, P1, P2, P3, F, I>, void *> { |
| 4604 typedef Func3<void *, P1, P2, P3, ReturnClosure3<P1, P2, P3, F>, I> Func; |
| 4605 }; |
| 4606 |
| 4607 /* If our function returns R* but we want one returning void*, wrap it in a |
| 4608 * function that casts to void*. */ |
| 4609 template <class R, class P1, class P2, R *F(P1, P2), class I> |
| 4610 struct MaybeWrapReturn<Func2<R *, P1, P2, F, I>, void *, |
| 4611 typename disable_if_same<R *, void *>::Type> { |
| 4612 typedef Func2<void *, P1, P2, CastReturnToVoidPtr2<R *, P1, P2, F>, I> Func; |
| 4613 }; |
| 4614 |
| 4615 template <class R, class P1, class P2, class P3, R *F(P1, P2, P3), class I> |
| 4616 struct MaybeWrapReturn<Func3<R *, P1, P2, P3, F, I>, void *, |
| 4617 typename disable_if_same<R *, void *>::Type> { |
| 4618 typedef Func3<void *, P1, P2, P3, CastReturnToVoidPtr3<R *, P1, P2, P3, F>, I> |
| 4619 Func; |
| 4620 }; |
| 4621 |
| 4622 /* If our function returns bool but we want one returning void*, wrap it in a |
| 4623 * function that returns either the first param or UPB_BREAK. */ |
| 4624 template <class P1, class P2, bool F(P1, P2), class I> |
| 4625 struct MaybeWrapReturn<Func2<bool, P1, P2, F, I>, void *> { |
| 4626 typedef Func2<void *, P1, P2, ReturnClosureOrBreak2<P1, P2, F>, I> Func; |
| 4627 }; |
| 4628 |
| 4629 template <class P1, class P2, class P3, bool F(P1, P2, P3), class I> |
| 4630 struct MaybeWrapReturn<Func3<bool, P1, P2, P3, F, I>, void *> { |
| 4631 typedef Func3<void *, P1, P2, P3, ReturnClosureOrBreak3<P1, P2, P3, F>, I> |
| 4632 Func; |
| 4633 }; |
| 4634 |
| 4635 /* If our function returns void but we want one returning size_t, wrap it in a |
| 4636 * function that returns the size argument. */ |
| 4637 template <class P1, class P2, |
| 4638 void F(P1, P2, const char *, size_t, const BufferHandle *), class I> |
| 4639 struct MaybeWrapReturn< |
| 4640 Func5<void, P1, P2, const char *, size_t, const BufferHandle *, F, I>, |
| 4641 size_t> { |
| 4642 typedef Func5<size_t, P1, P2, const char *, size_t, const BufferHandle *, |
| 4643 ReturnStringLen<P1, P2, F>, I> Func; |
| 4644 }; |
| 4645 |
| 4646 /* If our function returns bool but we want one returning size_t, wrap it in a |
| 4647 * function that returns either 0 or the buf size. */ |
| 4648 template <class P1, class P2, |
| 4649 bool F(P1, P2, const char *, size_t, const BufferHandle *), class I> |
| 4650 struct MaybeWrapReturn< |
| 4651 Func5<bool, P1, P2, const char *, size_t, const BufferHandle *, F, I>, |
| 4652 size_t> { |
| 4653 typedef Func5<size_t, P1, P2, const char *, size_t, const BufferHandle *, |
| 4654 ReturnNOr0<P1, P2, F>, I> Func; |
| 4655 }; |
| 4656 |
| 4657 /* ConvertParams **************************************************************/ |
| 4658 |
| 4659 /* Template class that converts the function parameters if necessary, and |
| 4660 * ignores the HandlerData parameter if appropriate. |
| 4661 * |
| 4662 * Template parameter is the are FuncN function type. */ |
| 4663 template <class F, class T> |
| 4664 struct ConvertParams; |
| 4665 |
| 4666 /* Function that discards the handler data parameter. */ |
| 4667 template <class R, class P1, R F(P1)> |
| 4668 R IgnoreHandlerData2(void *p1, const void *hd) { |
| 4669 UPB_UNUSED(hd); |
| 4670 return F(static_cast<P1>(p1)); |
| 4671 } |
| 4672 |
| 4673 template <class R, class P1, class P2Wrapper, class P2Wrapped, |
| 4674 R F(P1, P2Wrapped)> |
| 4675 R IgnoreHandlerData3(void *p1, const void *hd, P2Wrapper p2) { |
| 4676 UPB_UNUSED(hd); |
| 4677 return F(static_cast<P1>(p1), p2); |
| 4678 } |
| 4679 |
| 4680 template <class R, class P1, class P2, class P3, R F(P1, P2, P3)> |
| 4681 R IgnoreHandlerData4(void *p1, const void *hd, P2 p2, P3 p3) { |
| 4682 UPB_UNUSED(hd); |
| 4683 return F(static_cast<P1>(p1), p2, p3); |
| 4684 } |
| 4685 |
| 4686 template <class R, class P1, class P2, class P3, class P4, R F(P1, P2, P3, P4)> |
| 4687 R IgnoreHandlerData5(void *p1, const void *hd, P2 p2, P3 p3, P4 p4) { |
| 4688 UPB_UNUSED(hd); |
| 4689 return F(static_cast<P1>(p1), p2, p3, p4); |
| 4690 } |
| 4691 |
| 4692 template <class R, class P1, R F(P1, const char*, size_t)> |
| 4693 R IgnoreHandlerDataIgnoreHandle(void *p1, const void *hd, const char *p2, |
| 4694 size_t p3, const BufferHandle *handle) { |
| 4695 UPB_UNUSED(hd); |
| 4696 UPB_UNUSED(handle); |
| 4697 return F(static_cast<P1>(p1), p2, p3); |
| 4698 } |
| 4699 |
| 4700 /* Function that casts the handler data parameter. */ |
| 4701 template <class R, class P1, class P2, R F(P1, P2)> |
| 4702 R CastHandlerData2(void *c, const void *hd) { |
| 4703 return F(static_cast<P1>(c), static_cast<P2>(hd)); |
| 4704 } |
| 4705 |
| 4706 template <class R, class P1, class P2, class P3Wrapper, class P3Wrapped, |
| 4707 R F(P1, P2, P3Wrapped)> |
| 4708 R CastHandlerData3(void *c, const void *hd, P3Wrapper p3) { |
| 4709 return F(static_cast<P1>(c), static_cast<P2>(hd), p3); |
| 4710 } |
| 4711 |
| 4712 template <class R, class P1, class P2, class P3, class P4, class P5, |
| 4713 R F(P1, P2, P3, P4, P5)> |
| 4714 R CastHandlerData5(void *c, const void *hd, P3 p3, P4 p4, P5 p5) { |
| 4715 return F(static_cast<P1>(c), static_cast<P2>(hd), p3, p4, p5); |
| 4716 } |
| 4717 |
| 4718 template <class R, class P1, class P2, R F(P1, P2, const char *, size_t)> |
| 4719 R CastHandlerDataIgnoreHandle(void *c, const void *hd, const char *p3, |
| 4720 size_t p4, const BufferHandle *handle) { |
| 4721 UPB_UNUSED(handle); |
| 4722 return F(static_cast<P1>(c), static_cast<P2>(hd), p3, p4); |
| 4723 } |
| 4724 |
| 4725 /* For unbound functions, ignore the handler data. */ |
| 4726 template <class R, class P1, R F(P1), class I, class T> |
| 4727 struct ConvertParams<Func1<R, P1, F, I>, T> { |
| 4728 typedef Func2<R, void *, const void *, IgnoreHandlerData2<R, P1, F>, I> Func; |
| 4729 }; |
| 4730 |
| 4731 template <class R, class P1, class P2, R F(P1, P2), class I, |
| 4732 class R2, class P1_2, class P2_2, class P3_2> |
| 4733 struct ConvertParams<Func2<R, P1, P2, F, I>, |
| 4734 R2 (*)(P1_2, P2_2, P3_2)> { |
| 4735 typedef Func3<R, void *, const void *, P3_2, |
| 4736 IgnoreHandlerData3<R, P1, P3_2, P2, F>, I> Func; |
| 4737 }; |
| 4738 |
| 4739 /* For StringBuffer only; this ignores both the handler data and the |
| 4740 * BufferHandle. */ |
| 4741 template <class R, class P1, R F(P1, const char *, size_t), class I, class T> |
| 4742 struct ConvertParams<Func3<R, P1, const char *, size_t, F, I>, T> { |
| 4743 typedef Func5<R, void *, const void *, const char *, size_t, |
| 4744 const BufferHandle *, IgnoreHandlerDataIgnoreHandle<R, P1, F>, |
| 4745 I> Func; |
| 4746 }; |
| 4747 |
| 4748 template <class R, class P1, class P2, class P3, class P4, R F(P1, P2, P3, P4), |
| 4749 class I, class T> |
| 4750 struct ConvertParams<Func4<R, P1, P2, P3, P4, F, I>, T> { |
| 4751 typedef Func5<R, void *, const void *, P2, P3, P4, |
| 4752 IgnoreHandlerData5<R, P1, P2, P3, P4, F>, I> Func; |
| 4753 }; |
| 4754 |
| 4755 /* For bound functions, cast the handler data. */ |
| 4756 template <class R, class P1, class P2, R F(P1, P2), class I, class T> |
| 4757 struct ConvertParams<BoundFunc2<R, P1, P2, F, I>, T> { |
| 4758 typedef Func2<R, void *, const void *, CastHandlerData2<R, P1, P2, F>, I> |
| 4759 Func; |
| 4760 }; |
| 4761 |
| 4762 template <class R, class P1, class P2, class P3, R F(P1, P2, P3), class I, |
| 4763 class R2, class P1_2, class P2_2, class P3_2> |
| 4764 struct ConvertParams<BoundFunc3<R, P1, P2, P3, F, I>, |
| 4765 R2 (*)(P1_2, P2_2, P3_2)> { |
| 4766 typedef Func3<R, void *, const void *, P3_2, |
| 4767 CastHandlerData3<R, P1, P2, P3_2, P3, F>, I> Func; |
| 4768 }; |
| 4769 |
| 4770 /* For StringBuffer only; this ignores the BufferHandle. */ |
| 4771 template <class R, class P1, class P2, R F(P1, P2, const char *, size_t), |
| 4772 class I, class T> |
| 4773 struct ConvertParams<BoundFunc4<R, P1, P2, const char *, size_t, F, I>, T> { |
| 4774 typedef Func5<R, void *, const void *, const char *, size_t, |
| 4775 const BufferHandle *, CastHandlerDataIgnoreHandle<R, P1, P2, F>, |
| 4776 I> Func; |
| 4777 }; |
| 4778 |
| 4779 template <class R, class P1, class P2, class P3, class P4, class P5, |
| 4780 R F(P1, P2, P3, P4, P5), class I, class T> |
| 4781 struct ConvertParams<BoundFunc5<R, P1, P2, P3, P4, P5, F, I>, T> { |
| 4782 typedef Func5<R, void *, const void *, P3, P4, P5, |
| 4783 CastHandlerData5<R, P1, P2, P3, P4, P5, F>, I> Func; |
| 4784 }; |
| 4785 |
| 4786 /* utype/ltype are upper/lower-case, ctype is canonical C type, vtype is |
| 4787 * variant C type. */ |
| 4788 #define TYPE_METHODS(utype, ltype, ctype, vtype) \ |
| 4789 template <> struct CanonicalType<vtype> { \ |
| 4790 typedef ctype Type; \ |
| 4791 }; \ |
| 4792 template <> \ |
| 4793 inline bool Handlers::SetValueHandler<vtype>( \ |
| 4794 const FieldDef *f, \ |
| 4795 const Handlers::utype ## Handler& handler) { \ |
| 4796 assert(!handler.registered_); \ |
| 4797 handler.AddCleanup(this); \ |
| 4798 handler.registered_ = true; \ |
| 4799 return upb_handlers_set##ltype(this, f, handler.handler_, &handler.attr_); \ |
| 4800 } \ |
| 4801 |
| 4802 TYPE_METHODS(Double, double, double, double) |
| 4803 TYPE_METHODS(Float, float, float, float) |
| 4804 TYPE_METHODS(UInt64, uint64, uint64_t, UPB_UINT64_T) |
| 4805 TYPE_METHODS(UInt32, uint32, uint32_t, UPB_UINT32_T) |
| 4806 TYPE_METHODS(Int64, int64, int64_t, UPB_INT64_T) |
| 4807 TYPE_METHODS(Int32, int32, int32_t, UPB_INT32_T) |
| 4808 TYPE_METHODS(Bool, bool, bool, bool) |
| 4809 |
| 4810 #ifdef UPB_TWO_32BIT_TYPES |
| 4811 TYPE_METHODS(Int32, int32, int32_t, UPB_INT32ALT_T) |
| 4812 TYPE_METHODS(UInt32, uint32, uint32_t, UPB_UINT32ALT_T) |
| 4813 #endif |
| 4814 |
| 4815 #ifdef UPB_TWO_64BIT_TYPES |
| 4816 TYPE_METHODS(Int64, int64, int64_t, UPB_INT64ALT_T) |
| 4817 TYPE_METHODS(UInt64, uint64, uint64_t, UPB_UINT64ALT_T) |
| 4818 #endif |
| 4819 #undef TYPE_METHODS |
| 4820 |
| 4821 template <> struct CanonicalType<Status*> { |
| 4822 typedef Status* Type; |
| 4823 }; |
| 4824 |
| 4825 /* Type methods that are only one-per-canonical-type and not |
| 4826 * one-per-cvariant. */ |
| 4827 |
| 4828 #define TYPE_METHODS(utype, ctype) \ |
| 4829 inline bool Handlers::Set##utype##Handler(const FieldDef *f, \ |
| 4830 const utype##Handler &h) { \ |
| 4831 return SetValueHandler<ctype>(f, h); \ |
| 4832 } \ |
| 4833 |
| 4834 TYPE_METHODS(Double, double) |
| 4835 TYPE_METHODS(Float, float) |
| 4836 TYPE_METHODS(UInt64, uint64_t) |
| 4837 TYPE_METHODS(UInt32, uint32_t) |
| 4838 TYPE_METHODS(Int64, int64_t) |
| 4839 TYPE_METHODS(Int32, int32_t) |
| 4840 TYPE_METHODS(Bool, bool) |
| 4841 #undef TYPE_METHODS |
| 4842 |
| 4843 template <class F> struct ReturnOf; |
| 4844 |
| 4845 template <class R, class P1, class P2> |
| 4846 struct ReturnOf<R (*)(P1, P2)> { |
| 4847 typedef R Return; |
| 4848 }; |
| 4849 |
| 4850 template <class R, class P1, class P2, class P3> |
| 4851 struct ReturnOf<R (*)(P1, P2, P3)> { |
| 4852 typedef R Return; |
| 4853 }; |
| 4854 |
| 4855 template <class R, class P1, class P2, class P3, class P4> |
| 4856 struct ReturnOf<R (*)(P1, P2, P3, P4)> { |
| 4857 typedef R Return; |
| 4858 }; |
| 4859 |
| 4860 template <class R, class P1, class P2, class P3, class P4, class P5> |
| 4861 struct ReturnOf<R (*)(P1, P2, P3, P4, P5)> { |
| 4862 typedef R Return; |
| 4863 }; |
| 4864 |
| 4865 template<class T> const void *UniquePtrForType() { |
| 4866 static const char ch = 0; |
| 4867 return &ch; |
| 4868 } |
| 4869 |
| 4870 template <class T> |
| 4871 template <class F> |
| 4872 inline Handler<T>::Handler(F func) |
| 4873 : registered_(false), |
| 4874 cleanup_data_(func.GetData()), |
| 4875 cleanup_func_(func.GetCleanup()) { |
| 4876 upb_handlerattr_sethandlerdata(&attr_, func.GetData()); |
| 4877 typedef typename ReturnOf<T>::Return Return; |
| 4878 typedef typename ConvertParams<F, T>::Func ConvertedParamsFunc; |
| 4879 typedef typename MaybeWrapReturn<ConvertedParamsFunc, Return>::Func |
| 4880 ReturnWrappedFunc; |
| 4881 handler_ = ReturnWrappedFunc().Call; |
| 4882 |
| 4883 /* Set attributes based on what templates can statically tell us about the |
| 4884 * user's function. */ |
| 4885 |
| 4886 /* If the original function returns void, then we know that we wrapped it to |
| 4887 * always return ok. */ |
| 4888 bool always_ok = is_same<typename F::FuncInfo::Return, void>::value; |
| 4889 attr_.SetAlwaysOk(always_ok); |
| 4890 |
| 4891 /* Closure parameter and return type. */ |
| 4892 attr_.SetClosureType(UniquePtrForType<typename F::FuncInfo::Closure>()); |
| 4893 |
| 4894 /* We use the closure type (from the first parameter) if the return type is |
| 4895 * void or bool, since these are the two cases we wrap to return the closure's |
| 4896 * type anyway. |
| 4897 * |
| 4898 * This is all nonsense for non START* handlers, but it doesn't matter because |
| 4899 * in that case the value will be ignored. */ |
| 4900 typedef typename FirstUnlessVoidOrBool<typename F::FuncInfo::Return, |
| 4901 typename F::FuncInfo::Closure>::value |
| 4902 EffectiveReturn; |
| 4903 attr_.SetReturnClosureType(UniquePtrForType<EffectiveReturn>()); |
| 4904 } |
| 4905 |
| 4906 template <class T> |
| 4907 inline Handler<T>::~Handler() { |
| 4908 assert(registered_); |
| 4909 } |
| 4910 |
| 4911 inline HandlerAttributes::HandlerAttributes() { upb_handlerattr_init(this); } |
| 4912 inline HandlerAttributes::~HandlerAttributes() { upb_handlerattr_uninit(this); } |
| 4913 inline bool HandlerAttributes::SetHandlerData(const void *hd) { |
| 4914 return upb_handlerattr_sethandlerdata(this, hd); |
| 4915 } |
| 4916 inline const void* HandlerAttributes::handler_data() const { |
| 4917 return upb_handlerattr_handlerdata(this); |
| 4918 } |
| 4919 inline bool HandlerAttributes::SetClosureType(const void *type) { |
| 4920 return upb_handlerattr_setclosuretype(this, type); |
| 4921 } |
| 4922 inline const void* HandlerAttributes::closure_type() const { |
| 4923 return upb_handlerattr_closuretype(this); |
| 4924 } |
| 4925 inline bool HandlerAttributes::SetReturnClosureType(const void *type) { |
| 4926 return upb_handlerattr_setreturnclosuretype(this, type); |
| 4927 } |
| 4928 inline const void* HandlerAttributes::return_closure_type() const { |
| 4929 return upb_handlerattr_returnclosuretype(this); |
| 4930 } |
| 4931 inline bool HandlerAttributes::SetAlwaysOk(bool always_ok) { |
| 4932 return upb_handlerattr_setalwaysok(this, always_ok); |
| 4933 } |
| 4934 inline bool HandlerAttributes::always_ok() const { |
| 4935 return upb_handlerattr_alwaysok(this); |
| 4936 } |
| 4937 |
| 4938 inline BufferHandle::BufferHandle() { upb_bufhandle_init(this); } |
| 4939 inline BufferHandle::~BufferHandle() { upb_bufhandle_uninit(this); } |
| 4940 inline const char* BufferHandle::buffer() const { |
| 4941 return upb_bufhandle_buf(this); |
| 4942 } |
| 4943 inline size_t BufferHandle::object_offset() const { |
| 4944 return upb_bufhandle_objofs(this); |
| 4945 } |
| 4946 inline void BufferHandle::SetBuffer(const char* buf, size_t ofs) { |
| 4947 upb_bufhandle_setbuf(this, buf, ofs); |
| 4948 } |
| 4949 template <class T> |
| 4950 void BufferHandle::SetAttachedObject(const T* obj) { |
| 4951 upb_bufhandle_setobj(this, obj, UniquePtrForType<T>()); |
| 4952 } |
| 4953 template <class T> |
| 4954 const T* BufferHandle::GetAttachedObject() const { |
| 4955 return upb_bufhandle_objtype(this) == UniquePtrForType<T>() |
| 4956 ? static_cast<const T *>(upb_bufhandle_obj(this)) |
| 4957 : NULL; |
| 4958 } |
| 4959 |
| 4960 inline reffed_ptr<Handlers> Handlers::New(const MessageDef *m) { |
| 4961 upb_handlers *h = upb_handlers_new(m, &h); |
| 4962 return reffed_ptr<Handlers>(h, &h); |
| 4963 } |
| 4964 inline reffed_ptr<const Handlers> Handlers::NewFrozen( |
| 4965 const MessageDef *m, upb_handlers_callback *callback, |
| 4966 const void *closure) { |
| 4967 const upb_handlers *h = upb_handlers_newfrozen(m, &h, callback, closure); |
| 4968 return reffed_ptr<const Handlers>(h, &h); |
| 4969 } |
| 4970 inline const Status* Handlers::status() { |
| 4971 return upb_handlers_status(this); |
| 4972 } |
| 4973 inline void Handlers::ClearError() { |
| 4974 return upb_handlers_clearerr(this); |
| 4975 } |
| 4976 inline bool Handlers::Freeze(Status *s) { |
| 4977 upb::Handlers* h = this; |
| 4978 return upb_handlers_freeze(&h, 1, s); |
| 4979 } |
| 4980 inline bool Handlers::Freeze(Handlers *const *handlers, int n, Status *s) { |
| 4981 return upb_handlers_freeze(handlers, n, s); |
| 4982 } |
| 4983 inline bool Handlers::Freeze(const std::vector<Handlers*>& h, Status* status) { |
| 4984 return upb_handlers_freeze((Handlers* const*)&h[0], h.size(), status); |
| 4985 } |
| 4986 inline const MessageDef *Handlers::message_def() const { |
| 4987 return upb_handlers_msgdef(this); |
| 4988 } |
| 4989 inline bool Handlers::AddCleanup(void *p, upb_handlerfree *func) { |
| 4990 return upb_handlers_addcleanup(this, p, func); |
| 4991 } |
| 4992 inline bool Handlers::SetStartMessageHandler( |
| 4993 const Handlers::StartMessageHandler &handler) { |
| 4994 assert(!handler.registered_); |
| 4995 handler.registered_ = true; |
| 4996 handler.AddCleanup(this); |
| 4997 return upb_handlers_setstartmsg(this, handler.handler_, &handler.attr_); |
| 4998 } |
| 4999 inline bool Handlers::SetEndMessageHandler( |
| 5000 const Handlers::EndMessageHandler &handler) { |
| 5001 assert(!handler.registered_); |
| 5002 handler.registered_ = true; |
| 5003 handler.AddCleanup(this); |
| 5004 return upb_handlers_setendmsg(this, handler.handler_, &handler.attr_); |
| 5005 } |
| 5006 inline bool Handlers::SetStartStringHandler(const FieldDef *f, |
| 5007 const StartStringHandler &handler) { |
| 5008 assert(!handler.registered_); |
| 5009 handler.registered_ = true; |
| 5010 handler.AddCleanup(this); |
| 5011 return upb_handlers_setstartstr(this, f, handler.handler_, &handler.attr_); |
| 5012 } |
| 5013 inline bool Handlers::SetEndStringHandler(const FieldDef *f, |
| 5014 const EndFieldHandler &handler) { |
| 5015 assert(!handler.registered_); |
| 5016 handler.registered_ = true; |
| 5017 handler.AddCleanup(this); |
| 5018 return upb_handlers_setendstr(this, f, handler.handler_, &handler.attr_); |
| 5019 } |
| 5020 inline bool Handlers::SetStringHandler(const FieldDef *f, |
| 5021 const StringHandler& handler) { |
| 5022 assert(!handler.registered_); |
| 5023 handler.registered_ = true; |
| 5024 handler.AddCleanup(this); |
| 5025 return upb_handlers_setstring(this, f, handler.handler_, &handler.attr_); |
| 5026 } |
| 5027 inline bool Handlers::SetStartSequenceHandler( |
| 5028 const FieldDef *f, const StartFieldHandler &handler) { |
| 5029 assert(!handler.registered_); |
| 5030 handler.registered_ = true; |
| 5031 handler.AddCleanup(this); |
| 5032 return upb_handlers_setstartseq(this, f, handler.handler_, &handler.attr_); |
| 5033 } |
| 5034 inline bool Handlers::SetStartSubMessageHandler( |
| 5035 const FieldDef *f, const StartFieldHandler &handler) { |
| 5036 assert(!handler.registered_); |
| 5037 handler.registered_ = true; |
| 5038 handler.AddCleanup(this); |
| 5039 return upb_handlers_setstartsubmsg(this, f, handler.handler_, &handler.attr_); |
| 5040 } |
| 5041 inline bool Handlers::SetEndSubMessageHandler(const FieldDef *f, |
| 5042 const EndFieldHandler &handler) { |
| 5043 assert(!handler.registered_); |
| 5044 handler.registered_ = true; |
| 5045 handler.AddCleanup(this); |
| 5046 return upb_handlers_setendsubmsg(this, f, handler.handler_, &handler.attr_); |
| 5047 } |
| 5048 inline bool Handlers::SetEndSequenceHandler(const FieldDef *f, |
| 5049 const EndFieldHandler &handler) { |
| 5050 assert(!handler.registered_); |
| 5051 handler.registered_ = true; |
| 5052 handler.AddCleanup(this); |
| 5053 return upb_handlers_setendseq(this, f, handler.handler_, &handler.attr_); |
| 5054 } |
| 5055 inline bool Handlers::SetSubHandlers(const FieldDef *f, const Handlers *sub) { |
| 5056 return upb_handlers_setsubhandlers(this, f, sub); |
| 5057 } |
| 5058 inline const Handlers *Handlers::GetSubHandlers(const FieldDef *f) const { |
| 5059 return upb_handlers_getsubhandlers(this, f); |
| 5060 } |
| 5061 inline const Handlers *Handlers::GetSubHandlers(Handlers::Selector sel) const { |
| 5062 return upb_handlers_getsubhandlers_sel(this, sel); |
| 5063 } |
| 5064 inline bool Handlers::GetSelector(const FieldDef *f, Handlers::Type type, |
| 5065 Handlers::Selector *s) { |
| 5066 return upb_handlers_getselector(f, type, s); |
| 5067 } |
| 5068 inline Handlers::Selector Handlers::GetEndSelector(Handlers::Selector start) { |
| 5069 return upb_handlers_getendselector(start); |
| 5070 } |
| 5071 inline Handlers::GenericFunction *Handlers::GetHandler( |
| 5072 Handlers::Selector selector) { |
| 5073 return upb_handlers_gethandler(this, selector); |
| 5074 } |
| 5075 inline const void *Handlers::GetHandlerData(Handlers::Selector selector) { |
| 5076 return upb_handlers_gethandlerdata(this, selector); |
| 5077 } |
| 5078 |
| 5079 inline BytesHandler::BytesHandler() { |
| 5080 upb_byteshandler_init(this); |
| 5081 } |
| 5082 |
| 5083 inline BytesHandler::~BytesHandler() {} |
| 5084 |
| 5085 } /* namespace upb */ |
| 5086 |
| 5087 #endif /* __cplusplus */ |
| 5088 |
| 5089 |
| 5090 #undef UPB_TWO_32BIT_TYPES |
| 5091 #undef UPB_TWO_64BIT_TYPES |
| 5092 #undef UPB_INT32_T |
| 5093 #undef UPB_UINT32_T |
| 5094 #undef UPB_INT32ALT_T |
| 5095 #undef UPB_UINT32ALT_T |
| 5096 #undef UPB_INT64_T |
| 5097 #undef UPB_UINT64_T |
| 5098 #undef UPB_INT64ALT_T |
| 5099 #undef UPB_UINT64ALT_T |
| 5100 |
| 5101 #endif /* UPB_HANDLERS_INL_H_ */ |
| 5102 |
| 5103 #endif /* UPB_HANDLERS_H */ |
| 5104 /* |
| 5105 ** upb::Environment (upb_env) |
| 5106 ** |
| 5107 ** A upb::Environment provides a means for injecting malloc and an |
| 5108 ** error-reporting callback into encoders/decoders. This allows them to be |
| 5109 ** independent of nearly all assumptions about their actual environment. |
| 5110 ** |
| 5111 ** It is also a container for allocating the encoders/decoders themselves that |
| 5112 ** insulates clients from knowing their actual size. This provides ABI |
| 5113 ** compatibility even if the size of the objects change. And this allows the |
| 5114 ** structure definitions to be in the .c files instead of the .h files, making |
| 5115 ** the .h files smaller and more readable. |
| 5116 */ |
| 5117 |
| 5118 |
| 5119 #ifndef UPB_ENV_H_ |
| 5120 #define UPB_ENV_H_ |
| 5121 |
| 5122 #ifdef __cplusplus |
| 5123 namespace upb { |
| 5124 class Environment; |
| 5125 class SeededAllocator; |
| 5126 } |
| 5127 #endif |
| 5128 |
| 5129 UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::Environment, upb_env) |
| 5130 UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::SeededAllocator, upb_seededalloc) |
| 5131 |
| 5132 typedef void *upb_alloc_func(void *ud, void *ptr, size_t oldsize, size_t size); |
| 5133 typedef void upb_cleanup_func(void *ud); |
| 5134 typedef bool upb_error_func(void *ud, const upb_status *status); |
| 5135 |
| 5136 #ifdef __cplusplus |
| 5137 |
| 5138 /* An environment is *not* thread-safe. */ |
| 5139 class upb::Environment { |
| 5140 public: |
| 5141 Environment(); |
| 5142 ~Environment(); |
| 5143 |
| 5144 /* Set a custom memory allocation function for the environment. May ONLY |
| 5145 * be called before any calls to Malloc()/Realloc()/AddCleanup() below. |
| 5146 * If this is not called, the system realloc() function will be used. |
| 5147 * The given user pointer "ud" will be passed to the allocation function. |
| 5148 * |
| 5149 * The allocation function will not receive corresponding "free" calls. it |
| 5150 * must ensure that the memory is valid for the lifetime of the Environment, |
| 5151 * but it may be reclaimed any time thereafter. The likely usage is that |
| 5152 * "ud" points to a stateful allocator, and that the allocator frees all |
| 5153 * memory, arena-style, when it is destroyed. In this case the allocator must |
| 5154 * outlive the Environment. Another possibility is that the allocation |
| 5155 * function returns GC-able memory that is guaranteed to be GC-rooted for the |
| 5156 * life of the Environment. */ |
| 5157 void SetAllocationFunction(upb_alloc_func* alloc, void* ud); |
| 5158 |
| 5159 template<class T> |
| 5160 void SetAllocator(T* allocator) { |
| 5161 SetAllocationFunction(allocator->GetAllocationFunction(), allocator); |
| 5162 } |
| 5163 |
| 5164 /* Set a custom error reporting function. */ |
| 5165 void SetErrorFunction(upb_error_func* func, void* ud); |
| 5166 |
| 5167 /* Set the error reporting function to simply copy the status to the given |
| 5168 * status and abort. */ |
| 5169 void ReportErrorsTo(Status* status); |
| 5170 |
| 5171 /* Returns true if all allocations and AddCleanup() calls have succeeded, |
| 5172 * and no errors were reported with ReportError() (except ones that recovered |
| 5173 * successfully). */ |
| 5174 bool ok() const; |
| 5175 |
| 5176 /* Functions for use by encoders/decoders. **********************************/ |
| 5177 |
| 5178 /* Reports an error to this environment's callback, returning true if |
| 5179 * the caller should try to recover. */ |
| 5180 bool ReportError(const Status* status); |
| 5181 |
| 5182 /* Allocate memory. Uses the environment's allocation function. |
| 5183 * |
| 5184 * There is no need to free(). All memory will be freed automatically, but is |
| 5185 * guaranteed to outlive the Environment. */ |
| 5186 void* Malloc(size_t size); |
| 5187 |
| 5188 /* Reallocate memory. Preserves "oldsize" bytes from the existing buffer |
| 5189 * Requires: oldsize <= existing_size. |
| 5190 * |
| 5191 * TODO(haberman): should we also enforce that oldsize <= size? */ |
| 5192 void* Realloc(void* ptr, size_t oldsize, size_t size); |
| 5193 |
| 5194 /* Add a cleanup function to run when the environment is destroyed. |
| 5195 * Returns false on out-of-memory. |
| 5196 * |
| 5197 * The first call to AddCleanup() after SetAllocationFunction() is guaranteed |
| 5198 * to return true -- this makes it possible to robustly set a cleanup handler |
| 5199 * for a custom allocation function. */ |
| 5200 bool AddCleanup(upb_cleanup_func* func, void* ud); |
| 5201 |
| 5202 /* Total number of bytes that have been allocated. It is undefined what |
| 5203 * Realloc() does to this counter. */ |
| 5204 size_t BytesAllocated() const; |
| 5205 |
| 5206 private: |
| 5207 UPB_DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN(Environment) |
| 5208 |
| 5209 #else |
| 5210 struct upb_env { |
| 5211 #endif /* __cplusplus */ |
| 5212 |
| 5213 bool ok_; |
| 5214 size_t bytes_allocated; |
| 5215 |
| 5216 /* Alloc function. */ |
| 5217 upb_alloc_func *alloc; |
| 5218 void *alloc_ud; |
| 5219 |
| 5220 /* Error-reporting function. */ |
| 5221 upb_error_func *err; |
| 5222 void *err_ud; |
| 5223 |
| 5224 /* Userdata for default alloc func. */ |
| 5225 void *default_alloc_ud; |
| 5226 |
| 5227 /* Cleanup entries. Pointer to a cleanup_ent, defined in env.c */ |
| 5228 void *cleanup_head; |
| 5229 |
| 5230 /* For future expansion, since the size of this struct is exposed to users. */ |
| 5231 void *future1; |
| 5232 void *future2; |
| 5233 }; |
| 5234 |
| 5235 UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C |
| 5236 |
| 5237 void upb_env_init(upb_env *e); |
| 5238 void upb_env_uninit(upb_env *e); |
| 5239 void upb_env_setallocfunc(upb_env *e, upb_alloc_func *func, void *ud); |
| 5240 void upb_env_seterrorfunc(upb_env *e, upb_error_func *func, void *ud); |
| 5241 void upb_env_reporterrorsto(upb_env *e, upb_status *status); |
| 5242 bool upb_env_ok(const upb_env *e); |
| 5243 bool upb_env_reporterror(upb_env *e, const upb_status *status); |
| 5244 void *upb_env_malloc(upb_env *e, size_t size); |
| 5245 void *upb_env_realloc(upb_env *e, void *ptr, size_t oldsize, size_t size); |
| 5246 bool upb_env_addcleanup(upb_env *e, upb_cleanup_func *func, void *ud); |
| 5247 size_t upb_env_bytesallocated(const upb_env *e); |
| 5248 |
| 5249 UPB_END_EXTERN_C |
| 5250 |
| 5251 #ifdef __cplusplus |
| 5252 |
| 5253 /* An allocator that allocates from an initial memory region (likely the stack) |
| 5254 * before falling back to another allocator. */ |
| 5255 class upb::SeededAllocator { |
| 5256 public: |
| 5257 SeededAllocator(void *mem, size_t len); |
| 5258 ~SeededAllocator(); |
| 5259 |
| 5260 /* Set a custom fallback memory allocation function for the allocator, to use |
| 5261 * once the initial region runs out. |
| 5262 * |
| 5263 * May ONLY be called before GetAllocationFunction(). If this is not |
| 5264 * called, the system realloc() will be the fallback allocator. */ |
| 5265 void SetFallbackAllocator(upb_alloc_func *alloc, void *ud); |
| 5266 |
| 5267 /* Gets the allocation function for this allocator. */ |
| 5268 upb_alloc_func* GetAllocationFunction(); |
| 5269 |
| 5270 private: |
| 5271 UPB_DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN(SeededAllocator) |
| 5272 |
| 5273 #else |
| 5274 struct upb_seededalloc { |
| 5275 #endif /* __cplusplus */ |
| 5276 |
| 5277 /* Fallback alloc function. */ |
| 5278 upb_alloc_func *alloc; |
| 5279 upb_cleanup_func *alloc_cleanup; |
| 5280 void *alloc_ud; |
| 5281 bool need_cleanup; |
| 5282 bool returned_allocfunc; |
| 5283 |
| 5284 /* Userdata for default alloc func. */ |
| 5285 void *default_alloc_ud; |
| 5286 |
| 5287 /* Pointers for the initial memory region. */ |
| 5288 char *mem_base; |
| 5289 char *mem_ptr; |
| 5290 char *mem_limit; |
| 5291 |
| 5292 /* For future expansion, since the size of this struct is exposed to users. */ |
| 5293 void *future1; |
| 5294 void *future2; |
| 5295 }; |
| 5296 |
| 5297 UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C |
| 5298 |
| 5299 void upb_seededalloc_init(upb_seededalloc *a, void *mem, size_t len); |
| 5300 void upb_seededalloc_uninit(upb_seededalloc *a); |
| 5301 void upb_seededalloc_setfallbackalloc(upb_seededalloc *a, upb_alloc_func *func, |
| 5302 void *ud); |
| 5303 upb_alloc_func *upb_seededalloc_getallocfunc(upb_seededalloc *a); |
| 5304 |
| 5305 UPB_END_EXTERN_C |
| 5306 |
| 5307 #ifdef __cplusplus |
| 5308 |
| 5309 namespace upb { |
| 5310 |
| 5311 inline Environment::Environment() { |
| 5312 upb_env_init(this); |
| 5313 } |
| 5314 inline Environment::~Environment() { |
| 5315 upb_env_uninit(this); |
| 5316 } |
| 5317 inline void Environment::SetAllocationFunction(upb_alloc_func *alloc, |
| 5318 void *ud) { |
| 5319 upb_env_setallocfunc(this, alloc, ud); |
| 5320 } |
| 5321 inline void Environment::SetErrorFunction(upb_error_func *func, void *ud) { |
| 5322 upb_env_seterrorfunc(this, func, ud); |
| 5323 } |
| 5324 inline void Environment::ReportErrorsTo(Status* status) { |
| 5325 upb_env_reporterrorsto(this, status); |
| 5326 } |
| 5327 inline bool Environment::ok() const { |
| 5328 return upb_env_ok(this); |
| 5329 } |
| 5330 inline bool Environment::ReportError(const Status* status) { |
| 5331 return upb_env_reporterror(this, status); |
| 5332 } |
| 5333 inline void *Environment::Malloc(size_t size) { |
| 5334 return upb_env_malloc(this, size); |
| 5335 } |
| 5336 inline void *Environment::Realloc(void *ptr, size_t oldsize, size_t size) { |
| 5337 return upb_env_realloc(this, ptr, oldsize, size); |
| 5338 } |
| 5339 inline bool Environment::AddCleanup(upb_cleanup_func *func, void *ud) { |
| 5340 return upb_env_addcleanup(this, func, ud); |
| 5341 } |
| 5342 inline size_t Environment::BytesAllocated() const { |
| 5343 return upb_env_bytesallocated(this); |
| 5344 } |
| 5345 |
| 5346 inline SeededAllocator::SeededAllocator(void *mem, size_t len) { |
| 5347 upb_seededalloc_init(this, mem, len); |
| 5348 } |
| 5349 inline SeededAllocator::~SeededAllocator() { |
| 5350 upb_seededalloc_uninit(this); |
| 5351 } |
| 5352 inline void SeededAllocator::SetFallbackAllocator(upb_alloc_func *alloc, |
| 5353 void *ud) { |
| 5354 upb_seededalloc_setfallbackalloc(this, alloc, ud); |
| 5355 } |
| 5356 inline upb_alloc_func *SeededAllocator::GetAllocationFunction() { |
| 5357 return upb_seededalloc_getallocfunc(this); |
| 5358 } |
| 5359 |
| 5360 } /* namespace upb */ |
| 5361 |
| 5362 #endif /* __cplusplus */ |
| 5363 |
| 5364 #endif /* UPB_ENV_H_ */ |
| 5365 /* |
| 5366 ** upb::Sink (upb_sink) |
| 5367 ** upb::BytesSink (upb_bytessink) |
| 5368 ** |
| 5369 ** A upb_sink is an object that binds a upb_handlers object to some runtime |
| 5370 ** state. It is the object that can actually receive data via the upb_handlers |
| 5371 ** interface. |
| 5372 ** |
| 5373 ** Unlike upb_def and upb_handlers, upb_sink is never frozen, immutable, or |
| 5374 ** thread-safe. You can create as many of them as you want, but each one may |
| 5375 ** only be used in a single thread at a time. |
| 5376 ** |
| 5377 ** If we compare with class-based OOP, a you can think of a upb_def as an |
| 5378 ** abstract base class, a upb_handlers as a concrete derived class, and a |
| 5379 ** upb_sink as an object (class instance). |
| 5380 */ |
| 5381 |
| 5382 #ifndef UPB_SINK_H |
| 5383 #define UPB_SINK_H |
| 5384 |
| 5385 |
| 5386 #ifdef __cplusplus |
| 5387 namespace upb { |
| 5388 class BufferSource; |
| 5389 class BytesSink; |
| 5390 class Sink; |
| 5391 } |
| 5392 #endif |
| 5393 |
| 5394 UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::BufferSource, upb_bufsrc) |
| 5395 UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::BytesSink, upb_bytessink) |
| 5396 UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::Sink, upb_sink) |
| 5397 |
| 5398 #ifdef __cplusplus |
| 5399 |
| 5400 /* A upb::Sink is an object that binds a upb::Handlers object to some runtime |
| 5401 * state. It represents an endpoint to which data can be sent. |
| 5402 * |
| 5403 * TODO(haberman): right now all of these functions take selectors. Should they |
| 5404 * take selectorbase instead? |
| 5405 * |
| 5406 * ie. instead of calling: |
| 5407 * sink->StartString(FOO_FIELD_START_STRING, ...) |
| 5408 * a selector base would let you say: |
| 5409 * sink->StartString(FOO_FIELD, ...) |
| 5410 * |
| 5411 * This would make call sites a little nicer and require emitting fewer selector |
| 5412 * definitions in .h files. |
| 5413 * |
| 5414 * But the current scheme has the benefit that you can retrieve a function |
| 5415 * pointer for any handler with handlers->GetHandler(selector), without having |
| 5416 * to have a separate GetHandler() function for each handler type. The JIT |
| 5417 * compiler uses this. To accommodate we'd have to expose a separate |
| 5418 * GetHandler() for every handler type. |
| 5419 * |
| 5420 * Also to ponder: selectors right now are independent of a specific Handlers |
| 5421 * instance. In other words, they allocate a number to every possible handler |
| 5422 * that *could* be registered, without knowing anything about what handlers |
| 5423 * *are* registered. That means that using selectors as table offsets prohibits |
| 5424 * us from compacting the handler table at Freeze() time. If the table is very |
| 5425 * sparse, this could be wasteful. |
| 5426 * |
| 5427 * Having another selector-like thing that is specific to a Handlers instance |
| 5428 * would allow this compacting, but then it would be impossible to write code |
| 5429 * ahead-of-time that can be bound to any Handlers instance at runtime. For |
| 5430 * example, a .proto file parser written as straight C will not know what |
| 5431 * Handlers it will be bound to, so when it calls sink->StartString() what |
| 5432 * selector will it pass? It needs a selector like we have today, that is |
| 5433 * independent of any particular upb::Handlers. |
| 5434 * |
| 5435 * Is there a way then to allow Handlers table compaction? */ |
| 5436 class upb::Sink { |
| 5437 public: |
| 5438 /* Constructor with no initialization; must be Reset() before use. */ |
| 5439 Sink() {} |
| 5440 |
| 5441 /* Constructs a new sink for the given frozen handlers and closure. |
| 5442 * |
| 5443 * TODO: once the Handlers know the expected closure type, verify that T |
| 5444 * matches it. */ |
| 5445 template <class T> Sink(const Handlers* handlers, T* closure); |
| 5446 |
| 5447 /* Resets the value of the sink. */ |
| 5448 template <class T> void Reset(const Handlers* handlers, T* closure); |
| 5449 |
| 5450 /* Returns the top-level object that is bound to this sink. |
| 5451 * |
| 5452 * TODO: once the Handlers know the expected closure type, verify that T |
| 5453 * matches it. */ |
| 5454 template <class T> T* GetObject() const; |
| 5455 |
| 5456 /* Functions for pushing data into the sink. |
| 5457 * |
| 5458 * These return false if processing should stop (either due to error or just |
| 5459 * to suspend). |
| 5460 * |
| 5461 * These may not be called from within one of the same sink's handlers (in |
| 5462 * other words, handlers are not re-entrant). */ |
| 5463 |
| 5464 /* Should be called at the start and end of every message; both the top-level |
| 5465 * message and submessages. This means that submessages should use the |
| 5466 * following sequence: |
| 5467 * sink->StartSubMessage(startsubmsg_selector); |
| 5468 * sink->StartMessage(); |
| 5469 * // ... |
| 5470 * sink->EndMessage(&status); |
| 5471 * sink->EndSubMessage(endsubmsg_selector); */ |
| 5472 bool StartMessage(); |
| 5473 bool EndMessage(Status* status); |
| 5474 |
| 5475 /* Putting of individual values. These work for both repeated and |
| 5476 * non-repeated fields, but for repeated fields you must wrap them in |
| 5477 * calls to StartSequence()/EndSequence(). */ |
| 5478 bool PutInt32(Handlers::Selector s, int32_t val); |
| 5479 bool PutInt64(Handlers::Selector s, int64_t val); |
| 5480 bool PutUInt32(Handlers::Selector s, uint32_t val); |
| 5481 bool PutUInt64(Handlers::Selector s, uint64_t val); |
| 5482 bool PutFloat(Handlers::Selector s, float val); |
| 5483 bool PutDouble(Handlers::Selector s, double val); |
| 5484 bool PutBool(Handlers::Selector s, bool val); |
| 5485 |
| 5486 /* Putting of string/bytes values. Each string can consist of zero or more |
| 5487 * non-contiguous buffers of data. |
| 5488 * |
| 5489 * For StartString(), the function will write a sink for the string to "sub." |
| 5490 * The sub-sink must be used for any/all PutStringBuffer() calls. */ |
| 5491 bool StartString(Handlers::Selector s, size_t size_hint, Sink* sub); |
| 5492 size_t PutStringBuffer(Handlers::Selector s, const char *buf, size_t len, |
| 5493 const BufferHandle *handle); |
| 5494 bool EndString(Handlers::Selector s); |
| 5495 |
| 5496 /* For submessage fields. |
| 5497 * |
| 5498 * For StartSubMessage(), the function will write a sink for the string to |
| 5499 * "sub." The sub-sink must be used for any/all handlers called within the |
| 5500 * submessage. */ |
| 5501 bool StartSubMessage(Handlers::Selector s, Sink* sub); |
| 5502 bool EndSubMessage(Handlers::Selector s); |
| 5503 |
| 5504 /* For repeated fields of any type, the sequence of values must be wrapped in |
| 5505 * these calls. |
| 5506 * |
| 5507 * For StartSequence(), the function will write a sink for the string to |
| 5508 * "sub." The sub-sink must be used for any/all handlers called within the |
| 5509 * sequence. */ |
| 5510 bool StartSequence(Handlers::Selector s, Sink* sub); |
| 5511 bool EndSequence(Handlers::Selector s); |
| 5512 |
| 5513 /* Copy and assign specifically allowed. |
| 5514 * We don't even bother making these members private because so many |
| 5515 * functions need them and this is mainly just a dumb data container anyway. |
| 5516 */ |
| 5517 #else |
| 5518 struct upb_sink { |
| 5519 #endif |
| 5520 const upb_handlers *handlers; |
| 5521 void *closure; |
| 5522 }; |
| 5523 |
| 5524 #ifdef __cplusplus |
| 5525 class upb::BytesSink { |
| 5526 public: |
| 5527 BytesSink() {} |
| 5528 |
| 5529 /* Constructs a new sink for the given frozen handlers and closure. |
| 5530 * |
| 5531 * TODO(haberman): once the Handlers know the expected closure type, verify |
| 5532 * that T matches it. */ |
| 5533 template <class T> BytesSink(const BytesHandler* handler, T* closure); |
| 5534 |
| 5535 /* Resets the value of the sink. */ |
| 5536 template <class T> void Reset(const BytesHandler* handler, T* closure); |
| 5537 |
| 5538 bool Start(size_t size_hint, void **subc); |
| 5539 size_t PutBuffer(void *subc, const char *buf, size_t len, |
| 5540 const BufferHandle *handle); |
| 5541 bool End(); |
| 5542 #else |
| 5543 struct upb_bytessink { |
| 5544 #endif |
| 5545 const upb_byteshandler *handler; |
| 5546 void *closure; |
| 5547 }; |
| 5548 |
| 5549 #ifdef __cplusplus |
| 5550 |
| 5551 /* A class for pushing a flat buffer of data to a BytesSink. |
| 5552 * You can construct an instance of this to get a resumable source, |
| 5553 * or just call the static PutBuffer() to do a non-resumable push all in one |
| 5554 * go. */ |
| 5555 class upb::BufferSource { |
| 5556 public: |
| 5557 BufferSource(); |
| 5558 BufferSource(const char* buf, size_t len, BytesSink* sink); |
| 5559 |
| 5560 /* Returns true if the entire buffer was pushed successfully. Otherwise the |
| 5561 * next call to PutNext() will resume where the previous one left off. |
| 5562 * TODO(haberman): implement this. */ |
| 5563 bool PutNext(); |
| 5564 |
| 5565 /* A static version; with this version is it not possible to resume in the |
| 5566 * case of failure or a partially-consumed buffer. */ |
| 5567 static bool PutBuffer(const char* buf, size_t len, BytesSink* sink); |
| 5568 |
| 5569 template <class T> static bool PutBuffer(const T& str, BytesSink* sink) { |
| 5570 return PutBuffer(str.c_str(), str.size(), sink); |
| 5571 } |
| 5572 #else |
| 5573 struct upb_bufsrc { |
| 5574 char dummy; |
| 5575 #endif |
| 5576 }; |
| 5577 |
| 5578 UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C |
| 5579 |
| 5580 /* Inline definitions. */ |
| 5581 |
| 5582 UPB_INLINE void upb_bytessink_reset(upb_bytessink *s, const upb_byteshandler *h, |
| 5583 void *closure) { |
| 5584 s->handler = h; |
| 5585 s->closure = closure; |
| 5586 } |
| 5587 |
| 5588 UPB_INLINE bool upb_bytessink_start(upb_bytessink *s, size_t size_hint, |
| 5589 void **subc) { |
| 5590 typedef upb_startstr_handlerfunc func; |
| 5591 func *start; |
| 5592 *subc = s->closure; |
| 5593 if (!s->handler) return true; |
| 5594 start = (func *)s->handler->table[UPB_STARTSTR_SELECTOR].func; |
| 5595 |
| 5596 if (!start) return true; |
| 5597 *subc = start(s->closure, upb_handlerattr_handlerdata( |
| 5598 &s->handler->table[UPB_STARTSTR_SELECTOR].attr), |
| 5599 size_hint); |
| 5600 return *subc != NULL; |
| 5601 } |
| 5602 |
| 5603 UPB_INLINE size_t upb_bytessink_putbuf(upb_bytessink *s, void *subc, |
| 5604 const char *buf, size_t size, |
| 5605 const upb_bufhandle* handle) { |
| 5606 typedef upb_string_handlerfunc func; |
| 5607 func *putbuf; |
| 5608 if (!s->handler) return true; |
| 5609 putbuf = (func *)s->handler->table[UPB_STRING_SELECTOR].func; |
| 5610 |
| 5611 if (!putbuf) return true; |
| 5612 return putbuf(subc, upb_handlerattr_handlerdata( |
| 5613 &s->handler->table[UPB_STRING_SELECTOR].attr), |
| 5614 buf, size, handle); |
| 5615 } |
| 5616 |
| 5617 UPB_INLINE bool upb_bytessink_end(upb_bytessink *s) { |
| 5618 typedef upb_endfield_handlerfunc func; |
| 5619 func *end; |
| 5620 if (!s->handler) return true; |
| 5621 end = (func *)s->handler->table[UPB_ENDSTR_SELECTOR].func; |
| 5622 |
| 5623 if (!end) return true; |
| 5624 return end(s->closure, |
| 5625 upb_handlerattr_handlerdata( |
| 5626 &s->handler->table[UPB_ENDSTR_SELECTOR].attr)); |
| 5627 } |
| 5628 |
| 5629 UPB_INLINE bool upb_bufsrc_putbuf(const char *buf, size_t len, |
| 5630 upb_bytessink *sink) { |
| 5631 void *subc; |
| 5632 bool ret; |
| 5633 upb_bufhandle handle; |
| 5634 upb_bufhandle_init(&handle); |
| 5635 upb_bufhandle_setbuf(&handle, buf, 0); |
| 5636 ret = upb_bytessink_start(sink, len, &subc); |
| 5637 if (ret && len != 0) { |
| 5638 ret = (upb_bytessink_putbuf(sink, subc, buf, len, &handle) >= len); |
| 5639 } |
| 5640 if (ret) { |
| 5641 ret = upb_bytessink_end(sink); |
| 5642 } |
| 5643 upb_bufhandle_uninit(&handle); |
| 5644 return ret; |
| 5645 } |
| 5646 |
| 5647 #define PUTVAL(type, ctype) \ |
| 5648 UPB_INLINE bool upb_sink_put##type(upb_sink *s, upb_selector_t sel, \ |
| 5649 ctype val) { \ |
| 5650 typedef upb_##type##_handlerfunc functype; \ |
| 5651 functype *func; \ |
| 5652 const void *hd; \ |
| 5653 if (!s->handlers) return true; \ |
| 5654 func = (functype *)upb_handlers_gethandler(s->handlers, sel); \ |
| 5655 if (!func) return true; \ |
| 5656 hd = upb_handlers_gethandlerdata(s->handlers, sel); \ |
| 5657 return func(s->closure, hd, val); \ |
| 5658 } |
| 5659 |
| 5660 PUTVAL(int32, int32_t) |
| 5661 PUTVAL(int64, int64_t) |
| 5662 PUTVAL(uint32, uint32_t) |
| 5663 PUTVAL(uint64, uint64_t) |
| 5664 PUTVAL(float, float) |
| 5665 PUTVAL(double, double) |
| 5666 PUTVAL(bool, bool) |
| 5667 #undef PUTVAL |
| 5668 |
| 5669 UPB_INLINE void upb_sink_reset(upb_sink *s, const upb_handlers *h, void *c) { |
| 5670 s->handlers = h; |
| 5671 s->closure = c; |
| 5672 } |
| 5673 |
| 5674 UPB_INLINE size_t upb_sink_putstring(upb_sink *s, upb_selector_t sel, |
| 5675 const char *buf, size_t n, |
| 5676 const upb_bufhandle *handle) { |
| 5677 typedef upb_string_handlerfunc func; |
| 5678 func *handler; |
| 5679 const void *hd; |
| 5680 if (!s->handlers) return n; |
| 5681 handler = (func *)upb_handlers_gethandler(s->handlers, sel); |
| 5682 |
| 5683 if (!handler) return n; |
| 5684 hd = upb_handlers_gethandlerdata(s->handlers, sel); |
| 5685 return handler(s->closure, hd, buf, n, handle); |
| 5686 } |
| 5687 |
| 5688 UPB_INLINE bool upb_sink_startmsg(upb_sink *s) { |
| 5689 typedef upb_startmsg_handlerfunc func; |
| 5690 func *startmsg; |
| 5691 const void *hd; |
| 5692 if (!s->handlers) return true; |
| 5693 startmsg = (func*)upb_handlers_gethandler(s->handlers, UPB_STARTMSG_SELECTOR); |
| 5694 |
| 5695 if (!startmsg) return true; |
| 5696 hd = upb_handlers_gethandlerdata(s->handlers, UPB_STARTMSG_SELECTOR); |
| 5697 return startmsg(s->closure, hd); |
| 5698 } |
| 5699 |
| 5700 UPB_INLINE bool upb_sink_endmsg(upb_sink *s, upb_status *status) { |
| 5701 typedef upb_endmsg_handlerfunc func; |
| 5702 func *endmsg; |
| 5703 const void *hd; |
| 5704 if (!s->handlers) return true; |
| 5705 endmsg = (func *)upb_handlers_gethandler(s->handlers, UPB_ENDMSG_SELECTOR); |
| 5706 |
| 5707 if (!endmsg) return true; |
| 5708 hd = upb_handlers_gethandlerdata(s->handlers, UPB_ENDMSG_SELECTOR); |
| 5709 return endmsg(s->closure, hd, status); |
| 5710 } |
| 5711 |
| 5712 UPB_INLINE bool upb_sink_startseq(upb_sink *s, upb_selector_t sel, |
| 5713 upb_sink *sub) { |
| 5714 typedef upb_startfield_handlerfunc func; |
| 5715 func *startseq; |
| 5716 const void *hd; |
| 5717 sub->closure = s->closure; |
| 5718 sub->handlers = s->handlers; |
| 5719 if (!s->handlers) return true; |
| 5720 startseq = (func*)upb_handlers_gethandler(s->handlers, sel); |
| 5721 |
| 5722 if (!startseq) return true; |
| 5723 hd = upb_handlers_gethandlerdata(s->handlers, sel); |
| 5724 sub->closure = startseq(s->closure, hd); |
| 5725 return sub->closure ? true : false; |
| 5726 } |
| 5727 |
| 5728 UPB_INLINE bool upb_sink_endseq(upb_sink *s, upb_selector_t sel) { |
| 5729 typedef upb_endfield_handlerfunc func; |
| 5730 func *endseq; |
| 5731 const void *hd; |
| 5732 if (!s->handlers) return true; |
| 5733 endseq = (func*)upb_handlers_gethandler(s->handlers, sel); |
| 5734 |
| 5735 if (!endseq) return true; |
| 5736 hd = upb_handlers_gethandlerdata(s->handlers, sel); |
| 5737 return endseq(s->closure, hd); |
| 5738 } |
| 5739 |
| 5740 UPB_INLINE bool upb_sink_startstr(upb_sink *s, upb_selector_t sel, |
| 5741 size_t size_hint, upb_sink *sub) { |
| 5742 typedef upb_startstr_handlerfunc func; |
| 5743 func *startstr; |
| 5744 const void *hd; |
| 5745 sub->closure = s->closure; |
| 5746 sub->handlers = s->handlers; |
| 5747 if (!s->handlers) return true; |
| 5748 startstr = (func*)upb_handlers_gethandler(s->handlers, sel); |
| 5749 |
| 5750 if (!startstr) return true; |
| 5751 hd = upb_handlers_gethandlerdata(s->handlers, sel); |
| 5752 sub->closure = startstr(s->closure, hd, size_hint); |
| 5753 return sub->closure ? true : false; |
| 5754 } |
| 5755 |
| 5756 UPB_INLINE bool upb_sink_endstr(upb_sink *s, upb_selector_t sel) { |
| 5757 typedef upb_endfield_handlerfunc func; |
| 5758 func *endstr; |
| 5759 const void *hd; |
| 5760 if (!s->handlers) return true; |
| 5761 endstr = (func*)upb_handlers_gethandler(s->handlers, sel); |
| 5762 |
| 5763 if (!endstr) return true; |
| 5764 hd = upb_handlers_gethandlerdata(s->handlers, sel); |
| 5765 return endstr(s->closure, hd); |
| 5766 } |
| 5767 |
| 5768 UPB_INLINE bool upb_sink_startsubmsg(upb_sink *s, upb_selector_t sel, |
| 5769 upb_sink *sub) { |
| 5770 typedef upb_startfield_handlerfunc func; |
| 5771 func *startsubmsg; |
| 5772 const void *hd; |
| 5773 sub->closure = s->closure; |
| 5774 if (!s->handlers) { |
| 5775 sub->handlers = NULL; |
| 5776 return true; |
| 5777 } |
| 5778 sub->handlers = upb_handlers_getsubhandlers_sel(s->handlers, sel); |
| 5779 startsubmsg = (func*)upb_handlers_gethandler(s->handlers, sel); |
| 5780 |
| 5781 if (!startsubmsg) return true; |
| 5782 hd = upb_handlers_gethandlerdata(s->handlers, sel); |
| 5783 sub->closure = startsubmsg(s->closure, hd); |
| 5784 return sub->closure ? true : false; |
| 5785 } |
| 5786 |
| 5787 UPB_INLINE bool upb_sink_endsubmsg(upb_sink *s, upb_selector_t sel) { |
| 5788 typedef upb_endfield_handlerfunc func; |
| 5789 func *endsubmsg; |
| 5790 const void *hd; |
| 5791 if (!s->handlers) return true; |
| 5792 endsubmsg = (func*)upb_handlers_gethandler(s->handlers, sel); |
| 5793 |
| 5794 if (!endsubmsg) return s->closure; |
| 5795 hd = upb_handlers_gethandlerdata(s->handlers, sel); |
| 5796 return endsubmsg(s->closure, hd); |
| 5797 } |
| 5798 |
| 5799 UPB_END_EXTERN_C |
| 5800 |
| 5801 #ifdef __cplusplus |
| 5802 |
| 5803 namespace upb { |
| 5804 |
| 5805 template <class T> Sink::Sink(const Handlers* handlers, T* closure) { |
| 5806 upb_sink_reset(this, handlers, closure); |
| 5807 } |
| 5808 template <class T> |
| 5809 inline void Sink::Reset(const Handlers* handlers, T* closure) { |
| 5810 upb_sink_reset(this, handlers, closure); |
| 5811 } |
| 5812 inline bool Sink::StartMessage() { |
| 5813 return upb_sink_startmsg(this); |
| 5814 } |
| 5815 inline bool Sink::EndMessage(Status* status) { |
| 5816 return upb_sink_endmsg(this, status); |
| 5817 } |
| 5818 inline bool Sink::PutInt32(Handlers::Selector sel, int32_t val) { |
| 5819 return upb_sink_putint32(this, sel, val); |
| 5820 } |
| 5821 inline bool Sink::PutInt64(Handlers::Selector sel, int64_t val) { |
| 5822 return upb_sink_putint64(this, sel, val); |
| 5823 } |
| 5824 inline bool Sink::PutUInt32(Handlers::Selector sel, uint32_t val) { |
| 5825 return upb_sink_putuint32(this, sel, val); |
| 5826 } |
| 5827 inline bool Sink::PutUInt64(Handlers::Selector sel, uint64_t val) { |
| 5828 return upb_sink_putuint64(this, sel, val); |
| 5829 } |
| 5830 inline bool Sink::PutFloat(Handlers::Selector sel, float val) { |
| 5831 return upb_sink_putfloat(this, sel, val); |
| 5832 } |
| 5833 inline bool Sink::PutDouble(Handlers::Selector sel, double val) { |
| 5834 return upb_sink_putdouble(this, sel, val); |
| 5835 } |
| 5836 inline bool Sink::PutBool(Handlers::Selector sel, bool val) { |
| 5837 return upb_sink_putbool(this, sel, val); |
| 5838 } |
| 5839 inline bool Sink::StartString(Handlers::Selector sel, size_t size_hint, |
| 5840 Sink *sub) { |
| 5841 return upb_sink_startstr(this, sel, size_hint, sub); |
| 5842 } |
| 5843 inline size_t Sink::PutStringBuffer(Handlers::Selector sel, const char *buf, |
| 5844 size_t len, const BufferHandle* handle) { |
| 5845 return upb_sink_putstring(this, sel, buf, len, handle); |
| 5846 } |
| 5847 inline bool Sink::EndString(Handlers::Selector sel) { |
| 5848 return upb_sink_endstr(this, sel); |
| 5849 } |
| 5850 inline bool Sink::StartSubMessage(Handlers::Selector sel, Sink* sub) { |
| 5851 return upb_sink_startsubmsg(this, sel, sub); |
| 5852 } |
| 5853 inline bool Sink::EndSubMessage(Handlers::Selector sel) { |
| 5854 return upb_sink_endsubmsg(this, sel); |
| 5855 } |
| 5856 inline bool Sink::StartSequence(Handlers::Selector sel, Sink* sub) { |
| 5857 return upb_sink_startseq(this, sel, sub); |
| 5858 } |
| 5859 inline bool Sink::EndSequence(Handlers::Selector sel) { |
| 5860 return upb_sink_endseq(this, sel); |
| 5861 } |
| 5862 |
| 5863 template <class T> |
| 5864 BytesSink::BytesSink(const BytesHandler* handler, T* closure) { |
| 5865 Reset(handler, closure); |
| 5866 } |
| 5867 |
| 5868 template <class T> |
| 5869 void BytesSink::Reset(const BytesHandler *handler, T *closure) { |
| 5870 upb_bytessink_reset(this, handler, closure); |
| 5871 } |
| 5872 inline bool BytesSink::Start(size_t size_hint, void **subc) { |
| 5873 return upb_bytessink_start(this, size_hint, subc); |
| 5874 } |
| 5875 inline size_t BytesSink::PutBuffer(void *subc, const char *buf, size_t len, |
| 5876 const BufferHandle *handle) { |
| 5877 return upb_bytessink_putbuf(this, subc, buf, len, handle); |
| 5878 } |
| 5879 inline bool BytesSink::End() { |
| 5880 return upb_bytessink_end(this); |
| 5881 } |
| 5882 |
| 5883 inline bool BufferSource::PutBuffer(const char *buf, size_t len, |
| 5884 BytesSink *sink) { |
| 5885 return upb_bufsrc_putbuf(buf, len, sink); |
| 5886 } |
| 5887 |
| 5888 } /* namespace upb */ |
| 5889 #endif |
| 5890 |
| 5891 #endif |
| 5892 /* |
| 5893 ** For handlers that do very tiny, very simple operations, the function call |
| 5894 ** overhead of calling a handler can be significant. This file allows the |
| 5895 ** user to define handlers that do something very simple like store the value |
| 5896 ** to memory and/or set a hasbit. JIT compilers can then special-case these |
| 5897 ** handlers and emit specialized code for them instead of actually calling the |
| 5898 ** handler. |
| 5899 ** |
| 5900 ** The functionality is very simple/limited right now but may expand to be able |
| 5901 ** to call another function. |
| 5902 */ |
| 5903 |
| 5904 #ifndef UPB_SHIM_H |
| 5905 #define UPB_SHIM_H |
| 5906 |
| 5907 |
| 5908 typedef struct { |
| 5909 size_t offset; |
| 5910 int32_t hasbit; |
| 5911 } upb_shim_data; |
| 5912 |
| 5913 #ifdef __cplusplus |
| 5914 |
| 5915 namespace upb { |
| 5916 |
| 5917 struct Shim { |
| 5918 typedef upb_shim_data Data; |
| 5919 |
| 5920 /* Sets a handler for the given field that writes the value to the given |
| 5921 * offset and, if hasbit >= 0, sets a bit at the given bit offset. Returns |
| 5922 * true if the handler was set successfully. */ |
| 5923 static bool Set(Handlers *h, const FieldDef *f, size_t ofs, int32_t hasbit); |
| 5924 |
| 5925 /* If this handler is a shim, returns the corresponding upb::Shim::Data and |
| 5926 * stores the type in "type". Otherwise returns NULL. */ |
| 5927 static const Data* GetData(const Handlers* h, Handlers::Selector s, |
| 5928 FieldDef::Type* type); |
| 5929 }; |
| 5930 |
| 5931 } /* namespace upb */ |
| 5932 |
| 5933 #endif |
| 5934 |
| 5935 UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C |
| 5936 |
| 5937 /* C API. */ |
| 5938 bool upb_shim_set(upb_handlers *h, const upb_fielddef *f, size_t offset, |
| 5939 int32_t hasbit); |
| 5940 const upb_shim_data *upb_shim_getdata(const upb_handlers *h, upb_selector_t s, |
| 5941 upb_fieldtype_t *type); |
| 5942 |
| 5943 UPB_END_EXTERN_C |
| 5944 |
| 5945 #ifdef __cplusplus |
| 5946 /* C++ Wrappers. */ |
| 5947 namespace upb { |
| 5948 inline bool Shim::Set(Handlers* h, const FieldDef* f, size_t ofs, |
| 5949 int32_t hasbit) { |
| 5950 return upb_shim_set(h, f, ofs, hasbit); |
| 5951 } |
| 5952 inline const Shim::Data* Shim::GetData(const Handlers* h, Handlers::Selector s, |
| 5953 FieldDef::Type* type) { |
| 5954 return upb_shim_getdata(h, s, type); |
| 5955 } |
| 5956 } /* namespace upb */ |
| 5957 #endif |
| 5958 |
| 5959 #endif /* UPB_SHIM_H */ |
| 5960 /* |
| 5961 ** upb::SymbolTable (upb_symtab) |
| 5962 ** |
| 5963 ** A symtab (symbol table) stores a name->def map of upb_defs. Clients could |
| 5964 ** always create such tables themselves, but upb_symtab has logic for resolving |
| 5965 ** symbolic references, and in particular, for keeping a whole set of consistent |
| 5966 ** defs when replacing some subset of those defs. This logic is nontrivial. |
| 5967 ** |
| 5968 ** This is a mixed C/C++ interface that offers a full API to both languages. |
| 5969 ** See the top-level README for more information. |
| 5970 */ |
| 5971 |
| 5972 #ifndef UPB_SYMTAB_H_ |
| 5973 #define UPB_SYMTAB_H_ |
| 5974 |
| 5975 |
| 5976 #ifdef __cplusplus |
| 5977 #include <vector> |
| 5978 namespace upb { class SymbolTable; } |
| 5979 #endif |
| 5980 |
| 5981 UPB_DECLARE_DERIVED_TYPE(upb::SymbolTable, upb::RefCounted, |
| 5982 upb_symtab, upb_refcounted) |
| 5983 |
| 5984 typedef struct { |
| 5985 UPB_PRIVATE_FOR_CPP |
| 5986 upb_strtable_iter iter; |
| 5987 upb_deftype_t type; |
| 5988 } upb_symtab_iter; |
| 5989 |
| 5990 #ifdef __cplusplus |
| 5991 |
| 5992 /* Non-const methods in upb::SymbolTable are NOT thread-safe. */ |
| 5993 class upb::SymbolTable { |
| 5994 public: |
| 5995 /* Returns a new symbol table with a single ref owned by "owner." |
| 5996 * Returns NULL if memory allocation failed. */ |
| 5997 static reffed_ptr<SymbolTable> New(); |
| 5998 |
| 5999 /* Include RefCounted base methods. */ |
| 6000 UPB_REFCOUNTED_CPPMETHODS |
| 6001 |
| 6002 /* For all lookup functions, the returned pointer is not owned by the |
| 6003 * caller; it may be invalidated by any non-const call or unref of the |
| 6004 * SymbolTable! To protect against this, take a ref if desired. */ |
| 6005 |
| 6006 /* Freezes the symbol table: prevents further modification of it. |
| 6007 * After the Freeze() operation is successful, the SymbolTable must only be |
| 6008 * accessed via a const pointer. |
| 6009 * |
| 6010 * Unlike with upb::MessageDef/upb::EnumDef/etc, freezing a SymbolTable is not |
| 6011 * a necessary step in using a SymbolTable. If you have no need for it to be |
| 6012 * immutable, there is no need to freeze it ever. However sometimes it is |
| 6013 * useful, and SymbolTables that are statically compiled into the binary are |
| 6014 * always frozen by nature. */ |
| 6015 void Freeze(); |
| 6016 |
| 6017 /* Resolves the given symbol using the rules described in descriptor.proto, |
| 6018 * namely: |
| 6019 * |
| 6020 * If the name starts with a '.', it is fully-qualified. Otherwise, |
| 6021 * C++-like scoping rules are used to find the type (i.e. first the nested |
| 6022 * types within this message are searched, then within the parent, on up |
| 6023 * to the root namespace). |
| 6024 * |
| 6025 * If not found, returns NULL. */ |
| 6026 const Def* Resolve(const char* base, const char* sym) const; |
| 6027 |
| 6028 /* Finds an entry in the symbol table with this exact name. If not found, |
| 6029 * returns NULL. */ |
| 6030 const Def* Lookup(const char *sym) const; |
| 6031 const MessageDef* LookupMessage(const char *sym) const; |
| 6032 const EnumDef* LookupEnum(const char *sym) const; |
| 6033 |
| 6034 /* TODO: introduce a C++ iterator, but make it nice and templated so that if |
| 6035 * you ask for an iterator of MessageDef the iterated elements are strongly |
| 6036 * typed as MessageDef*. */ |
| 6037 |
| 6038 /* Adds the given mutable defs to the symtab, resolving all symbols |
| 6039 * (including enum default values) and finalizing the defs. Only one def per |
| 6040 * name may be in the list, but defs can replace existing defs in the symtab. |
| 6041 * All defs must have a name -- anonymous defs are not allowed. Anonymous |
| 6042 * defs can still be frozen by calling upb_def_freeze() directly. |
| 6043 * |
| 6044 * Any existing defs that can reach defs that are being replaced will |
| 6045 * themselves be replaced also, so that the resulting set of defs is fully |
| 6046 * consistent. |
| 6047 * |
| 6048 * This logic implemented in this method is a convenience; ultimately it |
| 6049 * calls some combination of upb_fielddef_setsubdef(), upb_def_dup(), and |
| 6050 * upb_freeze(), any of which the client could call themself. However, since |
| 6051 * the logic for doing so is nontrivial, we provide it here. |
| 6052 * |
| 6053 * The entire operation either succeeds or fails. If the operation fails, |
| 6054 * the symtab is unchanged, false is returned, and status indicates the |
| 6055 * error. The caller passes a ref on all defs to the symtab (even if the |
| 6056 * operation fails). |
| 6057 * |
| 6058 * TODO(haberman): currently failure will leave the symtab unchanged, but may |
| 6059 * leave the defs themselves partially resolved. Does this matter? If so we |
| 6060 * could do a prepass that ensures that all symbols are resolvable and bail |
| 6061 * if not, so we don't mutate anything until we know the operation will |
| 6062 * succeed. |
| 6063 * |
| 6064 * TODO(haberman): since the defs must be mutable, refining a frozen def |
| 6065 * requires making mutable copies of the entire tree. This is wasteful if |
| 6066 * only a few messages are changing. We may want to add a way of adding a |
| 6067 * tree of frozen defs to the symtab (perhaps an alternate constructor where |
| 6068 * you pass the root of the tree?) */ |
| 6069 bool Add(Def*const* defs, int n, void* ref_donor, upb_status* status); |
| 6070 |
| 6071 bool Add(const std::vector<Def*>& defs, void *owner, Status* status) { |
| 6072 return Add((Def*const*)&defs[0], defs.size(), owner, status); |
| 6073 } |
| 6074 |
| 6075 private: |
| 6076 UPB_DISALLOW_POD_OPS(SymbolTable, upb::SymbolTable) |
| 6077 }; |
| 6078 |
| 6079 #endif /* __cplusplus */ |
| 6080 |
| 6081 UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C |
| 6082 |
| 6083 /* Native C API. */ |
| 6084 |
| 6085 /* Include refcounted methods like upb_symtab_ref(). */ |
| 6086 UPB_REFCOUNTED_CMETHODS(upb_symtab, upb_symtab_upcast) |
| 6087 |
| 6088 upb_symtab *upb_symtab_new(const void *owner); |
| 6089 void upb_symtab_freeze(upb_symtab *s); |
| 6090 const upb_def *upb_symtab_resolve(const upb_symtab *s, const char *base, |
| 6091 const char *sym); |
| 6092 const upb_def *upb_symtab_lookup(const upb_symtab *s, const char *sym); |
| 6093 const upb_msgdef *upb_symtab_lookupmsg(const upb_symtab *s, const char *sym); |
| 6094 const upb_enumdef *upb_symtab_lookupenum(const upb_symtab *s, const char *sym); |
| 6095 bool upb_symtab_add(upb_symtab *s, upb_def *const*defs, int n, void *ref_donor, |
| 6096 upb_status *status); |
| 6097 |
| 6098 /* upb_symtab_iter i; |
| 6099 * for(upb_symtab_begin(&i, s, type); !upb_symtab_done(&i); |
| 6100 * upb_symtab_next(&i)) { |
| 6101 * const upb_def *def = upb_symtab_iter_def(&i); |
| 6102 * // ... |
| 6103 * } |
| 6104 * |
| 6105 * For C we don't have separate iterators for const and non-const. |
| 6106 * It is the caller's responsibility to cast the upb_fielddef* to |
| 6107 * const if the upb_msgdef* is const. */ |
| 6108 void upb_symtab_begin(upb_symtab_iter *iter, const upb_symtab *s, |
| 6109 upb_deftype_t type); |
| 6110 void upb_symtab_next(upb_symtab_iter *iter); |
| 6111 bool upb_symtab_done(const upb_symtab_iter *iter); |
| 6112 const upb_def *upb_symtab_iter_def(const upb_symtab_iter *iter); |
| 6113 |
| 6114 UPB_END_EXTERN_C |
| 6115 |
| 6116 #ifdef __cplusplus |
| 6117 /* C++ inline wrappers. */ |
| 6118 namespace upb { |
| 6119 inline reffed_ptr<SymbolTable> SymbolTable::New() { |
| 6120 upb_symtab *s = upb_symtab_new(&s); |
| 6121 return reffed_ptr<SymbolTable>(s, &s); |
| 6122 } |
| 6123 |
| 6124 inline void SymbolTable::Freeze() { |
| 6125 return upb_symtab_freeze(this); |
| 6126 } |
| 6127 inline const Def *SymbolTable::Resolve(const char *base, |
| 6128 const char *sym) const { |
| 6129 return upb_symtab_resolve(this, base, sym); |
| 6130 } |
| 6131 inline const Def* SymbolTable::Lookup(const char *sym) const { |
| 6132 return upb_symtab_lookup(this, sym); |
| 6133 } |
| 6134 inline const MessageDef *SymbolTable::LookupMessage(const char *sym) const { |
| 6135 return upb_symtab_lookupmsg(this, sym); |
| 6136 } |
| 6137 inline bool SymbolTable::Add( |
| 6138 Def*const* defs, int n, void* ref_donor, upb_status* status) { |
| 6139 return upb_symtab_add(this, (upb_def*const*)defs, n, ref_donor, status); |
| 6140 } |
| 6141 } /* namespace upb */ |
| 6142 #endif |
| 6143 |
| 6144 #endif /* UPB_SYMTAB_H_ */ |
| 6145 /* |
| 6146 ** upb::descriptor::Reader (upb_descreader) |
| 6147 ** |
| 6148 ** Provides a way of building upb::Defs from data in descriptor.proto format. |
| 6149 */ |
| 6150 |
| 6151 #ifndef UPB_DESCRIPTOR_H |
| 6152 #define UPB_DESCRIPTOR_H |
| 6153 |
| 6154 |
| 6155 #ifdef __cplusplus |
| 6156 namespace upb { |
| 6157 namespace descriptor { |
| 6158 class Reader; |
| 6159 } /* namespace descriptor */ |
| 6160 } /* namespace upb */ |
| 6161 #endif |
| 6162 |
| 6163 UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::descriptor::Reader, upb_descreader) |
| 6164 |
| 6165 #ifdef __cplusplus |
| 6166 |
| 6167 /* Class that receives descriptor data according to the descriptor.proto schema |
| 6168 * and use it to build upb::Defs corresponding to that schema. */ |
| 6169 class upb::descriptor::Reader { |
| 6170 public: |
| 6171 /* These handlers must have come from NewHandlers() and must outlive the |
| 6172 * Reader. |
| 6173 * |
| 6174 * TODO: generate the handlers statically (like we do with the |
| 6175 * descriptor.proto defs) so that there is no need to pass this parameter (or |
| 6176 * to build/memory-manage the handlers at runtime at all). Unfortunately this |
| 6177 * is a bit tricky to implement for Handlers, but necessary to simplify this |
| 6178 * interface. */ |
| 6179 static Reader* Create(Environment* env, const Handlers* handlers); |
| 6180 |
| 6181 /* The reader's input; this is where descriptor.proto data should be sent. */ |
| 6182 Sink* input(); |
| 6183 |
| 6184 /* Returns an array of all defs that have been parsed, and transfers ownership |
| 6185 * of them to "owner". The number of defs is stored in *n. Ownership of the |
| 6186 * returned array is retained and is invalidated by any other call into |
| 6187 * Reader. |
| 6188 * |
| 6189 * These defs are not frozen or resolved; they are ready to be added to a |
| 6190 * symtab. */ |
| 6191 upb::Def** GetDefs(void* owner, int* n); |
| 6192 |
| 6193 /* Builds and returns handlers for the reader, owned by "owner." */ |
| 6194 static Handlers* NewHandlers(const void* owner); |
| 6195 |
| 6196 private: |
| 6197 UPB_DISALLOW_POD_OPS(Reader, upb::descriptor::Reader) |
| 6198 }; |
| 6199 |
| 6200 #endif |
| 6201 |
| 6202 UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C |
| 6203 |
| 6204 /* C API. */ |
| 6205 upb_descreader *upb_descreader_create(upb_env *e, const upb_handlers *h); |
| 6206 upb_sink *upb_descreader_input(upb_descreader *r); |
| 6207 upb_def **upb_descreader_getdefs(upb_descreader *r, void *owner, int *n); |
| 6208 const upb_handlers *upb_descreader_newhandlers(const void *owner); |
| 6209 |
| 6210 UPB_END_EXTERN_C |
| 6211 |
| 6212 #ifdef __cplusplus |
| 6213 /* C++ implementation details. ************************************************/ |
| 6214 namespace upb { |
| 6215 namespace descriptor { |
| 6216 inline Reader* Reader::Create(Environment* e, const Handlers *h) { |
| 6217 return upb_descreader_create(e, h); |
| 6218 } |
| 6219 inline Sink* Reader::input() { return upb_descreader_input(this); } |
| 6220 inline upb::Def** Reader::GetDefs(void* owner, int* n) { |
| 6221 return upb_descreader_getdefs(this, owner, n); |
| 6222 } |
| 6223 } /* namespace descriptor */ |
| 6224 } /* namespace upb */ |
| 6225 #endif |
| 6226 |
| 6227 #endif /* UPB_DESCRIPTOR_H */ |
| 6228 /* This file contains accessors for a set of compiled-in defs. |
| 6229 * Note that unlike Google's protobuf, it does *not* define |
| 6230 * generated classes or any other kind of data structure for |
| 6231 * actually storing protobufs. It only contains *defs* which |
| 6232 * let you reflect over a protobuf *schema*. |
| 6233 */ |
| 6234 /* This file was generated by upbc (the upb compiler). |
| 6235 * Do not edit -- your changes will be discarded when the file is |
| 6236 * regenerated. */ |
| 6237 |
| 6238 #ifndef GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_DESCRIPTOR_UPB_H_ |
| 6239 #define GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_DESCRIPTOR_UPB_H_ |
| 6240 |
| 6241 |
| 6242 #ifdef __cplusplus |
| 6243 UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C |
| 6244 #endif |
| 6245 |
| 6246 /* Enums */ |
| 6247 |
| 6248 typedef enum { |
| 6249 GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_LABEL_OPTIONAL = 1, |
| 6250 GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_LABEL_REQUIRED = 2, |
| 6251 GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_LABEL_REPEATED = 3 |
| 6252 } google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_Label; |
| 6253 |
| 6254 typedef enum { |
| 6255 GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_TYPE_DOUBLE = 1, |
| 6256 GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_TYPE_FLOAT = 2, |
| 6257 GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_TYPE_INT64 = 3, |
| 6258 GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_TYPE_UINT64 = 4, |
| 6259 GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_TYPE_INT32 = 5, |
| 6260 GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_TYPE_FIXED64 = 6, |
| 6261 GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_TYPE_FIXED32 = 7, |
| 6262 GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_TYPE_BOOL = 8, |
| 6263 GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_TYPE_STRING = 9, |
| 6264 GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_TYPE_GROUP = 10, |
| 6265 GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_TYPE_MESSAGE = 11, |
| 6266 GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_TYPE_BYTES = 12, |
| 6267 GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_TYPE_UINT32 = 13, |
| 6268 GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_TYPE_ENUM = 14, |
| 6269 GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_TYPE_SFIXED32 = 15, |
| 6270 GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_TYPE_SFIXED64 = 16, |
| 6271 GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_TYPE_SINT32 = 17, |
| 6272 GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_TYPE_SINT64 = 18 |
| 6273 } google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_Type; |
| 6274 |
| 6275 typedef enum { |
| 6276 GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDOPTIONS_STRING = 0, |
| 6277 GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDOPTIONS_CORD = 1, |
| 6278 GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDOPTIONS_STRING_PIECE = 2 |
| 6279 } google_protobuf_FieldOptions_CType; |
| 6280 |
| 6281 typedef enum { |
| 6282 GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEOPTIONS_SPEED = 1, |
| 6283 GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEOPTIONS_CODE_SIZE = 2, |
| 6284 GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEOPTIONS_LITE_RUNTIME = 3 |
| 6285 } google_protobuf_FileOptions_OptimizeMode; |
| 6286 |
| 6287 /* Selectors */ |
| 6288 |
| 6289 /* google.protobuf.DescriptorProto */ |
| 6290 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_DESCRIPTORPROTO_FIELD_STARTSUBMSG 2 |
| 6291 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_DESCRIPTORPROTO_NESTED_TYPE_STARTSUBMSG 3 |
| 6292 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_DESCRIPTORPROTO_ENUM_TYPE_STARTSUBMSG 4 |
| 6293 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_DESCRIPTORPROTO_EXTENSION_RANGE_STARTSUBMSG 5 |
| 6294 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_DESCRIPTORPROTO_EXTENSION_STARTSUBMSG 6 |
| 6295 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_DESCRIPTORPROTO_OPTIONS_STARTSUBMSG 7 |
| 6296 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_DESCRIPTORPROTO_FIELD_STARTSEQ 8 |
| 6297 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_DESCRIPTORPROTO_FIELD_ENDSEQ 9 |
| 6298 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_DESCRIPTORPROTO_FIELD_ENDSUBMSG 10 |
| 6299 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_DESCRIPTORPROTO_NESTED_TYPE_STARTSEQ 11 |
| 6300 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_DESCRIPTORPROTO_NESTED_TYPE_ENDSEQ 12 |
| 6301 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_DESCRIPTORPROTO_NESTED_TYPE_ENDSUBMSG 13 |
| 6302 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_DESCRIPTORPROTO_ENUM_TYPE_STARTSEQ 14 |
| 6303 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_DESCRIPTORPROTO_ENUM_TYPE_ENDSEQ 15 |
| 6304 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_DESCRIPTORPROTO_ENUM_TYPE_ENDSUBMSG 16 |
| 6305 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_DESCRIPTORPROTO_EXTENSION_RANGE_STARTSEQ 17 |
| 6306 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_DESCRIPTORPROTO_EXTENSION_RANGE_ENDSEQ 18 |
| 6307 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_DESCRIPTORPROTO_EXTENSION_RANGE_ENDSUBMSG 19 |
| 6308 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_DESCRIPTORPROTO_EXTENSION_STARTSEQ 20 |
| 6309 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_DESCRIPTORPROTO_EXTENSION_ENDSEQ 21 |
| 6310 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_DESCRIPTORPROTO_EXTENSION_ENDSUBMSG 22 |
| 6311 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_DESCRIPTORPROTO_OPTIONS_ENDSUBMSG 23 |
| 6312 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_DESCRIPTORPROTO_NAME_STRING 24 |
| 6313 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_DESCRIPTORPROTO_NAME_STARTSTR 25 |
| 6314 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_DESCRIPTORPROTO_NAME_ENDSTR 26 |
| 6315 |
| 6316 /* google.protobuf.DescriptorProto.ExtensionRange */ |
| 6317 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_DESCRIPTORPROTO_EXTENSIONRANGE_START_INT32 2 |
| 6318 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_DESCRIPTORPROTO_EXTENSIONRANGE_END_INT32 3 |
| 6319 |
| 6320 /* google.protobuf.EnumDescriptorProto */ |
| 6321 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_ENUMDESCRIPTORPROTO_VALUE_STARTSUBMSG 2 |
| 6322 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_ENUMDESCRIPTORPROTO_OPTIONS_STARTSUBMSG 3 |
| 6323 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_ENUMDESCRIPTORPROTO_VALUE_STARTSEQ 4 |
| 6324 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_ENUMDESCRIPTORPROTO_VALUE_ENDSEQ 5 |
| 6325 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_ENUMDESCRIPTORPROTO_VALUE_ENDSUBMSG 6 |
| 6326 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_ENUMDESCRIPTORPROTO_OPTIONS_ENDSUBMSG 7 |
| 6327 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_ENUMDESCRIPTORPROTO_NAME_STRING 8 |
| 6328 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_ENUMDESCRIPTORPROTO_NAME_STARTSTR 9 |
| 6329 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_ENUMDESCRIPTORPROTO_NAME_ENDSTR 10 |
| 6330 |
| 6331 /* google.protobuf.EnumOptions */ |
| 6332 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_ENUMOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_STARTSUBMSG 2 |
| 6333 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_ENUMOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_STARTSEQ 3 |
| 6334 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_ENUMOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_ENDSEQ 4 |
| 6335 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_ENUMOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_ENDSUBMSG 5 |
| 6336 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_ENUMOPTIONS_ALLOW_ALIAS_BOOL 6 |
| 6337 |
| 6338 /* google.protobuf.EnumValueDescriptorProto */ |
| 6339 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_ENUMVALUEDESCRIPTORPROTO_OPTIONS_STARTSUBMSG 2 |
| 6340 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_ENUMVALUEDESCRIPTORPROTO_OPTIONS_ENDSUBMSG 3 |
| 6341 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_ENUMVALUEDESCRIPTORPROTO_NAME_STRING 4 |
| 6342 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_ENUMVALUEDESCRIPTORPROTO_NAME_STARTSTR 5 |
| 6343 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_ENUMVALUEDESCRIPTORPROTO_NAME_ENDSTR 6 |
| 6344 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_ENUMVALUEDESCRIPTORPROTO_NUMBER_INT32 7 |
| 6345 |
| 6346 /* google.protobuf.EnumValueOptions */ |
| 6347 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_ENUMVALUEOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_STARTSUBMSG 2 |
| 6348 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_ENUMVALUEOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_STARTSEQ 3 |
| 6349 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_ENUMVALUEOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_ENDSEQ 4 |
| 6350 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_ENUMVALUEOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_ENDSUBMSG 5 |
| 6351 |
| 6352 /* google.protobuf.FieldDescriptorProto */ |
| 6353 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_OPTIONS_STARTSUBMSG 2 |
| 6354 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_OPTIONS_ENDSUBMSG 3 |
| 6355 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_NAME_STRING 4 |
| 6356 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_NAME_STARTSTR 5 |
| 6357 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_NAME_ENDSTR 6 |
| 6358 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_EXTENDEE_STRING 7 |
| 6359 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_EXTENDEE_STARTSTR 8 |
| 6360 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_EXTENDEE_ENDSTR 9 |
| 6361 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_NUMBER_INT32 10 |
| 6362 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_LABEL_INT32 11 |
| 6363 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_TYPE_INT32 12 |
| 6364 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_TYPE_NAME_STRING 13 |
| 6365 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_TYPE_NAME_STARTSTR 14 |
| 6366 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_TYPE_NAME_ENDSTR 15 |
| 6367 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_DEFAULT_VALUE_STRING 16 |
| 6368 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_DEFAULT_VALUE_STARTSTR 17 |
| 6369 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_DEFAULT_VALUE_ENDSTR 18 |
| 6370 |
| 6371 /* google.protobuf.FieldOptions */ |
| 6372 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_STARTSUBMSG 2 |
| 6373 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_STARTSEQ 3 |
| 6374 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_ENDSEQ 4 |
| 6375 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_ENDSUBMSG 5 |
| 6376 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDOPTIONS_CTYPE_INT32 6 |
| 6377 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDOPTIONS_PACKED_BOOL 7 |
| 6378 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDOPTIONS_DEPRECATED_BOOL 8 |
| 6379 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDOPTIONS_LAZY_BOOL 9 |
| 6380 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDOPTIONS_EXPERIMENTAL_MAP_KEY_STRING 10 |
| 6381 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDOPTIONS_EXPERIMENTAL_MAP_KEY_STARTSTR 11 |
| 6382 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDOPTIONS_EXPERIMENTAL_MAP_KEY_ENDSTR 12 |
| 6383 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDOPTIONS_WEAK_BOOL 13 |
| 6384 |
| 6385 /* google.protobuf.FileDescriptorProto */ |
| 6386 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_MESSAGE_TYPE_STARTSUBMSG 2 |
| 6387 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_ENUM_TYPE_STARTSUBMSG 3 |
| 6388 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_SERVICE_STARTSUBMSG 4 |
| 6389 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_EXTENSION_STARTSUBMSG 5 |
| 6390 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_OPTIONS_STARTSUBMSG 6 |
| 6391 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_SOURCE_CODE_INFO_STARTSUBMSG 7 |
| 6392 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_MESSAGE_TYPE_STARTSEQ 8 |
| 6393 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_MESSAGE_TYPE_ENDSEQ 9 |
| 6394 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_MESSAGE_TYPE_ENDSUBMSG 10 |
| 6395 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_ENUM_TYPE_STARTSEQ 11 |
| 6396 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_ENUM_TYPE_ENDSEQ 12 |
| 6397 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_ENUM_TYPE_ENDSUBMSG 13 |
| 6398 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_SERVICE_STARTSEQ 14 |
| 6399 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_SERVICE_ENDSEQ 15 |
| 6400 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_SERVICE_ENDSUBMSG 16 |
| 6401 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_EXTENSION_STARTSEQ 17 |
| 6402 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_EXTENSION_ENDSEQ 18 |
| 6403 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_EXTENSION_ENDSUBMSG 19 |
| 6404 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_OPTIONS_ENDSUBMSG 20 |
| 6405 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_SOURCE_CODE_INFO_ENDSUBMSG 21 |
| 6406 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_NAME_STRING 22 |
| 6407 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_NAME_STARTSTR 23 |
| 6408 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_NAME_ENDSTR 24 |
| 6409 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_PACKAGE_STRING 25 |
| 6410 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_PACKAGE_STARTSTR 26 |
| 6411 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_PACKAGE_ENDSTR 27 |
| 6412 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_DEPENDENCY_STARTSEQ 28 |
| 6413 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_DEPENDENCY_ENDSEQ 29 |
| 6414 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_DEPENDENCY_STRING 30 |
| 6415 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_DEPENDENCY_STARTSTR 31 |
| 6416 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_DEPENDENCY_ENDSTR 32 |
| 6417 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_PUBLIC_DEPENDENCY_STARTSEQ 33 |
| 6418 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_PUBLIC_DEPENDENCY_ENDSEQ 34 |
| 6419 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_PUBLIC_DEPENDENCY_INT32 35 |
| 6420 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_WEAK_DEPENDENCY_STARTSEQ 36 |
| 6421 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_WEAK_DEPENDENCY_ENDSEQ 37 |
| 6422 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_WEAK_DEPENDENCY_INT32 38 |
| 6423 |
| 6424 /* google.protobuf.FileDescriptorSet */ |
| 6425 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORSET_FILE_STARTSUBMSG 2 |
| 6426 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORSET_FILE_STARTSEQ 3 |
| 6427 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORSET_FILE_ENDSEQ 4 |
| 6428 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORSET_FILE_ENDSUBMSG 5 |
| 6429 |
| 6430 /* google.protobuf.FileOptions */ |
| 6431 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_STARTSUBMSG 2 |
| 6432 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_STARTSEQ 3 |
| 6433 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_ENDSEQ 4 |
| 6434 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_ENDSUBMSG 5 |
| 6435 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEOPTIONS_JAVA_PACKAGE_STRING 6 |
| 6436 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEOPTIONS_JAVA_PACKAGE_STARTSTR 7 |
| 6437 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEOPTIONS_JAVA_PACKAGE_ENDSTR 8 |
| 6438 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEOPTIONS_JAVA_OUTER_CLASSNAME_STRING 9 |
| 6439 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEOPTIONS_JAVA_OUTER_CLASSNAME_STARTSTR 10 |
| 6440 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEOPTIONS_JAVA_OUTER_CLASSNAME_ENDSTR 11 |
| 6441 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEOPTIONS_OPTIMIZE_FOR_INT32 12 |
| 6442 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEOPTIONS_JAVA_MULTIPLE_FILES_BOOL 13 |
| 6443 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEOPTIONS_GO_PACKAGE_STRING 14 |
| 6444 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEOPTIONS_GO_PACKAGE_STARTSTR 15 |
| 6445 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEOPTIONS_GO_PACKAGE_ENDSTR 16 |
| 6446 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEOPTIONS_CC_GENERIC_SERVICES_BOOL 17 |
| 6447 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEOPTIONS_JAVA_GENERIC_SERVICES_BOOL 18 |
| 6448 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEOPTIONS_PY_GENERIC_SERVICES_BOOL 19 |
| 6449 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEOPTIONS_JAVA_GENERATE_EQUALS_AND_HASH_BOOL 20 |
| 6450 |
| 6451 /* google.protobuf.MessageOptions */ |
| 6452 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_MESSAGEOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_STARTSUBMSG 2 |
| 6453 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_MESSAGEOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_STARTSEQ 3 |
| 6454 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_MESSAGEOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_ENDSEQ 4 |
| 6455 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_MESSAGEOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_ENDSUBMSG 5 |
| 6456 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_MESSAGEOPTIONS_MESSAGE_SET_WIRE_FORMAT_BOOL 6 |
| 6457 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_MESSAGEOPTIONS_NO_STANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_ACCESSOR_BOOL
7 |
| 6458 |
| 6459 /* google.protobuf.MethodDescriptorProto */ |
| 6460 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_METHODDESCRIPTORPROTO_OPTIONS_STARTSUBMSG 2 |
| 6461 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_METHODDESCRIPTORPROTO_OPTIONS_ENDSUBMSG 3 |
| 6462 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_METHODDESCRIPTORPROTO_NAME_STRING 4 |
| 6463 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_METHODDESCRIPTORPROTO_NAME_STARTSTR 5 |
| 6464 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_METHODDESCRIPTORPROTO_NAME_ENDSTR 6 |
| 6465 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_METHODDESCRIPTORPROTO_INPUT_TYPE_STRING 7 |
| 6466 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_METHODDESCRIPTORPROTO_INPUT_TYPE_STARTSTR 8 |
| 6467 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_METHODDESCRIPTORPROTO_INPUT_TYPE_ENDSTR 9 |
| 6468 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_METHODDESCRIPTORPROTO_OUTPUT_TYPE_STRING 10 |
| 6469 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_METHODDESCRIPTORPROTO_OUTPUT_TYPE_STARTSTR 11 |
| 6470 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_METHODDESCRIPTORPROTO_OUTPUT_TYPE_ENDSTR 12 |
| 6471 |
| 6472 /* google.protobuf.MethodOptions */ |
| 6473 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_METHODOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_STARTSUBMSG 2 |
| 6474 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_METHODOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_STARTSEQ 3 |
| 6475 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_METHODOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_ENDSEQ 4 |
| 6476 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_METHODOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_ENDSUBMSG 5 |
| 6477 |
| 6478 /* google.protobuf.ServiceDescriptorProto */ |
| 6479 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_SERVICEDESCRIPTORPROTO_METHOD_STARTSUBMSG 2 |
| 6480 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_SERVICEDESCRIPTORPROTO_OPTIONS_STARTSUBMSG 3 |
| 6481 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_SERVICEDESCRIPTORPROTO_METHOD_STARTSEQ 4 |
| 6482 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_SERVICEDESCRIPTORPROTO_METHOD_ENDSEQ 5 |
| 6483 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_SERVICEDESCRIPTORPROTO_METHOD_ENDSUBMSG 6 |
| 6484 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_SERVICEDESCRIPTORPROTO_OPTIONS_ENDSUBMSG 7 |
| 6485 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_SERVICEDESCRIPTORPROTO_NAME_STRING 8 |
| 6486 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_SERVICEDESCRIPTORPROTO_NAME_STARTSTR 9 |
| 6487 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_SERVICEDESCRIPTORPROTO_NAME_ENDSTR 10 |
| 6488 |
| 6489 /* google.protobuf.ServiceOptions */ |
| 6490 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_SERVICEOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_STARTSUBMSG 2 |
| 6491 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_SERVICEOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_STARTSEQ 3 |
| 6492 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_SERVICEOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_ENDSEQ 4 |
| 6493 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_SERVICEOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_ENDSUBMSG 5 |
| 6494 |
| 6495 /* google.protobuf.SourceCodeInfo */ |
| 6496 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_SOURCECODEINFO_LOCATION_STARTSUBMSG 2 |
| 6497 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_SOURCECODEINFO_LOCATION_STARTSEQ 3 |
| 6498 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_SOURCECODEINFO_LOCATION_ENDSEQ 4 |
| 6499 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_SOURCECODEINFO_LOCATION_ENDSUBMSG 5 |
| 6500 |
| 6501 /* google.protobuf.SourceCodeInfo.Location */ |
| 6502 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_SOURCECODEINFO_LOCATION_PATH_STARTSEQ 2 |
| 6503 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_SOURCECODEINFO_LOCATION_PATH_ENDSEQ 3 |
| 6504 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_SOURCECODEINFO_LOCATION_PATH_INT32 4 |
| 6505 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_SOURCECODEINFO_LOCATION_SPAN_STARTSEQ 5 |
| 6506 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_SOURCECODEINFO_LOCATION_SPAN_ENDSEQ 6 |
| 6507 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_SOURCECODEINFO_LOCATION_SPAN_INT32 7 |
| 6508 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_SOURCECODEINFO_LOCATION_LEADING_COMMENTS_STRING 8 |
| 6509 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_SOURCECODEINFO_LOCATION_LEADING_COMMENTS_STARTSTR 9 |
| 6510 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_SOURCECODEINFO_LOCATION_LEADING_COMMENTS_ENDSTR 10 |
| 6511 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_SOURCECODEINFO_LOCATION_TRAILING_COMMENTS_STRING 11 |
| 6512 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_SOURCECODEINFO_LOCATION_TRAILING_COMMENTS_STARTSTR 1
2 |
| 6513 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_SOURCECODEINFO_LOCATION_TRAILING_COMMENTS_ENDSTR 13 |
| 6514 |
| 6515 /* google.protobuf.UninterpretedOption */ |
| 6516 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_UNINTERPRETEDOPTION_NAME_STARTSUBMSG 2 |
| 6517 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_UNINTERPRETEDOPTION_NAME_STARTSEQ 3 |
| 6518 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_UNINTERPRETEDOPTION_NAME_ENDSEQ 4 |
| 6519 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_UNINTERPRETEDOPTION_NAME_ENDSUBMSG 5 |
| 6520 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_UNINTERPRETEDOPTION_IDENTIFIER_VALUE_STRING 6 |
| 6521 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_UNINTERPRETEDOPTION_IDENTIFIER_VALUE_STARTSTR 7 |
| 6522 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_UNINTERPRETEDOPTION_IDENTIFIER_VALUE_ENDSTR 8 |
| 6523 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_UNINTERPRETEDOPTION_POSITIVE_INT_VALUE_UINT64 9 |
| 6524 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_UNINTERPRETEDOPTION_NEGATIVE_INT_VALUE_INT64 10 |
| 6525 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_UNINTERPRETEDOPTION_DOUBLE_VALUE_DOUBLE 11 |
| 6526 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_UNINTERPRETEDOPTION_STRING_VALUE_STRING 12 |
| 6527 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_UNINTERPRETEDOPTION_STRING_VALUE_STARTSTR 13 |
| 6528 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_UNINTERPRETEDOPTION_STRING_VALUE_ENDSTR 14 |
| 6529 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_UNINTERPRETEDOPTION_AGGREGATE_VALUE_STRING 15 |
| 6530 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_UNINTERPRETEDOPTION_AGGREGATE_VALUE_STARTSTR 16 |
| 6531 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_UNINTERPRETEDOPTION_AGGREGATE_VALUE_ENDSTR 17 |
| 6532 |
| 6533 /* google.protobuf.UninterpretedOption.NamePart */ |
| 6534 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_UNINTERPRETEDOPTION_NAMEPART_NAME_PART_STRING 2 |
| 6535 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_UNINTERPRETEDOPTION_NAMEPART_NAME_PART_STARTSTR 3 |
| 6536 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_UNINTERPRETEDOPTION_NAMEPART_NAME_PART_ENDSTR 4 |
| 6537 #define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_UNINTERPRETEDOPTION_NAMEPART_IS_EXTENSION_BOOL 5 |
| 6538 |
| 6539 const upb_symtab *upbdefs_google_protobuf_descriptor(const void *owner); |
| 6540 |
| 6541 /* MessageDefs */ |
| 6542 UPB_INLINE const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto(const upb_s
ymtab *s) { |
| 6543 const upb_msgdef *m = upb_symtab_lookupmsg(s, "google.protobuf.DescriptorProto
"); |
| 6544 assert(m); |
| 6545 return m; |
| 6546 } |
| 6547 UPB_INLINE const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_ExtensionRa
nge(const upb_symtab *s) { |
| 6548 const upb_msgdef *m = upb_symtab_lookupmsg(s, "google.protobuf.DescriptorProto
.ExtensionRange"); |
| 6549 assert(m); |
| 6550 return m; |
| 6551 } |
| 6552 UPB_INLINE const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumDescriptorProto(const u
pb_symtab *s) { |
| 6553 const upb_msgdef *m = upb_symtab_lookupmsg(s, "google.protobuf.EnumDescriptorP
roto"); |
| 6554 assert(m); |
| 6555 return m; |
| 6556 } |
| 6557 UPB_INLINE const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumOptions(const upb_symta
b *s) { |
| 6558 const upb_msgdef *m = upb_symtab_lookupmsg(s, "google.protobuf.EnumOptions"); |
| 6559 assert(m); |
| 6560 return m; |
| 6561 } |
| 6562 UPB_INLINE const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumValueDescriptorProto(co
nst upb_symtab *s) { |
| 6563 const upb_msgdef *m = upb_symtab_lookupmsg(s, "google.protobuf.EnumValueDescri
ptorProto"); |
| 6564 assert(m); |
| 6565 return m; |
| 6566 } |
| 6567 UPB_INLINE const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumValueOptions(const upb_
symtab *s) { |
| 6568 const upb_msgdef *m = upb_symtab_lookupmsg(s, "google.protobuf.EnumValueOption
s"); |
| 6569 assert(m); |
| 6570 return m; |
| 6571 } |
| 6572 UPB_INLINE const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto(const
upb_symtab *s) { |
| 6573 const upb_msgdef *m = upb_symtab_lookupmsg(s, "google.protobuf.FieldDescriptor
Proto"); |
| 6574 assert(m); |
| 6575 return m; |
| 6576 } |
| 6577 UPB_INLINE const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOptions(const upb_symt
ab *s) { |
| 6578 const upb_msgdef *m = upb_symtab_lookupmsg(s, "google.protobuf.FieldOptions"); |
| 6579 assert(m); |
| 6580 return m; |
| 6581 } |
| 6582 UPB_INLINE const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto(const u
pb_symtab *s) { |
| 6583 const upb_msgdef *m = upb_symtab_lookupmsg(s, "google.protobuf.FileDescriptorP
roto"); |
| 6584 assert(m); |
| 6585 return m; |
| 6586 } |
| 6587 UPB_INLINE const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorSet(const upb
_symtab *s) { |
| 6588 const upb_msgdef *m = upb_symtab_lookupmsg(s, "google.protobuf.FileDescriptorS
et"); |
| 6589 assert(m); |
| 6590 return m; |
| 6591 } |
| 6592 UPB_INLINE const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions(const upb_symta
b *s) { |
| 6593 const upb_msgdef *m = upb_symtab_lookupmsg(s, "google.protobuf.FileOptions"); |
| 6594 assert(m); |
| 6595 return m; |
| 6596 } |
| 6597 UPB_INLINE const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_MessageOptions(const upb_sy
mtab *s) { |
| 6598 const upb_msgdef *m = upb_symtab_lookupmsg(s, "google.protobuf.MessageOptions"
); |
| 6599 assert(m); |
| 6600 return m; |
| 6601 } |
| 6602 UPB_INLINE const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_MethodDescriptorProto(const
upb_symtab *s) { |
| 6603 const upb_msgdef *m = upb_symtab_lookupmsg(s, "google.protobuf.MethodDescripto
rProto"); |
| 6604 assert(m); |
| 6605 return m; |
| 6606 } |
| 6607 UPB_INLINE const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_MethodOptions(const upb_sym
tab *s) { |
| 6608 const upb_msgdef *m = upb_symtab_lookupmsg(s, "google.protobuf.MethodOptions")
; |
| 6609 assert(m); |
| 6610 return m; |
| 6611 } |
| 6612 UPB_INLINE const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_ServiceDescriptorProto(cons
t upb_symtab *s) { |
| 6613 const upb_msgdef *m = upb_symtab_lookupmsg(s, "google.protobuf.ServiceDescript
orProto"); |
| 6614 assert(m); |
| 6615 return m; |
| 6616 } |
| 6617 UPB_INLINE const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_ServiceOptions(const upb_sy
mtab *s) { |
| 6618 const upb_msgdef *m = upb_symtab_lookupmsg(s, "google.protobuf.ServiceOptions"
); |
| 6619 assert(m); |
| 6620 return m; |
| 6621 } |
| 6622 UPB_INLINE const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_SourceCodeInfo(const upb_sy
mtab *s) { |
| 6623 const upb_msgdef *m = upb_symtab_lookupmsg(s, "google.protobuf.SourceCodeInfo"
); |
| 6624 assert(m); |
| 6625 return m; |
| 6626 } |
| 6627 UPB_INLINE const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_SourceCodeInfo_Location(con
st upb_symtab *s) { |
| 6628 const upb_msgdef *m = upb_symtab_lookupmsg(s, "google.protobuf.SourceCodeInfo.
Location"); |
| 6629 assert(m); |
| 6630 return m; |
| 6631 } |
| 6632 UPB_INLINE const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption(const u
pb_symtab *s) { |
| 6633 const upb_msgdef *m = upb_symtab_lookupmsg(s, "google.protobuf.UninterpretedOp
tion"); |
| 6634 assert(m); |
| 6635 return m; |
| 6636 } |
| 6637 UPB_INLINE const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption_NamePar
t(const upb_symtab *s) { |
| 6638 const upb_msgdef *m = upb_symtab_lookupmsg(s, "google.protobuf.UninterpretedOp
tion.NamePart"); |
| 6639 assert(m); |
| 6640 return m; |
| 6641 } |
| 6642 |
| 6643 |
| 6644 /* EnumDefs */ |
| 6645 UPB_INLINE const upb_enumdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_Label
(const upb_symtab *s) { |
| 6646 const upb_enumdef *e = upb_symtab_lookupenum(s, "google.protobuf.FieldDescript
orProto.Label"); |
| 6647 assert(e); |
| 6648 return e; |
| 6649 } |
| 6650 UPB_INLINE const upb_enumdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_Type(
const upb_symtab *s) { |
| 6651 const upb_enumdef *e = upb_symtab_lookupenum(s, "google.protobuf.FieldDescript
orProto.Type"); |
| 6652 assert(e); |
| 6653 return e; |
| 6654 } |
| 6655 UPB_INLINE const upb_enumdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOptions_CType(const u
pb_symtab *s) { |
| 6656 const upb_enumdef *e = upb_symtab_lookupenum(s, "google.protobuf.FieldOptions.
CType"); |
| 6657 assert(e); |
| 6658 return e; |
| 6659 } |
| 6660 UPB_INLINE const upb_enumdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_OptimizeMode(c
onst upb_symtab *s) { |
| 6661 const upb_enumdef *e = upb_symtab_lookupenum(s, "google.protobuf.FileOptions.O
ptimizeMode"); |
| 6662 assert(e); |
| 6663 return e; |
| 6664 } |
| 6665 |
| 6666 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_Extension
Range_end(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_
DescriptorProto_ExtensionRange(s), 2); } |
| 6667 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_Extension
Range_start(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobu
f_DescriptorProto_ExtensionRange(s), 1); } |
| 6668 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_enum_type
(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_Descripto
rProto(s), 4); } |
| 6669 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_extension
(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_Descripto
rProto(s), 6); } |
| 6670 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_extension
_range(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_Des
criptorProto(s), 5); } |
| 6671 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_field(con
st upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorPro
to(s), 2); } |
| 6672 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_name(cons
t upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProt
o(s), 1); } |
| 6673 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_nested_ty
pe(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_Descrip
torProto(s), 3); } |
| 6674 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_options(c
onst upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorP
roto(s), 7); } |
| 6675 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumDescriptorProto_name(
const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumDescri
ptorProto(s), 1); } |
| 6676 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumDescriptorProto_optio
ns(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumDes
criptorProto(s), 3); } |
| 6677 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumDescriptorProto_value
(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumDescr
iptorProto(s), 2); } |
| 6678 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumOptions_allow_alias(c
onst upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumOptions
(s), 2); } |
| 6679 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumOptions_uninterpreted
_option(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_En
umOptions(s), 999); } |
| 6680 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumValueDescriptorProto_
name(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumV
alueDescriptorProto(s), 1); } |
| 6681 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumValueDescriptorProto_
number(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_Enu
mValueDescriptorProto(s), 2); } |
| 6682 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumValueDescriptorProto_
options(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_En
umValueDescriptorProto(s), 3); } |
| 6683 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumValueOptions_uninterp
reted_option(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protob
uf_EnumValueOptions(s), 999); } |
| 6684 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_defa
ult_value(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_
FieldDescriptorProto(s), 7); } |
| 6685 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_exte
ndee(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_Field
DescriptorProto(s), 2); } |
| 6686 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_labe
l(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDes
criptorProto(s), 4); } |
| 6687 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_name
(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDesc
riptorProto(s), 1); } |
| 6688 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_numb
er(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDe
scriptorProto(s), 3); } |
| 6689 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_opti
ons(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldD
escriptorProto(s), 8); } |
| 6690 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_type
(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDesc
riptorProto(s), 5); } |
| 6691 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_type
_name(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_Fiel
dDescriptorProto(s), 6); } |
| 6692 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOptions_ctype(const
upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOptions(s),
1); } |
| 6693 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOptions_deprecated(c
onst upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOption
s(s), 3); } |
| 6694 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOptions_experimental
_map_key(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_F
ieldOptions(s), 9); } |
| 6695 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOptions_lazy(const u
pb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOptions(s),
5); } |
| 6696 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOptions_packed(const
upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOptions(s)
, 2); } |
| 6697 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOptions_uninterprete
d_option(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_F
ieldOptions(s), 999); } |
| 6698 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOptions_weak(const u
pb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOptions(s),
10); } |
| 6699 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto_depen
dency(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_File
DescriptorProto(s), 3); } |
| 6700 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto_enum_
type(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileD
escriptorProto(s), 5); } |
| 6701 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto_exten
sion(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileD
escriptorProto(s), 7); } |
| 6702 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto_messa
ge_type(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_Fi
leDescriptorProto(s), 4); } |
| 6703 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto_name(
const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescri
ptorProto(s), 1); } |
| 6704 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto_optio
ns(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDes
criptorProto(s), 8); } |
| 6705 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto_packa
ge(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDes
criptorProto(s), 2); } |
| 6706 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto_publi
c_dependency(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protob
uf_FileDescriptorProto(s), 10); } |
| 6707 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto_servi
ce(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDes
criptorProto(s), 6); } |
| 6708 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto_sourc
e_code_info(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobu
f_FileDescriptorProto(s), 9); } |
| 6709 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto_weak_
dependency(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf
_FileDescriptorProto(s), 11); } |
| 6710 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorSet_file(co
nst upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescript
orSet(s), 1); } |
| 6711 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_cc_generic_se
rvices(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_Fil
eOptions(s), 16); } |
| 6712 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_go_package(co
nst upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions(
s), 11); } |
| 6713 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_java_generate
_equals_and_hash(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_pr
otobuf_FileOptions(s), 20); } |
| 6714 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_java_generic_
services(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_F
ileOptions(s), 17); } |
| 6715 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_java_multiple
_files(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_Fil
eOptions(s), 10); } |
| 6716 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_java_outer_cl
assname(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_Fi
leOptions(s), 8); } |
| 6717 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_java_package(
const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOption
s(s), 1); } |
| 6718 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_optimize_for(
const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOption
s(s), 9); } |
| 6719 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_py_generic_se
rvices(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_Fil
eOptions(s), 18); } |
| 6720 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_uninterpreted
_option(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_Fi
leOptions(s), 999); } |
| 6721 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_MessageOptions_message_se
t_wire_format(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_proto
buf_MessageOptions(s), 1); } |
| 6722 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_MessageOptions_no_standar
d_descriptor_accessor(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_goog
le_protobuf_MessageOptions(s), 2); } |
| 6723 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_MessageOptions_uninterpre
ted_option(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf
_MessageOptions(s), 999); } |
| 6724 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_MethodDescriptorProto_inp
ut_type(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_Me
thodDescriptorProto(s), 2); } |
| 6725 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_MethodDescriptorProto_nam
e(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_MethodDe
scriptorProto(s), 1); } |
| 6726 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_MethodDescriptorProto_opt
ions(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_Metho
dDescriptorProto(s), 4); } |
| 6727 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_MethodDescriptorProto_out
put_type(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_M
ethodDescriptorProto(s), 3); } |
| 6728 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_MethodOptions_uninterpret
ed_option(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_
MethodOptions(s), 999); } |
| 6729 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_ServiceDescriptorProto_me
thod(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_Servi
ceDescriptorProto(s), 2); } |
| 6730 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_ServiceDescriptorProto_na
me(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_Service
DescriptorProto(s), 1); } |
| 6731 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_ServiceDescriptorProto_op
tions(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_Serv
iceDescriptorProto(s), 3); } |
| 6732 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_ServiceOptions_uninterpre
ted_option(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf
_ServiceOptions(s), 999); } |
| 6733 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_SourceCodeInfo_Location_l
eading_comments(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_pro
tobuf_SourceCodeInfo_Location(s), 3); } |
| 6734 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_SourceCodeInfo_Location_p
ath(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_Source
CodeInfo_Location(s), 1); } |
| 6735 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_SourceCodeInfo_Location_s
pan(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_Source
CodeInfo_Location(s), 2); } |
| 6736 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_SourceCodeInfo_Location_t
railing_comments(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_pr
otobuf_SourceCodeInfo_Location(s), 4); } |
| 6737 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_SourceCodeInfo_location(c
onst upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_SourceCodeI
nfo(s), 1); } |
| 6738 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption_NameP
art_is_extension(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_pr
otobuf_UninterpretedOption_NamePart(s), 2); } |
| 6739 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption_NameP
art_name_part(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_proto
buf_UninterpretedOption_NamePart(s), 1); } |
| 6740 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption_aggre
gate_value(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf
_UninterpretedOption(s), 8); } |
| 6741 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption_doubl
e_value(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_Un
interpretedOption(s), 6); } |
| 6742 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption_ident
ifier_value(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobu
f_UninterpretedOption(s), 3); } |
| 6743 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption_name(
const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_Uninterpre
tedOption(s), 2); } |
| 6744 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption_negat
ive_int_value(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_proto
buf_UninterpretedOption(s), 5); } |
| 6745 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption_posit
ive_int_value(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_proto
buf_UninterpretedOption(s), 4); } |
| 6746 UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption_strin
g_value(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_Un
interpretedOption(s), 7); } |
| 6747 |
| 6748 UPB_END_EXTERN_C |
| 6749 |
| 6750 #ifdef __cplusplus |
| 6751 |
| 6752 namespace upbdefs { |
| 6753 namespace google { |
| 6754 namespace protobuf { |
| 6755 namespace descriptor { |
| 6756 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::SymbolTable> SymbolTable() { |
| 6757 const upb::SymbolTable* s = upbdefs_google_protobuf_descriptor(&s); |
| 6758 return upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::SymbolTable>(s, &s); |
| 6759 } |
| 6760 } /* namespace descriptor */ |
| 6761 } /* namespace protobuf */ |
| 6762 } /* namespace google */ |
| 6763 |
| 6764 #define RETURN_REFFED(type, func) \ |
| 6765 const type* obj = func(upbdefs::google::protobuf::descriptor::SymbolTable().
get()); \ |
| 6766 return upb::reffed_ptr<const type>(obj); |
| 6767 |
| 6768 namespace google { |
| 6769 namespace protobuf { |
| 6770 namespace DescriptorProto { |
| 6771 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::MessageDef> MessageDef() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::
MessageDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto) } |
| 6772 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> enum_type() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::Fie
ldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_enum_type) } |
| 6773 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> extension() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::Fie
ldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_extension) } |
| 6774 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> extension_range() { RETURN_REFFED(up
b::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_extension_range) } |
| 6775 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> field() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDe
f, upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_field) } |
| 6776 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> name() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef
, upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_name) } |
| 6777 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> nested_type() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::F
ieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_nested_type) } |
| 6778 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> options() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::Field
Def, upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_options) } |
| 6779 } /* namespace DescriptorProto */ |
| 6780 } /* namespace protobuf */ |
| 6781 } /* namespace google */ |
| 6782 |
| 6783 namespace google { |
| 6784 namespace protobuf { |
| 6785 namespace DescriptorProto { |
| 6786 namespace ExtensionRange { |
| 6787 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::MessageDef> MessageDef() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::
MessageDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_ExtensionRange) } |
| 6788 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> end() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef,
upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_ExtensionRange_end) } |
| 6789 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> start() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDe
f, upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_ExtensionRange_start) } |
| 6790 } /* namespace ExtensionRange */ |
| 6791 } /* namespace DescriptorProto */ |
| 6792 } /* namespace protobuf */ |
| 6793 } /* namespace google */ |
| 6794 |
| 6795 namespace google { |
| 6796 namespace protobuf { |
| 6797 namespace EnumDescriptorProto { |
| 6798 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::MessageDef> MessageDef() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::
MessageDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumDescriptorProto) } |
| 6799 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> name() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef
, upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumDescriptorProto_name) } |
| 6800 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> options() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::Field
Def, upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumDescriptorProto_options) } |
| 6801 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> value() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDe
f, upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumDescriptorProto_value) } |
| 6802 } /* namespace EnumDescriptorProto */ |
| 6803 } /* namespace protobuf */ |
| 6804 } /* namespace google */ |
| 6805 |
| 6806 namespace google { |
| 6807 namespace protobuf { |
| 6808 namespace EnumOptions { |
| 6809 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::MessageDef> MessageDef() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::
MessageDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumOptions) } |
| 6810 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> allow_alias() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::F
ieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumOptions_allow_alias) } |
| 6811 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> uninterpreted_option() { RETURN_REFF
ED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumOptions_uninterpreted_option) } |
| 6812 } /* namespace EnumOptions */ |
| 6813 } /* namespace protobuf */ |
| 6814 } /* namespace google */ |
| 6815 |
| 6816 namespace google { |
| 6817 namespace protobuf { |
| 6818 namespace EnumValueDescriptorProto { |
| 6819 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::MessageDef> MessageDef() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::
MessageDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumValueDescriptorProto) } |
| 6820 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> name() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef
, upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumValueDescriptorProto_name) } |
| 6821 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> number() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldD
ef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumValueDescriptorProto_number) } |
| 6822 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> options() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::Field
Def, upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumValueDescriptorProto_options) } |
| 6823 } /* namespace EnumValueDescriptorProto */ |
| 6824 } /* namespace protobuf */ |
| 6825 } /* namespace google */ |
| 6826 |
| 6827 namespace google { |
| 6828 namespace protobuf { |
| 6829 namespace EnumValueOptions { |
| 6830 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::MessageDef> MessageDef() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::
MessageDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumValueOptions) } |
| 6831 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> uninterpreted_option() { RETURN_REFF
ED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumValueOptions_uninterpreted_option)
} |
| 6832 } /* namespace EnumValueOptions */ |
| 6833 } /* namespace protobuf */ |
| 6834 } /* namespace google */ |
| 6835 |
| 6836 namespace google { |
| 6837 namespace protobuf { |
| 6838 namespace FieldDescriptorProto { |
| 6839 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::MessageDef> MessageDef() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::
MessageDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto) } |
| 6840 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> default_value() { RETURN_REFFED(upb:
:FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_default_value) } |
| 6841 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> extendee() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::Fiel
dDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_extendee) } |
| 6842 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> label() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDe
f, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_label) } |
| 6843 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> name() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef
, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_name) } |
| 6844 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> number() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldD
ef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_number) } |
| 6845 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> options() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::Field
Def, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_options) } |
| 6846 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> type() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef
, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_type) } |
| 6847 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> type_name() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::Fie
ldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_type_name) } |
| 6848 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::EnumDef> Label() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::EnumDef,
upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_Label) } |
| 6849 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::EnumDef> Type() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::EnumDef,
upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_Type) } |
| 6850 } /* namespace FieldDescriptorProto */ |
| 6851 } /* namespace protobuf */ |
| 6852 } /* namespace google */ |
| 6853 |
| 6854 namespace google { |
| 6855 namespace protobuf { |
| 6856 namespace FieldOptions { |
| 6857 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::MessageDef> MessageDef() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::
MessageDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOptions) } |
| 6858 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> ctype() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDe
f, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOptions_ctype) } |
| 6859 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> deprecated() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::Fi
eldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOptions_deprecated) } |
| 6860 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> experimental_map_key() { RETURN_REFF
ED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOptions_experimental_map_key) } |
| 6861 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> lazy() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef
, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOptions_lazy) } |
| 6862 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> packed() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldD
ef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOptions_packed) } |
| 6863 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> uninterpreted_option() { RETURN_REFF
ED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOptions_uninterpreted_option) } |
| 6864 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> weak() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef
, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOptions_weak) } |
| 6865 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::EnumDef> CType() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::EnumDef,
upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOptions_CType) } |
| 6866 } /* namespace FieldOptions */ |
| 6867 } /* namespace protobuf */ |
| 6868 } /* namespace google */ |
| 6869 |
| 6870 namespace google { |
| 6871 namespace protobuf { |
| 6872 namespace FileDescriptorProto { |
| 6873 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::MessageDef> MessageDef() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::
MessageDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto) } |
| 6874 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> dependency() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::Fi
eldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto_dependency) } |
| 6875 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> enum_type() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::Fie
ldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto_enum_type) } |
| 6876 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> extension() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::Fie
ldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto_extension) } |
| 6877 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> message_type() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::
FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto_message_type) } |
| 6878 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> name() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef
, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto_name) } |
| 6879 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> options() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::Field
Def, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto_options) } |
| 6880 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> package() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::Field
Def, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto_package) } |
| 6881 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> public_dependency() { RETURN_REFFED(
upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto_public_dependency) } |
| 6882 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> service() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::Field
Def, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto_service) } |
| 6883 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> source_code_info() { RETURN_REFFED(u
pb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto_source_code_info) } |
| 6884 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> weak_dependency() { RETURN_REFFED(up
b::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto_weak_dependency) } |
| 6885 } /* namespace FileDescriptorProto */ |
| 6886 } /* namespace protobuf */ |
| 6887 } /* namespace google */ |
| 6888 |
| 6889 namespace google { |
| 6890 namespace protobuf { |
| 6891 namespace FileDescriptorSet { |
| 6892 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::MessageDef> MessageDef() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::
MessageDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorSet) } |
| 6893 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> file() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef
, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorSet_file) } |
| 6894 } /* namespace FileDescriptorSet */ |
| 6895 } /* namespace protobuf */ |
| 6896 } /* namespace google */ |
| 6897 |
| 6898 namespace google { |
| 6899 namespace protobuf { |
| 6900 namespace FileOptions { |
| 6901 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::MessageDef> MessageDef() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::
MessageDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions) } |
| 6902 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> cc_generic_services() { RETURN_REFFE
D(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_cc_generic_services) } |
| 6903 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> go_package() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::Fi
eldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_go_package) } |
| 6904 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> java_generate_equals_and_hash() { RE
TURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_java_generate_equ
als_and_hash) } |
| 6905 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> java_generic_services() { RETURN_REF
FED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_java_generic_services) } |
| 6906 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> java_multiple_files() { RETURN_REFFE
D(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_java_multiple_files) } |
| 6907 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> java_outer_classname() { RETURN_REFF
ED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_java_outer_classname) } |
| 6908 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> java_package() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::
FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_java_package) } |
| 6909 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> optimize_for() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::
FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_optimize_for) } |
| 6910 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> py_generic_services() { RETURN_REFFE
D(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_py_generic_services) } |
| 6911 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> uninterpreted_option() { RETURN_REFF
ED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_uninterpreted_option) } |
| 6912 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::EnumDef> OptimizeMode() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::E
numDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_OptimizeMode) } |
| 6913 } /* namespace FileOptions */ |
| 6914 } /* namespace protobuf */ |
| 6915 } /* namespace google */ |
| 6916 |
| 6917 namespace google { |
| 6918 namespace protobuf { |
| 6919 namespace MessageOptions { |
| 6920 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::MessageDef> MessageDef() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::
MessageDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_MessageOptions) } |
| 6921 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> message_set_wire_format() { RETURN_R
EFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_MessageOptions_message_set_wire_for
mat) } |
| 6922 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> no_standard_descriptor_accessor() {
RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_MessageOptions_no_standard_
descriptor_accessor) } |
| 6923 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> uninterpreted_option() { RETURN_REFF
ED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_MessageOptions_uninterpreted_option) } |
| 6924 } /* namespace MessageOptions */ |
| 6925 } /* namespace protobuf */ |
| 6926 } /* namespace google */ |
| 6927 |
| 6928 namespace google { |
| 6929 namespace protobuf { |
| 6930 namespace MethodDescriptorProto { |
| 6931 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::MessageDef> MessageDef() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::
MessageDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_MethodDescriptorProto) } |
| 6932 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> input_type() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::Fi
eldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_MethodDescriptorProto_input_type) } |
| 6933 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> name() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef
, upbdefs_google_protobuf_MethodDescriptorProto_name) } |
| 6934 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> options() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::Field
Def, upbdefs_google_protobuf_MethodDescriptorProto_options) } |
| 6935 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> output_type() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::F
ieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_MethodDescriptorProto_output_type) } |
| 6936 } /* namespace MethodDescriptorProto */ |
| 6937 } /* namespace protobuf */ |
| 6938 } /* namespace google */ |
| 6939 |
| 6940 namespace google { |
| 6941 namespace protobuf { |
| 6942 namespace MethodOptions { |
| 6943 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::MessageDef> MessageDef() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::
MessageDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_MethodOptions) } |
| 6944 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> uninterpreted_option() { RETURN_REFF
ED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_MethodOptions_uninterpreted_option) } |
| 6945 } /* namespace MethodOptions */ |
| 6946 } /* namespace protobuf */ |
| 6947 } /* namespace google */ |
| 6948 |
| 6949 namespace google { |
| 6950 namespace protobuf { |
| 6951 namespace ServiceDescriptorProto { |
| 6952 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::MessageDef> MessageDef() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::
MessageDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_ServiceDescriptorProto) } |
| 6953 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> method() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldD
ef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_ServiceDescriptorProto_method) } |
| 6954 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> name() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef
, upbdefs_google_protobuf_ServiceDescriptorProto_name) } |
| 6955 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> options() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::Field
Def, upbdefs_google_protobuf_ServiceDescriptorProto_options) } |
| 6956 } /* namespace ServiceDescriptorProto */ |
| 6957 } /* namespace protobuf */ |
| 6958 } /* namespace google */ |
| 6959 |
| 6960 namespace google { |
| 6961 namespace protobuf { |
| 6962 namespace ServiceOptions { |
| 6963 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::MessageDef> MessageDef() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::
MessageDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_ServiceOptions) } |
| 6964 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> uninterpreted_option() { RETURN_REFF
ED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_ServiceOptions_uninterpreted_option) } |
| 6965 } /* namespace ServiceOptions */ |
| 6966 } /* namespace protobuf */ |
| 6967 } /* namespace google */ |
| 6968 |
| 6969 namespace google { |
| 6970 namespace protobuf { |
| 6971 namespace SourceCodeInfo { |
| 6972 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::MessageDef> MessageDef() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::
MessageDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_SourceCodeInfo) } |
| 6973 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> location() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::Fiel
dDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_SourceCodeInfo_location) } |
| 6974 } /* namespace SourceCodeInfo */ |
| 6975 } /* namespace protobuf */ |
| 6976 } /* namespace google */ |
| 6977 |
| 6978 namespace google { |
| 6979 namespace protobuf { |
| 6980 namespace SourceCodeInfo { |
| 6981 namespace Location { |
| 6982 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::MessageDef> MessageDef() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::
MessageDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_SourceCodeInfo_Location) } |
| 6983 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> leading_comments() { RETURN_REFFED(u
pb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_SourceCodeInfo_Location_leading_comments)
} |
| 6984 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> path() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef
, upbdefs_google_protobuf_SourceCodeInfo_Location_path) } |
| 6985 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> span() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef
, upbdefs_google_protobuf_SourceCodeInfo_Location_span) } |
| 6986 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> trailing_comments() { RETURN_REFFED(
upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_SourceCodeInfo_Location_trailing_comments
) } |
| 6987 } /* namespace Location */ |
| 6988 } /* namespace SourceCodeInfo */ |
| 6989 } /* namespace protobuf */ |
| 6990 } /* namespace google */ |
| 6991 |
| 6992 namespace google { |
| 6993 namespace protobuf { |
| 6994 namespace UninterpretedOption { |
| 6995 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::MessageDef> MessageDef() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::
MessageDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption) } |
| 6996 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> aggregate_value() { RETURN_REFFED(up
b::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption_aggregate_value) } |
| 6997 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> double_value() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::
FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption_double_value) } |
| 6998 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> identifier_value() { RETURN_REFFED(u
pb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption_identifier_value) } |
| 6999 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> name() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef
, upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption_name) } |
| 7000 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> negative_int_value() { RETURN_REFFED
(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption_negative_int_value)
} |
| 7001 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> positive_int_value() { RETURN_REFFED
(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption_positive_int_value)
} |
| 7002 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> string_value() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::
FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption_string_value) } |
| 7003 } /* namespace UninterpretedOption */ |
| 7004 } /* namespace protobuf */ |
| 7005 } /* namespace google */ |
| 7006 |
| 7007 namespace google { |
| 7008 namespace protobuf { |
| 7009 namespace UninterpretedOption { |
| 7010 namespace NamePart { |
| 7011 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::MessageDef> MessageDef() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::
MessageDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption_NamePart) } |
| 7012 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> is_extension() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::
FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption_NamePart_is_extension) } |
| 7013 inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> name_part() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::Fie
ldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption_NamePart_name_part) } |
| 7014 } /* namespace NamePart */ |
| 7015 } /* namespace UninterpretedOption */ |
| 7016 } /* namespace protobuf */ |
| 7017 } /* namespace google */ |
| 7018 |
| 7019 } /* namespace upbdefs */ |
| 7020 |
| 7021 |
| 7022 #undef RETURN_REFFED |
| 7023 #endif /* __cplusplus */ |
| 7024 |
| 7025 #endif /* GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_DESCRIPTOR_UPB_H_ */ |
| 7026 /* |
| 7027 ** Internal-only definitions for the decoder. |
| 7028 */ |
| 7029 |
| 7030 #ifndef UPB_DECODER_INT_H_ |
| 7031 #define UPB_DECODER_INT_H_ |
| 7032 |
| 7033 #include <stdlib.h> |
| 7034 /* |
| 7035 ** upb::pb::Decoder |
| 7036 ** |
| 7037 ** A high performance, streaming, resumable decoder for the binary protobuf |
| 7038 ** format. |
| 7039 ** |
| 7040 ** This interface works the same regardless of what decoder backend is being |
| 7041 ** used. A client of this class does not need to know whether decoding is using |
| 7042 ** a JITted decoder (DynASM, LLVM, etc) or an interpreted decoder. By default, |
| 7043 ** it will always use the fastest available decoder. However, you can call |
| 7044 ** set_allow_jit(false) to disable any JIT decoder that might be available. |
| 7045 ** This is primarily useful for testing purposes. |
| 7046 */ |
| 7047 |
| 7048 #ifndef UPB_DECODER_H_ |
| 7049 #define UPB_DECODER_H_ |
| 7050 |
| 7051 |
| 7052 #ifdef __cplusplus |
| 7053 namespace upb { |
| 7054 namespace pb { |
| 7055 class CodeCache; |
| 7056 class Decoder; |
| 7057 class DecoderMethod; |
| 7058 class DecoderMethodOptions; |
| 7059 } /* namespace pb */ |
| 7060 } /* namespace upb */ |
| 7061 #endif |
| 7062 |
| 7063 UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::pb::CodeCache, upb_pbcodecache) |
| 7064 UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::pb::Decoder, upb_pbdecoder) |
| 7065 UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::pb::DecoderMethodOptions, upb_pbdecodermethodopts) |
| 7066 |
| 7067 UPB_DECLARE_DERIVED_TYPE(upb::pb::DecoderMethod, upb::RefCounted, |
| 7068 upb_pbdecodermethod, upb_refcounted) |
| 7069 |
| 7070 #ifdef __cplusplus |
| 7071 |
| 7072 /* The parameters one uses to construct a DecoderMethod. |
| 7073 * TODO(haberman): move allowjit here? Seems more convenient for users. |
| 7074 * TODO(haberman): move this to be heap allocated for ABI stability. */ |
| 7075 class upb::pb::DecoderMethodOptions { |
| 7076 public: |
| 7077 /* Parameter represents the destination handlers that this method will push |
| 7078 * to. */ |
| 7079 explicit DecoderMethodOptions(const Handlers* dest_handlers); |
| 7080 |
| 7081 /* Should the decoder push submessages to lazy handlers for fields that have |
| 7082 * them? The caller should set this iff the lazy handlers expect data that is |
| 7083 * in protobuf binary format and the caller wishes to lazy parse it. */ |
| 7084 void set_lazy(bool lazy); |
| 7085 #else |
| 7086 struct upb_pbdecodermethodopts { |
| 7087 #endif |
| 7088 const upb_handlers *handlers; |
| 7089 bool lazy; |
| 7090 }; |
| 7091 |
| 7092 #ifdef __cplusplus |
| 7093 |
| 7094 /* Represents the code to parse a protobuf according to a destination |
| 7095 * Handlers. */ |
| 7096 class upb::pb::DecoderMethod { |
| 7097 public: |
| 7098 /* Include base methods from upb::ReferenceCounted. */ |
| 7099 UPB_REFCOUNTED_CPPMETHODS |
| 7100 |
| 7101 /* The destination handlers that are statically bound to this method. |
| 7102 * This method is only capable of outputting to a sink that uses these |
| 7103 * handlers. */ |
| 7104 const Handlers* dest_handlers() const; |
| 7105 |
| 7106 /* The input handlers for this decoder method. */ |
| 7107 const BytesHandler* input_handler() const; |
| 7108 |
| 7109 /* Whether this method is native. */ |
| 7110 bool is_native() const; |
| 7111 |
| 7112 /* Convenience method for generating a DecoderMethod without explicitly |
| 7113 * creating a CodeCache. */ |
| 7114 static reffed_ptr<const DecoderMethod> New(const DecoderMethodOptions& opts); |
| 7115 |
| 7116 private: |
| 7117 UPB_DISALLOW_POD_OPS(DecoderMethod, upb::pb::DecoderMethod) |
| 7118 }; |
| 7119 |
| 7120 #endif |
| 7121 |
| 7122 /* Preallocation hint: decoder won't allocate more bytes than this when first |
| 7123 * constructed. This hint may be an overestimate for some build configurations. |
| 7124 * But if the decoder library is upgraded without recompiling the application, |
| 7125 * it may be an underestimate. */ |
| 7126 #define UPB_PB_DECODER_SIZE 4408 |
| 7127 |
| 7128 #ifdef __cplusplus |
| 7129 |
| 7130 /* A Decoder receives binary protobuf data on its input sink and pushes the |
| 7131 * decoded data to its output sink. */ |
| 7132 class upb::pb::Decoder { |
| 7133 public: |
| 7134 /* Constructs a decoder instance for the given method, which must outlive this |
| 7135 * decoder. Any errors during parsing will be set on the given status, which |
| 7136 * must also outlive this decoder. |
| 7137 * |
| 7138 * The sink must match the given method. */ |
| 7139 static Decoder* Create(Environment* env, const DecoderMethod* method, |
| 7140 Sink* output); |
| 7141 |
| 7142 /* Returns the DecoderMethod this decoder is parsing from. */ |
| 7143 const DecoderMethod* method() const; |
| 7144 |
| 7145 /* The sink on which this decoder receives input. */ |
| 7146 BytesSink* input(); |
| 7147 |
| 7148 /* Returns number of bytes successfully parsed. |
| 7149 * |
| 7150 * This can be useful for determining the stream position where an error |
| 7151 * occurred. |
| 7152 * |
| 7153 * This value may not be up-to-date when called from inside a parsing |
| 7154 * callback. */ |
| 7155 uint64_t BytesParsed() const; |
| 7156 |
| 7157 /* Gets/sets the parsing nexting limit. If the total number of nested |
| 7158 * submessages and repeated fields hits this limit, parsing will fail. This |
| 7159 * is a resource limit that controls the amount of memory used by the parsing |
| 7160 * stack. |
| 7161 * |
| 7162 * Setting the limit will fail if the parser is currently suspended at a depth |
| 7163 * greater than this, or if memory allocation of the stack fails. */ |
| 7164 size_t max_nesting() const; |
| 7165 bool set_max_nesting(size_t max); |
| 7166 |
| 7167 void Reset(); |
| 7168 |
| 7169 static const size_t kSize = UPB_PB_DECODER_SIZE; |
| 7170 |
| 7171 private: |
| 7172 UPB_DISALLOW_POD_OPS(Decoder, upb::pb::Decoder) |
| 7173 }; |
| 7174 |
| 7175 #endif /* __cplusplus */ |
| 7176 |
| 7177 #ifdef __cplusplus |
| 7178 |
| 7179 /* A class for caching protobuf processing code, whether bytecode for the |
| 7180 * interpreted decoder or machine code for the JIT. |
| 7181 * |
| 7182 * This class is not thread-safe. |
| 7183 * |
| 7184 * TODO(haberman): move this to be heap allocated for ABI stability. */ |
| 7185 class upb::pb::CodeCache { |
| 7186 public: |
| 7187 CodeCache(); |
| 7188 ~CodeCache(); |
| 7189 |
| 7190 /* Whether the cache is allowed to generate machine code. Defaults to true. |
| 7191 * There is no real reason to turn it off except for testing or if you are |
| 7192 * having a specific problem with the JIT. |
| 7193 * |
| 7194 * Note that allow_jit = true does not *guarantee* that the code will be JIT |
| 7195 * compiled. If this platform is not supported or the JIT was not compiled |
| 7196 * in, the code may still be interpreted. */ |
| 7197 bool allow_jit() const; |
| 7198 |
| 7199 /* This may only be called when the object is first constructed, and prior to |
| 7200 * any code generation, otherwise returns false and does nothing. */ |
| 7201 bool set_allow_jit(bool allow); |
| 7202 |
| 7203 /* Returns a DecoderMethod that can push data to the given handlers. |
| 7204 * If a suitable method already exists, it will be returned from the cache. |
| 7205 * |
| 7206 * Specifying the destination handlers here allows the DecoderMethod to be |
| 7207 * statically bound to the destination handlers if possible, which can allow |
| 7208 * more efficient decoding. However the returned method may or may not |
| 7209 * actually be statically bound. But in all cases, the returned method can |
| 7210 * push data to the given handlers. */ |
| 7211 const DecoderMethod *GetDecoderMethod(const DecoderMethodOptions& opts); |
| 7212 |
| 7213 /* If/when someone needs to explicitly create a dynamically-bound |
| 7214 * DecoderMethod*, we can add a method to get it here. */ |
| 7215 |
| 7216 private: |
| 7217 UPB_DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN(CodeCache) |
| 7218 #else |
| 7219 struct upb_pbcodecache { |
| 7220 #endif |
| 7221 bool allow_jit_; |
| 7222 |
| 7223 /* Array of mgroups. */ |
| 7224 upb_inttable groups; |
| 7225 }; |
| 7226 |
| 7227 UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C |
| 7228 |
| 7229 upb_pbdecoder *upb_pbdecoder_create(upb_env *e, |
| 7230 const upb_pbdecodermethod *method, |
| 7231 upb_sink *output); |
| 7232 const upb_pbdecodermethod *upb_pbdecoder_method(const upb_pbdecoder *d); |
| 7233 upb_bytessink *upb_pbdecoder_input(upb_pbdecoder *d); |
| 7234 uint64_t upb_pbdecoder_bytesparsed(const upb_pbdecoder *d); |
| 7235 size_t upb_pbdecoder_maxnesting(const upb_pbdecoder *d); |
| 7236 bool upb_pbdecoder_setmaxnesting(upb_pbdecoder *d, size_t max); |
| 7237 void upb_pbdecoder_reset(upb_pbdecoder *d); |
| 7238 |
| 7239 void upb_pbdecodermethodopts_init(upb_pbdecodermethodopts *opts, |
| 7240 const upb_handlers *h); |
| 7241 void upb_pbdecodermethodopts_setlazy(upb_pbdecodermethodopts *opts, bool lazy); |
| 7242 |
| 7243 |
| 7244 /* Include refcounted methods like upb_pbdecodermethod_ref(). */ |
| 7245 UPB_REFCOUNTED_CMETHODS(upb_pbdecodermethod, upb_pbdecodermethod_upcast) |
| 7246 |
| 7247 const upb_handlers *upb_pbdecodermethod_desthandlers( |
| 7248 const upb_pbdecodermethod *m); |
| 7249 const upb_byteshandler *upb_pbdecodermethod_inputhandler( |
| 7250 const upb_pbdecodermethod *m); |
| 7251 bool upb_pbdecodermethod_isnative(const upb_pbdecodermethod *m); |
| 7252 const upb_pbdecodermethod *upb_pbdecodermethod_new( |
| 7253 const upb_pbdecodermethodopts *opts, const void *owner); |
| 7254 |
| 7255 void upb_pbcodecache_init(upb_pbcodecache *c); |
| 7256 void upb_pbcodecache_uninit(upb_pbcodecache *c); |
| 7257 bool upb_pbcodecache_allowjit(const upb_pbcodecache *c); |
| 7258 bool upb_pbcodecache_setallowjit(upb_pbcodecache *c, bool allow); |
| 7259 const upb_pbdecodermethod *upb_pbcodecache_getdecodermethod( |
| 7260 upb_pbcodecache *c, const upb_pbdecodermethodopts *opts); |
| 7261 |
| 7262 UPB_END_EXTERN_C |
| 7263 |
| 7264 #ifdef __cplusplus |
| 7265 |
| 7266 namespace upb { |
| 7267 |
| 7268 namespace pb { |
| 7269 |
| 7270 /* static */ |
| 7271 inline Decoder* Decoder::Create(Environment* env, const DecoderMethod* m, |
| 7272 Sink* sink) { |
| 7273 return upb_pbdecoder_create(env, m, sink); |
| 7274 } |
| 7275 inline const DecoderMethod* Decoder::method() const { |
| 7276 return upb_pbdecoder_method(this); |
| 7277 } |
| 7278 inline BytesSink* Decoder::input() { |
| 7279 return upb_pbdecoder_input(this); |
| 7280 } |
| 7281 inline uint64_t Decoder::BytesParsed() const { |
| 7282 return upb_pbdecoder_bytesparsed(this); |
| 7283 } |
| 7284 inline size_t Decoder::max_nesting() const { |
| 7285 return upb_pbdecoder_maxnesting(this); |
| 7286 } |
| 7287 inline bool Decoder::set_max_nesting(size_t max) { |
| 7288 return upb_pbdecoder_setmaxnesting(this, max); |
| 7289 } |
| 7290 inline void Decoder::Reset() { upb_pbdecoder_reset(this); } |
| 7291 |
| 7292 inline DecoderMethodOptions::DecoderMethodOptions(const Handlers* h) { |
| 7293 upb_pbdecodermethodopts_init(this, h); |
| 7294 } |
| 7295 inline void DecoderMethodOptions::set_lazy(bool lazy) { |
| 7296 upb_pbdecodermethodopts_setlazy(this, lazy); |
| 7297 } |
| 7298 |
| 7299 inline const Handlers* DecoderMethod::dest_handlers() const { |
| 7300 return upb_pbdecodermethod_desthandlers(this); |
| 7301 } |
| 7302 inline const BytesHandler* DecoderMethod::input_handler() const { |
| 7303 return upb_pbdecodermethod_inputhandler(this); |
| 7304 } |
| 7305 inline bool DecoderMethod::is_native() const { |
| 7306 return upb_pbdecodermethod_isnative(this); |
| 7307 } |
| 7308 /* static */ |
| 7309 inline reffed_ptr<const DecoderMethod> DecoderMethod::New( |
| 7310 const DecoderMethodOptions &opts) { |
| 7311 const upb_pbdecodermethod *m = upb_pbdecodermethod_new(&opts, &m); |
| 7312 return reffed_ptr<const DecoderMethod>(m, &m); |
| 7313 } |
| 7314 |
| 7315 inline CodeCache::CodeCache() { |
| 7316 upb_pbcodecache_init(this); |
| 7317 } |
| 7318 inline CodeCache::~CodeCache() { |
| 7319 upb_pbcodecache_uninit(this); |
| 7320 } |
| 7321 inline bool CodeCache::allow_jit() const { |
| 7322 return upb_pbcodecache_allowjit(this); |
| 7323 } |
| 7324 inline bool CodeCache::set_allow_jit(bool allow) { |
| 7325 return upb_pbcodecache_setallowjit(this, allow); |
| 7326 } |
| 7327 inline const DecoderMethod *CodeCache::GetDecoderMethod( |
| 7328 const DecoderMethodOptions& opts) { |
| 7329 return upb_pbcodecache_getdecodermethod(this, &opts); |
| 7330 } |
| 7331 |
| 7332 } /* namespace pb */ |
| 7333 } /* namespace upb */ |
| 7334 |
| 7335 #endif /* __cplusplus */ |
| 7336 |
| 7337 #endif /* UPB_DECODER_H_ */ |
| 7338 |
| 7339 /* C++ names are not actually used since this type isn't exposed to users. */ |
| 7340 #ifdef __cplusplus |
| 7341 namespace upb { |
| 7342 namespace pb { |
| 7343 class MessageGroup; |
| 7344 } /* namespace pb */ |
| 7345 } /* namespace upb */ |
| 7346 #endif |
| 7347 UPB_DECLARE_DERIVED_TYPE(upb::pb::MessageGroup, upb::RefCounted, |
| 7348 mgroup, upb_refcounted) |
| 7349 |
| 7350 /* Opcode definitions. The canonical meaning of each opcode is its |
| 7351 * implementation in the interpreter (the JIT is written to match this). |
| 7352 * |
| 7353 * All instructions have the opcode in the low byte. |
| 7354 * Instruction format for most instructions is: |
| 7355 * |
| 7356 * +-------------------+--------+ |
| 7357 * | arg (24) | op (8) | |
| 7358 * +-------------------+--------+ |
| 7359 * |
| 7360 * Exceptions are indicated below. A few opcodes are multi-word. */ |
| 7361 typedef enum { |
| 7362 /* Opcodes 1-8, 13, 15-18 parse their respective descriptor types. |
| 7363 * Arg for all of these is the upb selector for this field. */ |
| 7364 #define T(type) OP_PARSE_ ## type = UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_ ## type |
| 7365 T(DOUBLE), T(FLOAT), T(INT64), T(UINT64), T(INT32), T(FIXED64), T(FIXED32), |
| 7366 T(BOOL), T(UINT32), T(SFIXED32), T(SFIXED64), T(SINT32), T(SINT64), |
| 7367 #undef T |
| 7368 OP_STARTMSG = 9, /* No arg. */ |
| 7369 OP_ENDMSG = 10, /* No arg. */ |
| 7370 OP_STARTSEQ = 11, |
| 7371 OP_ENDSEQ = 12, |
| 7372 OP_STARTSUBMSG = 14, |
| 7373 OP_ENDSUBMSG = 19, |
| 7374 OP_STARTSTR = 20, |
| 7375 OP_STRING = 21, |
| 7376 OP_ENDSTR = 22, |
| 7377 |
| 7378 OP_PUSHTAGDELIM = 23, /* No arg. */ |
| 7379 OP_PUSHLENDELIM = 24, /* No arg. */ |
| 7380 OP_POP = 25, /* No arg. */ |
| 7381 OP_SETDELIM = 26, /* No arg. */ |
| 7382 OP_SETBIGGROUPNUM = 27, /* two words: |
| 7383 * | unused (24) | opc (8) | |
| 7384 * | groupnum (32) | */ |
| 7385 OP_CHECKDELIM = 28, |
| 7386 OP_CALL = 29, |
| 7387 OP_RET = 30, |
| 7388 OP_BRANCH = 31, |
| 7389 |
| 7390 /* Different opcodes depending on how many bytes expected. */ |
| 7391 OP_TAG1 = 32, /* | match tag (16) | jump target (8) | opc (8) | */ |
| 7392 OP_TAG2 = 33, /* | match tag (16) | jump target (8) | opc (8) | */ |
| 7393 OP_TAGN = 34, /* three words: */ |
| 7394 /* | unused (16) | jump target(8) | opc (8) | */ |
| 7395 /* | match tag 1 (32) | */ |
| 7396 /* | match tag 2 (32) | */ |
| 7397 |
| 7398 OP_SETDISPATCH = 35, /* N words: */ |
| 7399 /* | unused (24) | opc | */ |
| 7400 /* | upb_inttable* (32 or 64) | */ |
| 7401 |
| 7402 OP_DISPATCH = 36, /* No arg. */ |
| 7403 |
| 7404 OP_HALT = 37 /* No arg. */ |
| 7405 } opcode; |
| 7406 |
| 7407 #define OP_MAX OP_HALT |
| 7408 |
| 7409 UPB_INLINE opcode getop(uint32_t instr) { return instr & 0xff; } |
| 7410 |
| 7411 /* Method group; represents a set of decoder methods that had their code |
| 7412 * emitted together, and must therefore be freed together. Immutable once |
| 7413 * created. It is possible we may want to expose this to users at some point. |
| 7414 * |
| 7415 * Overall ownership of Decoder objects looks like this: |
| 7416 * |
| 7417 * +----------+ |
| 7418 * | | <---> DecoderMethod |
| 7419 * | method | |
| 7420 * CodeCache ---> | group | <---> DecoderMethod |
| 7421 * | | |
| 7422 * | (mgroup) | <---> DecoderMethod |
| 7423 * +----------+ |
| 7424 */ |
| 7425 struct mgroup { |
| 7426 upb_refcounted base; |
| 7427 |
| 7428 /* Maps upb_msgdef/upb_handlers -> upb_pbdecodermethod. We own refs on the |
| 7429 * methods. */ |
| 7430 upb_inttable methods; |
| 7431 |
| 7432 /* When we add the ability to link to previously existing mgroups, we'll |
| 7433 * need an array of mgroups we reference here, and own refs on them. */ |
| 7434 |
| 7435 /* The bytecode for our methods, if any exists. Owned by us. */ |
| 7436 uint32_t *bytecode; |
| 7437 uint32_t *bytecode_end; |
| 7438 |
| 7439 #ifdef UPB_USE_JIT_X64 |
| 7440 /* JIT-generated machine code, if any. */ |
| 7441 upb_string_handlerfunc *jit_code; |
| 7442 /* The size of the jit_code (required to munmap()). */ |
| 7443 size_t jit_size; |
| 7444 char *debug_info; |
| 7445 void *dl; |
| 7446 #endif |
| 7447 }; |
| 7448 |
| 7449 /* The maximum that any submessages can be nested. Matches proto2's limit. |
| 7450 * This specifies the size of the decoder's statically-sized array and therefore |
| 7451 * setting it high will cause the upb::pb::Decoder object to be larger. |
| 7452 * |
| 7453 * If necessary we can add a runtime-settable property to Decoder that allow |
| 7454 * this to be larger than the compile-time setting, but this would add |
| 7455 * complexity, particularly since we would have to decide how/if to give users |
| 7456 * the ability to set a custom memory allocation function. */ |
| 7457 #define UPB_DECODER_MAX_NESTING 64 |
| 7458 |
| 7459 /* Internal-only struct used by the decoder. */ |
| 7460 typedef struct { |
| 7461 /* Space optimization note: we store two pointers here that the JIT |
| 7462 * doesn't need at all; the upb_handlers* inside the sink and |
| 7463 * the dispatch table pointer. We can optimze so that the JIT uses |
| 7464 * smaller stack frames than the interpreter. The only thing we need |
| 7465 * to guarantee is that the fallback routines can find end_ofs. */ |
| 7466 upb_sink sink; |
| 7467 |
| 7468 /* The absolute stream offset of the end-of-frame delimiter. |
| 7469 * Non-delimited frames (groups and non-packed repeated fields) reuse the |
| 7470 * delimiter of their parent, even though the frame may not end there. |
| 7471 * |
| 7472 * NOTE: the JIT stores a slightly different value here for non-top frames. |
| 7473 * It stores the value relative to the end of the enclosed message. But the |
| 7474 * top frame is still stored the same way, which is important for ensuring |
| 7475 * that calls from the JIT into C work correctly. */ |
| 7476 uint64_t end_ofs; |
| 7477 const uint32_t *base; |
| 7478 |
| 7479 /* 0 indicates a length-delimited field. |
| 7480 * A positive number indicates a known group. |
| 7481 * A negative number indicates an unknown group. */ |
| 7482 int32_t groupnum; |
| 7483 upb_inttable *dispatch; /* Not used by the JIT. */ |
| 7484 } upb_pbdecoder_frame; |
| 7485 |
| 7486 struct upb_pbdecodermethod { |
| 7487 upb_refcounted base; |
| 7488 |
| 7489 /* While compiling, the base is relative in "ofs", after compiling it is |
| 7490 * absolute in "ptr". */ |
| 7491 union { |
| 7492 uint32_t ofs; /* PC offset of method. */ |
| 7493 void *ptr; /* Pointer to bytecode or machine code for this method. */ |
| 7494 } code_base; |
| 7495 |
| 7496 /* The decoder method group to which this method belongs. We own a ref. |
| 7497 * Owning a ref on the entire group is more coarse-grained than is strictly |
| 7498 * necessary; all we truly require is that methods we directly reference |
| 7499 * outlive us, while the group could contain many other messages we don't |
| 7500 * require. But the group represents the messages that were |
| 7501 * allocated+compiled together, so it makes the most sense to free them |
| 7502 * together also. */ |
| 7503 const upb_refcounted *group; |
| 7504 |
| 7505 /* Whether this method is native code or bytecode. */ |
| 7506 bool is_native_; |
| 7507 |
| 7508 /* The handler one calls to invoke this method. */ |
| 7509 upb_byteshandler input_handler_; |
| 7510 |
| 7511 /* The destination handlers this method is bound to. We own a ref. */ |
| 7512 const upb_handlers *dest_handlers_; |
| 7513 |
| 7514 /* Dispatch table -- used by both bytecode decoder and JIT when encountering a |
| 7515 * field number that wasn't the one we were expecting to see. See |
| 7516 * decoder.int.h for the layout of this table. */ |
| 7517 upb_inttable dispatch; |
| 7518 }; |
| 7519 |
| 7520 struct upb_pbdecoder { |
| 7521 upb_env *env; |
| 7522 |
| 7523 /* Our input sink. */ |
| 7524 upb_bytessink input_; |
| 7525 |
| 7526 /* The decoder method we are parsing with (owned). */ |
| 7527 const upb_pbdecodermethod *method_; |
| 7528 |
| 7529 size_t call_len; |
| 7530 const uint32_t *pc, *last; |
| 7531 |
| 7532 /* Current input buffer and its stream offset. */ |
| 7533 const char *buf, *ptr, *end, *checkpoint; |
| 7534 |
| 7535 /* End of the delimited region, relative to ptr, NULL if not in this buf. */ |
| 7536 const char *delim_end; |
| 7537 |
| 7538 /* End of the delimited region, relative to ptr, end if not in this buf. */ |
| 7539 const char *data_end; |
| 7540 |
| 7541 /* Overall stream offset of "buf." */ |
| 7542 uint64_t bufstart_ofs; |
| 7543 |
| 7544 /* Buffer for residual bytes not parsed from the previous buffer. |
| 7545 * The maximum number of residual bytes we require is 12; a five-byte |
| 7546 * unknown tag plus an eight-byte value, less one because the value |
| 7547 * is only a partial value. */ |
| 7548 char residual[12]; |
| 7549 char *residual_end; |
| 7550 |
| 7551 /* Bytes of data that should be discarded from the input beore we start |
| 7552 * parsing again. We set this when we internally determine that we can |
| 7553 * safely skip the next N bytes, but this region extends past the current |
| 7554 * user buffer. */ |
| 7555 size_t skip; |
| 7556 |
| 7557 /* Stores the user buffer passed to our decode function. */ |
| 7558 const char *buf_param; |
| 7559 size_t size_param; |
| 7560 const upb_bufhandle *handle; |
| 7561 |
| 7562 /* Our internal stack. */ |
| 7563 upb_pbdecoder_frame *stack, *top, *limit; |
| 7564 const uint32_t **callstack; |
| 7565 size_t stack_size; |
| 7566 |
| 7567 upb_status *status; |
| 7568 |
| 7569 #ifdef UPB_USE_JIT_X64 |
| 7570 /* Used momentarily by the generated code to store a value while a user |
| 7571 * function is called. */ |
| 7572 uint32_t tmp_len; |
| 7573 |
| 7574 const void *saved_rsp; |
| 7575 #endif |
| 7576 }; |
| 7577 |
| 7578 /* Decoder entry points; used as handlers. */ |
| 7579 void *upb_pbdecoder_startbc(void *closure, const void *pc, size_t size_hint); |
| 7580 void *upb_pbdecoder_startjit(void *closure, const void *hd, size_t size_hint); |
| 7581 size_t upb_pbdecoder_decode(void *closure, const void *hd, const char *buf, |
| 7582 size_t size, const upb_bufhandle *handle); |
| 7583 bool upb_pbdecoder_end(void *closure, const void *handler_data); |
| 7584 |
| 7585 /* Decoder-internal functions that the JIT calls to handle fallback paths. */ |
| 7586 int32_t upb_pbdecoder_resume(upb_pbdecoder *d, void *p, const char *buf, |
| 7587 size_t size, const upb_bufhandle *handle); |
| 7588 size_t upb_pbdecoder_suspend(upb_pbdecoder *d); |
| 7589 int32_t upb_pbdecoder_skipunknown(upb_pbdecoder *d, int32_t fieldnum, |
| 7590 uint8_t wire_type); |
| 7591 int32_t upb_pbdecoder_checktag_slow(upb_pbdecoder *d, uint64_t expected); |
| 7592 int32_t upb_pbdecoder_decode_varint_slow(upb_pbdecoder *d, uint64_t *u64); |
| 7593 int32_t upb_pbdecoder_decode_f32(upb_pbdecoder *d, uint32_t *u32); |
| 7594 int32_t upb_pbdecoder_decode_f64(upb_pbdecoder *d, uint64_t *u64); |
| 7595 void upb_pbdecoder_seterr(upb_pbdecoder *d, const char *msg); |
| 7596 |
| 7597 /* Error messages that are shared between the bytecode and JIT decoders. */ |
| 7598 extern const char *kPbDecoderStackOverflow; |
| 7599 extern const char *kPbDecoderSubmessageTooLong; |
| 7600 |
| 7601 /* Access to decoderplan members needed by the decoder. */ |
| 7602 const char *upb_pbdecoder_getopname(unsigned int op); |
| 7603 |
| 7604 /* JIT codegen entry point. */ |
| 7605 void upb_pbdecoder_jit(mgroup *group); |
| 7606 void upb_pbdecoder_freejit(mgroup *group); |
| 7607 UPB_REFCOUNTED_CMETHODS(mgroup, mgroup_upcast) |
| 7608 |
| 7609 /* A special label that means "do field dispatch for this message and branch to |
| 7610 * wherever that takes you." */ |
| 7611 #define LABEL_DISPATCH 0 |
| 7612 |
| 7613 /* A special slot in the dispatch table that stores the epilogue (ENDMSG and/or |
| 7614 * RET) for branching to when we find an appropriate ENDGROUP tag. */ |
| 7615 #define DISPATCH_ENDMSG 0 |
| 7616 |
| 7617 /* It's important to use this invalid wire type instead of 0 (which is a valid |
| 7618 * wire type). */ |
| 7619 #define NO_WIRE_TYPE 0xff |
| 7620 |
| 7621 /* The dispatch table layout is: |
| 7622 * [field number] -> [ 48-bit offset ][ 8-bit wt2 ][ 8-bit wt1 ] |
| 7623 * |
| 7624 * If wt1 matches, jump to the 48-bit offset. If wt2 matches, lookup |
| 7625 * (UPB_MAX_FIELDNUMBER + fieldnum) and jump there. |
| 7626 * |
| 7627 * We need two wire types because of packed/non-packed compatibility. A |
| 7628 * primitive repeated field can use either wire type and be valid. While we |
| 7629 * could key the table on fieldnum+wiretype, the table would be 8x sparser. |
| 7630 * |
| 7631 * Storing two wire types in the primary value allows us to quickly rule out |
| 7632 * the second wire type without needing to do a separate lookup (this case is |
| 7633 * less common than an unknown field). */ |
| 7634 UPB_INLINE uint64_t upb_pbdecoder_packdispatch(uint64_t ofs, uint8_t wt1, |
| 7635 uint8_t wt2) { |
| 7636 return (ofs << 16) | (wt2 << 8) | wt1; |
| 7637 } |
| 7638 |
| 7639 UPB_INLINE void upb_pbdecoder_unpackdispatch(uint64_t dispatch, uint64_t *ofs, |
| 7640 uint8_t *wt1, uint8_t *wt2) { |
| 7641 *wt1 = (uint8_t)dispatch; |
| 7642 *wt2 = (uint8_t)(dispatch >> 8); |
| 7643 *ofs = dispatch >> 16; |
| 7644 } |
| 7645 |
| 7646 /* All of the functions in decoder.c that return int32_t return values according |
| 7647 * to the following scheme: |
| 7648 * 1. negative values indicate a return code from the following list. |
| 7649 * 2. positive values indicate that error or end of buffer was hit, and |
| 7650 * that the decode function should immediately return the given value |
| 7651 * (the decoder state has already been suspended and is ready to be |
| 7652 * resumed). */ |
| 7653 #define DECODE_OK -1 |
| 7654 #define DECODE_MISMATCH -2 /* Used only from checktag_slow(). */ |
| 7655 #define DECODE_ENDGROUP -3 /* Used only from checkunknown(). */ |
| 7656 |
| 7657 #define CHECK_RETURN(x) { int32_t ret = x; if (ret >= 0) return ret; } |
| 7658 |
| 7659 #endif /* UPB_DECODER_INT_H_ */ |
| 7660 /* |
| 7661 ** A number of routines for varint manipulation (we keep them all around to |
| 7662 ** have multiple approaches available for benchmarking). |
| 7663 */ |
| 7664 |
| 7665 #ifndef UPB_VARINT_DECODER_H_ |
| 7666 #define UPB_VARINT_DECODER_H_ |
| 7667 |
| 7668 #include <assert.h> |
| 7669 #include <stdint.h> |
| 7670 #include <string.h> |
| 7671 |
| 7672 #ifdef __cplusplus |
| 7673 extern "C" { |
| 7674 #endif |
| 7675 |
| 7676 /* A list of types as they are encoded on-the-wire. */ |
| 7677 typedef enum { |
| 7678 UPB_WIRE_TYPE_VARINT = 0, |
| 7679 UPB_WIRE_TYPE_64BIT = 1, |
| 7680 UPB_WIRE_TYPE_DELIMITED = 2, |
| 7681 UPB_WIRE_TYPE_START_GROUP = 3, |
| 7682 UPB_WIRE_TYPE_END_GROUP = 4, |
| 7683 UPB_WIRE_TYPE_32BIT = 5 |
| 7684 } upb_wiretype_t; |
| 7685 |
| 7686 #define UPB_MAX_WIRE_TYPE 5 |
| 7687 |
| 7688 /* The maximum number of bytes that it takes to encode a 64-bit varint. |
| 7689 * Note that with a better encoding this could be 9 (TODO: write up a |
| 7690 * wiki document about this). */ |
| 7691 #define UPB_PB_VARINT_MAX_LEN 10 |
| 7692 |
| 7693 /* Array of the "native" (ie. non-packed-repeated) wire type for the given a |
| 7694 * descriptor type (upb_descriptortype_t). */ |
| 7695 extern const uint8_t upb_pb_native_wire_types[]; |
| 7696 |
| 7697 /* Zig-zag encoding/decoding **************************************************/ |
| 7698 |
| 7699 UPB_INLINE int32_t upb_zzdec_32(uint32_t n) { |
| 7700 return (n >> 1) ^ -(int32_t)(n & 1); |
| 7701 } |
| 7702 UPB_INLINE int64_t upb_zzdec_64(uint64_t n) { |
| 7703 return (n >> 1) ^ -(int64_t)(n & 1); |
| 7704 } |
| 7705 UPB_INLINE uint32_t upb_zzenc_32(int32_t n) { return (n << 1) ^ (n >> 31); } |
| 7706 UPB_INLINE uint64_t upb_zzenc_64(int64_t n) { return (n << 1) ^ (n >> 63); } |
| 7707 |
| 7708 /* Decoding *******************************************************************/ |
| 7709 |
| 7710 /* All decoding functions return this struct by value. */ |
| 7711 typedef struct { |
| 7712 const char *p; /* NULL if the varint was unterminated. */ |
| 7713 uint64_t val; |
| 7714 } upb_decoderet; |
| 7715 |
| 7716 UPB_INLINE upb_decoderet upb_decoderet_make(const char *p, uint64_t val) { |
| 7717 upb_decoderet ret; |
| 7718 ret.p = p; |
| 7719 ret.val = val; |
| 7720 return ret; |
| 7721 } |
| 7722 |
| 7723 /* Four functions for decoding a varint of at most eight bytes. They are all |
| 7724 * functionally identical, but are implemented in different ways and likely have |
| 7725 * different performance profiles. We keep them around for performance testing. |
| 7726 * |
| 7727 * Note that these functions may not read byte-by-byte, so they must not be used |
| 7728 * unless there are at least eight bytes left in the buffer! */ |
| 7729 upb_decoderet upb_vdecode_max8_branch32(upb_decoderet r); |
| 7730 upb_decoderet upb_vdecode_max8_branch64(upb_decoderet r); |
| 7731 upb_decoderet upb_vdecode_max8_wright(upb_decoderet r); |
| 7732 upb_decoderet upb_vdecode_max8_massimino(upb_decoderet r); |
| 7733 |
| 7734 /* Template for a function that checks the first two bytes with branching |
| 7735 * and dispatches 2-10 bytes with a separate function. Note that this may read |
| 7736 * up to 10 bytes, so it must not be used unless there are at least ten bytes |
| 7737 * left in the buffer! */ |
| 7738 #define UPB_VARINT_DECODER_CHECK2(name, decode_max8_function) \ |
| 7739 UPB_INLINE upb_decoderet upb_vdecode_check2_ ## name(const char *_p) { \ |
| 7740 uint8_t *p = (uint8_t*)_p; \ |
| 7741 upb_decoderet r; \ |
| 7742 if ((*p & 0x80) == 0) { \ |
| 7743 /* Common case: one-byte varint. */ \ |
| 7744 return upb_decoderet_make(_p + 1, *p & 0x7fU); \ |
| 7745 } \ |
| 7746 r = upb_decoderet_make(_p + 2, (*p & 0x7fU) | ((*(p + 1) & 0x7fU) << 7)); \ |
| 7747 if ((*(p + 1) & 0x80) == 0) { \ |
| 7748 /* Two-byte varint. */ \ |
| 7749 return r; \ |
| 7750 } \ |
| 7751 /* Longer varint, fallback to out-of-line function. */ \ |
| 7752 return decode_max8_function(r); \ |
| 7753 } |
| 7754 |
| 7755 UPB_VARINT_DECODER_CHECK2(branch32, upb_vdecode_max8_branch32) |
| 7756 UPB_VARINT_DECODER_CHECK2(branch64, upb_vdecode_max8_branch64) |
| 7757 UPB_VARINT_DECODER_CHECK2(wright, upb_vdecode_max8_wright) |
| 7758 UPB_VARINT_DECODER_CHECK2(massimino, upb_vdecode_max8_massimino) |
| 7759 #undef UPB_VARINT_DECODER_CHECK2 |
| 7760 |
| 7761 /* Our canonical functions for decoding varints, based on the currently |
| 7762 * favored best-performing implementations. */ |
| 7763 UPB_INLINE upb_decoderet upb_vdecode_fast(const char *p) { |
| 7764 if (sizeof(long) == 8) |
| 7765 return upb_vdecode_check2_branch64(p); |
| 7766 else |
| 7767 return upb_vdecode_check2_branch32(p); |
| 7768 } |
| 7769 |
| 7770 UPB_INLINE upb_decoderet upb_vdecode_max8_fast(upb_decoderet r) { |
| 7771 return upb_vdecode_max8_massimino(r); |
| 7772 } |
| 7773 |
| 7774 |
| 7775 /* Encoding *******************************************************************/ |
| 7776 |
| 7777 UPB_INLINE int upb_value_size(uint64_t val) { |
| 7778 #ifdef __GNUC__ |
| 7779 int high_bit = 63 - __builtin_clzll(val); /* 0-based, undef if val == 0. */ |
| 7780 #else |
| 7781 int high_bit = 0; |
| 7782 uint64_t tmp = val; |
| 7783 while(tmp >>= 1) high_bit++; |
| 7784 #endif |
| 7785 return val == 0 ? 1 : high_bit / 8 + 1; |
| 7786 } |
| 7787 |
| 7788 /* Encodes a 64-bit varint into buf (which must be >=UPB_PB_VARINT_MAX_LEN |
| 7789 * bytes long), returning how many bytes were used. |
| 7790 * |
| 7791 * TODO: benchmark and optimize if necessary. */ |
| 7792 UPB_INLINE size_t upb_vencode64(uint64_t val, char *buf) { |
| 7793 size_t i; |
| 7794 if (val == 0) { buf[0] = 0; return 1; } |
| 7795 i = 0; |
| 7796 while (val) { |
| 7797 uint8_t byte = val & 0x7fU; |
| 7798 val >>= 7; |
| 7799 if (val) byte |= 0x80U; |
| 7800 buf[i++] = byte; |
| 7801 } |
| 7802 return i; |
| 7803 } |
| 7804 |
| 7805 UPB_INLINE size_t upb_varint_size(uint64_t val) { |
| 7806 char buf[UPB_PB_VARINT_MAX_LEN]; |
| 7807 return upb_vencode64(val, buf); |
| 7808 } |
| 7809 |
| 7810 /* Encodes a 32-bit varint, *not* sign-extended. */ |
| 7811 UPB_INLINE uint64_t upb_vencode32(uint32_t val) { |
| 7812 char buf[UPB_PB_VARINT_MAX_LEN]; |
| 7813 size_t bytes = upb_vencode64(val, buf); |
| 7814 uint64_t ret = 0; |
| 7815 assert(bytes <= 5); |
| 7816 memcpy(&ret, buf, bytes); |
| 7817 assert(ret <= 0xffffffffffU); |
| 7818 return ret; |
| 7819 } |
| 7820 |
| 7821 #ifdef __cplusplus |
| 7822 } /* extern "C" */ |
| 7823 #endif |
| 7824 |
| 7825 #endif /* UPB_VARINT_DECODER_H_ */ |
| 7826 /* |
| 7827 ** upb::pb::Encoder (upb_pb_encoder) |
| 7828 ** |
| 7829 ** Implements a set of upb_handlers that write protobuf data to the binary wire |
| 7830 ** format. |
| 7831 ** |
| 7832 ** This encoder implementation does not have any access to any out-of-band or |
| 7833 ** precomputed lengths for submessages, so it must buffer submessages internally |
| 7834 ** before it can emit the first byte. |
| 7835 */ |
| 7836 |
| 7837 #ifndef UPB_ENCODER_H_ |
| 7838 #define UPB_ENCODER_H_ |
| 7839 |
| 7840 |
| 7841 #ifdef __cplusplus |
| 7842 namespace upb { |
| 7843 namespace pb { |
| 7844 class Encoder; |
| 7845 } /* namespace pb */ |
| 7846 } /* namespace upb */ |
| 7847 #endif |
| 7848 |
| 7849 UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::pb::Encoder, upb_pb_encoder) |
| 7850 |
| 7851 #define UPB_PBENCODER_MAX_NESTING 100 |
| 7852 |
| 7853 /* upb::pb::Encoder ***********************************************************/ |
| 7854 |
| 7855 /* Preallocation hint: decoder won't allocate more bytes than this when first |
| 7856 * constructed. This hint may be an overestimate for some build configurations. |
| 7857 * But if the decoder library is upgraded without recompiling the application, |
| 7858 * it may be an underestimate. */ |
| 7859 #define UPB_PB_ENCODER_SIZE 768 |
| 7860 |
| 7861 #ifdef __cplusplus |
| 7862 |
| 7863 class upb::pb::Encoder { |
| 7864 public: |
| 7865 /* Creates a new encoder in the given environment. The Handlers must have |
| 7866 * come from NewHandlers() below. */ |
| 7867 static Encoder* Create(Environment* env, const Handlers* handlers, |
| 7868 BytesSink* output); |
| 7869 |
| 7870 /* The input to the encoder. */ |
| 7871 Sink* input(); |
| 7872 |
| 7873 /* Creates a new set of handlers for this MessageDef. */ |
| 7874 static reffed_ptr<const Handlers> NewHandlers(const MessageDef* msg); |
| 7875 |
| 7876 static const size_t kSize = UPB_PB_ENCODER_SIZE; |
| 7877 |
| 7878 private: |
| 7879 UPB_DISALLOW_POD_OPS(Encoder, upb::pb::Encoder) |
| 7880 }; |
| 7881 |
| 7882 #endif |
| 7883 |
| 7884 UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C |
| 7885 |
| 7886 const upb_handlers *upb_pb_encoder_newhandlers(const upb_msgdef *m, |
| 7887 const void *owner); |
| 7888 upb_sink *upb_pb_encoder_input(upb_pb_encoder *p); |
| 7889 upb_pb_encoder* upb_pb_encoder_create(upb_env* e, const upb_handlers* h, |
| 7890 upb_bytessink* output); |
| 7891 |
| 7892 UPB_END_EXTERN_C |
| 7893 |
| 7894 #ifdef __cplusplus |
| 7895 |
| 7896 namespace upb { |
| 7897 namespace pb { |
| 7898 inline Encoder* Encoder::Create(Environment* env, const Handlers* handlers, |
| 7899 BytesSink* output) { |
| 7900 return upb_pb_encoder_create(env, handlers, output); |
| 7901 } |
| 7902 inline Sink* Encoder::input() { |
| 7903 return upb_pb_encoder_input(this); |
| 7904 } |
| 7905 inline reffed_ptr<const Handlers> Encoder::NewHandlers( |
| 7906 const upb::MessageDef *md) { |
| 7907 const Handlers* h = upb_pb_encoder_newhandlers(md, &h); |
| 7908 return reffed_ptr<const Handlers>(h, &h); |
| 7909 } |
| 7910 } /* namespace pb */ |
| 7911 } /* namespace upb */ |
| 7912 |
| 7913 #endif |
| 7914 |
| 7915 #endif /* UPB_ENCODER_H_ */ |
| 7916 /* |
| 7917 ** upb's core components like upb_decoder and upb_msg are carefully designed to |
| 7918 ** avoid depending on each other for maximum orthogonality. In other words, |
| 7919 ** you can use a upb_decoder to decode into *any* kind of structure; upb_msg is |
| 7920 ** just one such structure. A upb_msg can be serialized/deserialized into any |
| 7921 ** format, protobuf binary format is just one such format. |
| 7922 ** |
| 7923 ** However, for convenience we provide functions here for doing common |
| 7924 ** operations like deserializing protobuf binary format into a upb_msg. The |
| 7925 ** compromise is that this file drags in almost all of upb as a dependency, |
| 7926 ** which could be undesirable if you're trying to use a trimmed-down build of |
| 7927 ** upb. |
| 7928 ** |
| 7929 ** While these routines are convenient, they do not reuse any encoding/decoding |
| 7930 ** state. For example, if a decoder is JIT-based, it will be re-JITted every |
| 7931 ** time these functions are called. For this reason, if you are parsing lots |
| 7932 ** of data and efficiency is an issue, these may not be the best functions to |
| 7933 ** use (though they are useful for prototyping, before optimizing). |
| 7934 */ |
| 7935 |
| 7936 #ifndef UPB_GLUE_H |
| 7937 #define UPB_GLUE_H |
| 7938 |
| 7939 #include <stdbool.h> |
| 7940 |
| 7941 #ifdef __cplusplus |
| 7942 extern "C" { |
| 7943 #endif |
| 7944 |
| 7945 /* Loads all defs from the given protobuf binary descriptor, setting default |
| 7946 * accessors and a default layout on all messages. The caller owns the |
| 7947 * returned array of defs, which will be of length *n. On error NULL is |
| 7948 * returned and status is set (if non-NULL). */ |
| 7949 upb_def **upb_load_defs_from_descriptor(const char *str, size_t len, int *n, |
| 7950 void *owner, upb_status *status); |
| 7951 |
| 7952 /* Like the previous but also adds the loaded defs to the given symtab. */ |
| 7953 bool upb_load_descriptor_into_symtab(upb_symtab *symtab, const char *str, |
| 7954 size_t len, upb_status *status); |
| 7955 |
| 7956 /* Like the previous but also reads the descriptor from the given filename. */ |
| 7957 bool upb_load_descriptor_file_into_symtab(upb_symtab *symtab, const char *fname, |
| 7958 upb_status *status); |
| 7959 |
| 7960 /* Reads the given filename into a character string, returning NULL if there |
| 7961 * was an error. */ |
| 7962 char *upb_readfile(const char *filename, size_t *len); |
| 7963 |
| 7964 #ifdef __cplusplus |
| 7965 } /* extern "C" */ |
| 7966 |
| 7967 namespace upb { |
| 7968 |
| 7969 /* All routines that load descriptors expect the descriptor to be a |
| 7970 * FileDescriptorSet. */ |
| 7971 inline bool LoadDescriptorFileIntoSymtab(SymbolTable* s, const char *fname, |
| 7972 Status* status) { |
| 7973 return upb_load_descriptor_file_into_symtab(s, fname, status); |
| 7974 } |
| 7975 |
| 7976 inline bool LoadDescriptorIntoSymtab(SymbolTable* s, const char* str, |
| 7977 size_t len, Status* status) { |
| 7978 return upb_load_descriptor_into_symtab(s, str, len, status); |
| 7979 } |
| 7980 |
| 7981 /* Templated so it can accept both string and std::string. */ |
| 7982 template <typename T> |
| 7983 bool LoadDescriptorIntoSymtab(SymbolTable* s, const T& desc, Status* status) { |
| 7984 return upb_load_descriptor_into_symtab(s, desc.c_str(), desc.size(), status); |
| 7985 } |
| 7986 |
| 7987 } /* namespace upb */ |
| 7988 |
| 7989 #endif |
| 7990 |
| 7991 #endif /* UPB_GLUE_H */ |
| 7992 /* |
| 7993 ** upb::pb::TextPrinter (upb_textprinter) |
| 7994 ** |
| 7995 ** Handlers for writing to protobuf text format. |
| 7996 */ |
| 7997 |
| 7998 #ifndef UPB_TEXT_H_ |
| 7999 #define UPB_TEXT_H_ |
| 8000 |
| 8001 |
| 8002 #ifdef __cplusplus |
| 8003 namespace upb { |
| 8004 namespace pb { |
| 8005 class TextPrinter; |
| 8006 } /* namespace pb */ |
| 8007 } /* namespace upb */ |
| 8008 #endif |
| 8009 |
| 8010 UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::pb::TextPrinter, upb_textprinter) |
| 8011 |
| 8012 #ifdef __cplusplus |
| 8013 |
| 8014 class upb::pb::TextPrinter { |
| 8015 public: |
| 8016 /* The given handlers must have come from NewHandlers(). It must outlive the |
| 8017 * TextPrinter. */ |
| 8018 static TextPrinter *Create(Environment *env, const upb::Handlers *handlers, |
| 8019 BytesSink *output); |
| 8020 |
| 8021 void SetSingleLineMode(bool single_line); |
| 8022 |
| 8023 Sink* input(); |
| 8024 |
| 8025 /* If handler caching becomes a requirement we can add a code cache as in |
| 8026 * decoder.h */ |
| 8027 static reffed_ptr<const Handlers> NewHandlers(const MessageDef* md); |
| 8028 }; |
| 8029 |
| 8030 #endif |
| 8031 |
| 8032 UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C |
| 8033 |
| 8034 /* C API. */ |
| 8035 upb_textprinter *upb_textprinter_create(upb_env *env, const upb_handlers *h, |
| 8036 upb_bytessink *output); |
| 8037 void upb_textprinter_setsingleline(upb_textprinter *p, bool single_line); |
| 8038 upb_sink *upb_textprinter_input(upb_textprinter *p); |
| 8039 |
| 8040 const upb_handlers *upb_textprinter_newhandlers(const upb_msgdef *m, |
| 8041 const void *owner); |
| 8042 |
| 8043 UPB_END_EXTERN_C |
| 8044 |
| 8045 #ifdef __cplusplus |
| 8046 |
| 8047 namespace upb { |
| 8048 namespace pb { |
| 8049 inline TextPrinter *TextPrinter::Create(Environment *env, |
| 8050 const upb::Handlers *handlers, |
| 8051 BytesSink *output) { |
| 8052 return upb_textprinter_create(env, handlers, output); |
| 8053 } |
| 8054 inline void TextPrinter::SetSingleLineMode(bool single_line) { |
| 8055 upb_textprinter_setsingleline(this, single_line); |
| 8056 } |
| 8057 inline Sink* TextPrinter::input() { |
| 8058 return upb_textprinter_input(this); |
| 8059 } |
| 8060 inline reffed_ptr<const Handlers> TextPrinter::NewHandlers( |
| 8061 const MessageDef *md) { |
| 8062 const Handlers* h = upb_textprinter_newhandlers(md, &h); |
| 8063 return reffed_ptr<const Handlers>(h, &h); |
| 8064 } |
| 8065 } /* namespace pb */ |
| 8066 } /* namespace upb */ |
| 8067 |
| 8068 #endif |
| 8069 |
| 8070 #endif /* UPB_TEXT_H_ */ |
| 8071 /* |
| 8072 ** upb::json::Parser (upb_json_parser) |
| 8073 ** |
| 8074 ** Parses JSON according to a specific schema. |
| 8075 ** Support for parsing arbitrary JSON (schema-less) will be added later. |
| 8076 */ |
| 8077 |
| 8078 #ifndef UPB_JSON_PARSER_H_ |
| 8079 #define UPB_JSON_PARSER_H_ |
| 8080 |
| 8081 |
| 8082 #ifdef __cplusplus |
| 8083 namespace upb { |
| 8084 namespace json { |
| 8085 class Parser; |
| 8086 } /* namespace json */ |
| 8087 } /* namespace upb */ |
| 8088 #endif |
| 8089 |
| 8090 UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::json::Parser, upb_json_parser) |
| 8091 |
| 8092 /* upb::json::Parser **********************************************************/ |
| 8093 |
| 8094 /* Preallocation hint: parser won't allocate more bytes than this when first |
| 8095 * constructed. This hint may be an overestimate for some build configurations. |
| 8096 * But if the parser library is upgraded without recompiling the application, |
| 8097 * it may be an underestimate. */ |
| 8098 #define UPB_JSON_PARSER_SIZE 3704 |
| 8099 |
| 8100 #ifdef __cplusplus |
| 8101 |
| 8102 /* Parses an incoming BytesStream, pushing the results to the destination |
| 8103 * sink. */ |
| 8104 class upb::json::Parser { |
| 8105 public: |
| 8106 static Parser* Create(Environment* env, Sink* output); |
| 8107 |
| 8108 BytesSink* input(); |
| 8109 |
| 8110 private: |
| 8111 UPB_DISALLOW_POD_OPS(Parser, upb::json::Parser) |
| 8112 }; |
| 8113 |
| 8114 #endif |
| 8115 |
| 8116 UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C |
| 8117 |
| 8118 upb_json_parser *upb_json_parser_create(upb_env *e, upb_sink *output); |
| 8119 upb_bytessink *upb_json_parser_input(upb_json_parser *p); |
| 8120 |
| 8121 UPB_END_EXTERN_C |
| 8122 |
| 8123 #ifdef __cplusplus |
| 8124 |
| 8125 namespace upb { |
| 8126 namespace json { |
| 8127 inline Parser* Parser::Create(Environment* env, Sink* output) { |
| 8128 return upb_json_parser_create(env, output); |
| 8129 } |
| 8130 inline BytesSink* Parser::input() { |
| 8131 return upb_json_parser_input(this); |
| 8132 } |
| 8133 } /* namespace json */ |
| 8134 } /* namespace upb */ |
| 8135 |
| 8136 #endif |
| 8137 |
| 8138 |
| 8139 #endif /* UPB_JSON_PARSER_H_ */ |
| 8140 /* |
| 8141 ** upb::json::Printer |
| 8142 ** |
| 8143 ** Handlers that emit JSON according to a specific protobuf schema. |
| 8144 */ |
| 8145 |
| 8146 #ifndef UPB_JSON_TYPED_PRINTER_H_ |
| 8147 #define UPB_JSON_TYPED_PRINTER_H_ |
| 8148 |
| 8149 |
| 8150 #ifdef __cplusplus |
| 8151 namespace upb { |
| 8152 namespace json { |
| 8153 class Printer; |
| 8154 } /* namespace json */ |
| 8155 } /* namespace upb */ |
| 8156 #endif |
| 8157 |
| 8158 UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::json::Printer, upb_json_printer) |
| 8159 |
| 8160 |
| 8161 /* upb::json::Printer *********************************************************/ |
| 8162 |
| 8163 #define UPB_JSON_PRINTER_SIZE 168 |
| 8164 |
| 8165 #ifdef __cplusplus |
| 8166 |
| 8167 /* Prints an incoming stream of data to a BytesSink in JSON format. */ |
| 8168 class upb::json::Printer { |
| 8169 public: |
| 8170 static Printer* Create(Environment* env, const upb::Handlers* handlers, |
| 8171 BytesSink* output); |
| 8172 |
| 8173 /* The input to the printer. */ |
| 8174 Sink* input(); |
| 8175 |
| 8176 /* Returns handlers for printing according to the specified schema. */ |
| 8177 static reffed_ptr<const Handlers> NewHandlers(const upb::MessageDef* md); |
| 8178 |
| 8179 static const size_t kSize = UPB_JSON_PRINTER_SIZE; |
| 8180 |
| 8181 private: |
| 8182 UPB_DISALLOW_POD_OPS(Printer, upb::json::Printer) |
| 8183 }; |
| 8184 |
| 8185 #endif |
| 8186 |
| 8187 UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C |
| 8188 |
| 8189 /* Native C API. */ |
| 8190 upb_json_printer *upb_json_printer_create(upb_env *e, const upb_handlers *h, |
| 8191 upb_bytessink *output); |
| 8192 upb_sink *upb_json_printer_input(upb_json_printer *p); |
| 8193 const upb_handlers *upb_json_printer_newhandlers(const upb_msgdef *md, |
| 8194 const void *owner); |
| 8195 |
| 8196 UPB_END_EXTERN_C |
| 8197 |
| 8198 #ifdef __cplusplus |
| 8199 |
| 8200 namespace upb { |
| 8201 namespace json { |
| 8202 inline Printer* Printer::Create(Environment* env, const upb::Handlers* handlers, |
| 8203 BytesSink* output) { |
| 8204 return upb_json_printer_create(env, handlers, output); |
| 8205 } |
| 8206 inline Sink* Printer::input() { return upb_json_printer_input(this); } |
| 8207 inline reffed_ptr<const Handlers> Printer::NewHandlers( |
| 8208 const upb::MessageDef *md) { |
| 8209 const Handlers* h = upb_json_printer_newhandlers(md, &h); |
| 8210 return reffed_ptr<const Handlers>(h, &h); |
| 8211 } |
| 8212 } /* namespace json */ |
| 8213 } /* namespace upb */ |
| 8214 |
| 8215 #endif |
| 8216 |
| 8217 #endif /* UPB_JSON_TYPED_PRINTER_H_ */ |
OLD | NEW |